AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC
POS AM, 1997-11-12
GENERAL BLDG CONTRACTORS - NONRESIDENTIAL BLDGS
Previous: COMPURAD INC, 10QSB, 1997-11-12
Next: ATLAS ENERGY FOR THE NINETIES PUBLIC NO 5 LTD, 10QSB, 1997-11-12






    As filed with the Securities And Exchange Commission on November 12, 1997
                                                  SEC Registration No. 333-9583
================================================================================

                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             450 Fifth Street, N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

   
                                 POST EFFECTIVE
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM S-1
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
              ----------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)

            Delaware                 1541; 1761; 1791            76-0145668
- ----------------------------    ---------------------------     --------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial     (IRS Employer
      Of Incorporated or            Classification Code         Identification
         Organization)                   Number)                   Number) 
                     

                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                                 (281) 449-9000
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, And Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  Of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                     John T. Wilson, Chief Executive Officer
                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                                 (281) 449-9000
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, And Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                              Of Agent For Service

                                   Copies to:
                                   ----------

   
     Alan L. Talesnick, Esquire                    Thomas A. Rose, Esquire
     Francis B. Barron, Esquire                 Schneck Weltman & Hashmall LLP
     Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus                 1285 Avenue of the Americas
       Professional Corporation                       New York, NY 10019
 1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2600                    (212) 956-1500
       Denver, Colorado 80202
           (303) 572-6500
    


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Approximate Date Of Commencement Of Proposed Sale To The Public: As Soon
     As Practicable After The Effective Date Of This Registration Statement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933 check the following box.  [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery  of the  Prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Proposed       Proposed
                                                                        Offering      Aggregate           Amount Of
          Title Of Each Class Of                    Amount To Be       Price Per       Offering          Registration
      Securities To Be Registered                   Registered          Share (1)       Price                Fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>          <C>                 <C>      
   
Shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value,             667,000(2)          $5.00        $3,335,000          $1,010.61
offered by the Company

Common Stock Purchase Warrants offered by            667,000(2)          $ .10            66,700              20.21
the Company
 
Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of              667,000(2)          $5.00         3,335,000           1,010.61
Common Stock Purchase Warrants(3)

Underwriters' Warrants to purchase Common             58,000             $ ---                 9                .01
Stock

Underwriters' Warrants to purchase Warrants           58,000             $ ---                 1                .01

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of               58,000             $6.00           348,000             105.00
Underwriters' Warrants(4)

Warrants, issuable upon exercise of                   58,000             $ .12             6,960               2.11
Underwriters' Warrants(4)

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of               58,000             $5.00           290,000              87.88
Warrants underlying Underwriters'
Warrants(5)
                                                       
Common Stock to be sold by Selling                   500,100             $5.00         2,500,500             757.72
Securities Holders

Common Stock Purchase Warrants to be sold
by                                                 3,000,000             $ .10           300,000              90.91
Selling Securities Holders

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of
outstanding Common Stock Purchase Warrants         3,000,000             $5.00        15,000,000           4,545.45

Common Stock to be sold by Underwriter
(from Exercise of Underwriters' Warrants and           
Warrants included in Underwriters' Warrants)         116,000             $6.00           696,000             211.00
                                                  ----------                         -----------          ---------

TOTAL                                                                                $25,878,170          $7,841.87 (6)

</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated  solely  for the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
     pursuant to Rule 457.
(2)  Includes  87,000  shares  and/or   warrants  to  cover  the   Underwriters'
     over-allotment option.
(3)  Issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants.  This
     Registration  Statement also covers any  additional  shares of Common Stock
     which may become issuable by virtue of the anti-dilution  provisions of the
     Common Stock Purchase Warrants. No additional  registration fee is included
     for these shares.
(4)  Reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Underwriters'  Warrants together
     with such  indeterminate  number of Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  and/or
     Common Stock as may be issuable pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of
     the Underwriter's Warrants, or the Common Stock Purchase Warrants.
(5)  Reserved  for issuance  upon  exercise of Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants
     obtained upon exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants.
(6)  Previously paid.
    
The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

<PAGE>



                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

   
     This  Registration  Statement  contains two forms of prospectus:  one to be
used in connection with a primary offering of 580,000 shares of Common Stock and
580,000 Warrants (the "Offering  Prospectus"),  and one to be used in connection
with the secondary sale of 500,100 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 warrants
by  certain  Selling  Securities  Holders  (the  "Selling   Securities  Holders'
Prospectus").  The  Offering  Prospectus  and the  Selling  Securities  Holders'
Prospectus  will be identical in all respects except for the alternate pages for
the Selling  Securities  Holders'  Prospectus  included herein which are labeled
"Alternate Page for Selling Securities Holders' Prospectus".
    

<PAGE>





                                    [Red Ink]


Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  And Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.



<PAGE>


[Logo red, white and blue flag]

   
                  Subject To Completion November 12, 1997, 1997
    
                                    


                                    [Red Ink]





PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.





   
                       580,000 Shares Of Common Stock And


                580,000 Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants





     This  Prospectus  relates to the  offering  (the  "Offering")  by  American
International  Consolidated  Inc. (the  "Company")  of 580,000  shares of common
stock, $.001 par value (the "Common Stock"), and 580,000 Redeemable Common Stock
Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants")  through I.A.R.  Securities  Corp.,  which is
also the representative  (the  "Representative")  of Worthington  Capital Group,
Inc.  (collectively,  the "Underwriters") for the purpose of this Offering.  The
shares of Common Stock and the Warrants,  which are offered on a firm commitment
basis,  may be purchased  separately and will be  transferable  separately  upon
issuance.
    

     Each Warrant  entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase one share
of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share,  subject to adjustment
in certain events,  at any time during the period  commencing on the date hereof
and  expiring on the fifth  anniversary  of the date  hereof.  The  Warrants are
subject to redemption by the Company at $.01 per Warrant at any time  commencing
12 months after the date hereof,  on not less than 30 days' prior written notice
to the holders of the Warrants,  provided that the average closing bid quotation
of the Common  Stock,  as  reported  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board or the  average
closing  sale price if listed on a  national  securities  exchange,  has been at
least 150% of the then current exercise price of the Warrants for each of the 20
consecutive business days ending on the third day prior to the date on which the
Company gives notice of redemption.  The Warrants will be exercisable  until the
close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Warrants".

                                       

<PAGE>

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock or the  Warrants,  and there can be no assurance  that any such market for
the  Common  Stock or the  Warrants  will  develop  after  the  closing  of this
Offering, or that, if developed, it will be sustained. The offering price of the
Common Stock and the Warrants and the initial  exercise price and other terms of
the  Warrants  were  established  by  negotiation  between  the  Company and the
Representative  and do not  necessarily  bear  any  direct  relationship  to the
Company's  assets,  earnings,  book value per share or other generally  accepted
criteria of value.  See  "UNDERWRITING".  The Company intends to have the Common
Stock and Warrants  quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board,  an electronic  quotation
system  maintained  by the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD"), under the trading symbols "AICI" and "AICIW," respectively.  See "RISK
FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.  25-Possible  Effects Of SEC Rules On Market For Common
Stock And Warrants".

     In addition, 38 persons (the "Selling Securities Holders") who hold 500,100
shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 warrants previously  purchased in a private
offering that was exempt from  registration  under federal and state  securities
laws are proposing to sell those shares and warrants to the public.  The Company
also is  registering  the  exercise of those  warrants  by persons who  purchase
warrants  from the Selling  Securities  Holders and resales of the Common  Stock
issuable  upon the  exercise of warrants  by the Selling  Securities  Holders or
persons  who  purchase  warrants  from the  Selling  Securities  Holders.  These
transactions are being registered by separate Prospectus  concurrently with this
Offering.  The Company  will not receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of
shares and warrants by the Selling Securities Holders.

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVESTMENT THEREIN INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS  REGARDING AN INVESTMENT
IN THE COMPANY AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION,  SEE "RISK FACTORS" (PAGE 10)
AND "DILUTION" (PAGE 20).

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSION OR ANY
STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Underwriting                      Proceeds To
                       Price To Public (1)           Discount And Commissions (3)(4)            Company (4)(5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                     <C>                                   <C>                                 <C>       
Per Share (2)           $     5.00                            $   0.50                            $     4.50

Per Warrant             $      .10                            $   0.01                            $      .09

Total  (2)              $2,958,000                            $295,800                            $2,662,200

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (See Notes on following page)
</TABLE>

     The Common Stock and Warrants are being offered by the Company  through the
Underwriters  on  a  firm  commitment   basis.  The  Offering  is  made  by  the
Underwriters,  subject to the Underwriters' right to reject any subscription, in
whole or in part, or to withdraw or cancel the Offering  without  notice.  It is
expected that delivery of the certificates representing the Common Stock and the
Warrants  will  be  made  against  payment   therefor  at  the  offices  of  the
Representative,  99 Wall Street,  New York, New York 10005 on or about ________,
1997.


I.A.R. Securities Corp.                               Worthington Capital Group


          The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1997
                                          -----------------
    

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                      Notes
                                      -----

(1)  The offering price has been arbitrarily  determined by negotiations between
     the Company and the Representative. See "RISK FACTORS".

   
(2)  The Common Stock and Warrants are offered on a "firm  underwriting"  basis.
     The  Common  Stock  and  Warrants  are  offered,  subject  to  receipt  and
     acceptance  by the  Underwriters,  to prior  sale and to the  Underwriters'
     right to reject any order in whole or in part and to withdraw,  cancel,  or
     modify  the  offer  without   notice.   The  Company  has  granted  to  the
     Underwriters an option, solely to cover over-allotments of the Offering, to
     purchase  all or any part of 15  percent  of the total  number of shares of
     Common  Stock and Warrants for a period of 45 days from the date of Closing
     of the  Offering  at the price to public and  subject  to the  underwriting
     discount and commissions shown in the above table. See "UNDERWRITING".  The
     Underwriters  reserve  the right to reject  subscriptions  for any  reason,
     including without limitation,  because the Underwriters  determine that the
     subscriber  is not  qualified  to  purchase  the Common  Stock or  Warrants
     because either (i) the Offering has not been qualified in the  subscriber's
     jurisdiction,  or (ii) the  Underwriters  do not believe the  investment is
     suitable for the subscriber based on the investment profile and strategy of
     the subscriber.  In addition,  the  Underwriters  may reject a subscription
     because the Offering has been oversubscribed.

(3)  The Underwriters will receive a non-accountable  expense allowance equal to
     three  percent,  or $88,740 of the  $2,958,000  aggregate  offering  amount
     ($102,051 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
     of which $25,000 previously has been advanced by the Company.
    
     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that,  upon  the  closing  of  this
     Offering,  the  Company  will enter into a  consulting  agreement  with the
     Underwriters  pursuant to which the Underwriters  will receive a consulting
     fee of $55,000,  payable at the Closing, for services to be rendered by the
     Underwriters to the Company for three years  commencing on the closing date
     of the Offering. See "UNDERWRITING".

     The  Underwriting  Agreement also provides for  reciprocal  indemnification
     between the Company and the  Underwriters,  including  liabilities  arising
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
     COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION".

   
(4)  Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company will sell to the Underwriters
     and/or their designees, for an aggregate price of $10, warrants to purchase
     up to a maximum of 58,000  shares of Common Stock and 58,000  Warrants (the
     "Underwriters'  Warrants").  The  Underwriters'  Warrants  will entitle the
     holder to purchase the shares of Common Stock at a purchase  price of $6.00
     per share and the  Warrants at a purchase  price of $.12 per  Warrant.  The
     Warrants  received  upon  exercise  of  the   Underwriters'   Warrants  are
     exercisable  at $5.00 per share during the four year period  commencing one
     year after the date of this Prospectus. See "UNDERWRITING".

(5)  These  amounts  represent  the proceeds to the Company after payment of the
     underwriting  commissions,  but before deduction of other offering expenses
     estimated at $570,000  (approximately $295,000 of which will have been paid
     prior  to   closing).   These   other   offering   expenses   include   the
     non-accountable  expense allowance to the Underwriters of $88,740 ($102,051
     if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in full)  and
     additional  offering  expenses  estimated  at  $481,260  for  filing  fees,
     printing  costs,  legal and accounting  fees, and  miscellaneous  expenses.
     After allowing for all such expenses and offsetting prior payments, the net
     cash  proceeds  to the  Company  from  this  Offering  are  expected  to be
     $2,387,200.

(6)  This Offering  commenced as a "best-efforts,  minimum maximum"  offering on
     March 13, 1997. The Offering continued for a 60 day period and was extended
     for an  additional  30 days upon  mutual  agreement  of the Company and the
     Underwriters.  Funds  received  during the Offering  period were held by an
     escrow  agent  in a  separate  escrow  account.  At  the  end of the 90 day
     offering  period,  on June 11,  1997,  the  minimum  offering  had not been
     subscribed  for and all funds in the escrow  account  were  returned to the
     investors.

                                       3

<PAGE>


     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  consolidated  financial  statements audited and reported upon by its
independent  certified  public  accountants  after the end of each fiscal  year,
commencing  with its  fiscal  year  ending  April  30,  1998.  The  Company  may
distribute quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial information.
The Company also will furnish  stockholders  with such other periodic reports as
the Company may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.

     Officers,  directors and affiliates of the Company,  and persons associated
with them,  may  purchase  Common  Stock or  Warrants in the  Offering.  If such
purchases are made,  they will be made solely with a view toward  investment and
not resale.  It is not expected that purchases by officers,  directors and their
affiliates  will exceed five percent of the Common Stock or Warrants.  As of the
date of this  Prospectus,  no officer,  director or  affiliate of the Company is
obligated  to  purchase  any Common  Stock or Warrants  in the  Offering  and no
officer,  director or affiliate has made a commitment or indicated his intention
to purchase securities in the Offering.
    

     THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS ARE OFFERED SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE, ALLOTMENT,
WITHDRAWAL,  CANCELLATION OR MODIFICATION OF THE OFFERING  WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
THE  UNDERWRITERS  RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY  SUBSCRIPTION  IN WHOLE OR IN
PART. THE OFFERING CANNOT BE MODIFIED UNLESS AN AMENDED  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
IS FILED AND DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

       

     ANY DOCUMENT WHICH IS  INCORPORATED  BY REFERENCE  HEREIN BUT NOT DELIVERED
HEREWITH,  MAY BE REQUESTED BY ANY PERSON TO WHOM THIS  PROSPECTUS IS DELIVERED.
SUCH REQUESTS SHALL BE MADE TO AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  CONSOLIDATED INC., 14603
CHRISMAN, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77039, TELEPHONE NUMBER (281) 449-9000. DELIVERY OF THE
REQUESTED DOCUMENTS WILL BE MADE WITHOUT CHARGE.



                                        4


<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The Company

   
     American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a general
contractor  and  a  manufacturer  that  focuses  primarily  on  three  types  of
construction  products:   mini-warehouses  and  self-storage  facilities;  metal
buildings  and  structural   steel   projects;   and  cold  storage,   including
refrigerated  and freezer,  buildings.  The  Company's  services  range from the
start,  or construction  design,  phase to the finish,  or erection,  phase of a
project,  including  general  construction,   construction  management,  design,
manufacture,  building, and turnkey services.  The Company selects,  coordinates
and manages  subcontractors for substantially all phases of the work, except for
design and  erection of certain  metal  building  components.  The Company  also
provides oversight and supervision of the entire  construction  process for each
project.
    

     The Company intends to take advantage of its increased capital and improved
financial  condition  resulting  from this Offering by (i)  increasing  business
volume through  increasing  bonding  capacity in order to access larger projects
and other new business, undertaking planned domestic and international marketing
programs,  and increasing  business  referrals from suppliers and other business
contacts,  and (ii)  increasing  operating  margins  and  profitability  through
decreasing  interest  expense (from  reduction of debt) and  decreasing  bonding
costs. See "BUSINESS-Business Plan And Strategy" for a more detailed description
of this strategy and each of these items. See also "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (281) 449-9000.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Texas in May 1985 and
changed its state of  incorporation  to Delaware in June 1994. In July 1996, the
Company  changed  its name to  American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  from
American International Construction Inc.

The Offering

   
Securities Offered .................    The Company is offering  580,000  shares
                                        of  the  Company's   common  stock  (the
                                        "Common  Stock") and 580,000  redeemable
                                        common  stock  purchase   warrants  (the
                                        "Warrants").  Each Warrant  entitles the
                                        holder to  purchase  one share of Common
                                        Stock for $5.00  per  share  during  the
                                        period  beginning  on the  date  of this
                                        Prospectus  and  ending  five years from
                                        the   date  of  this   Prospectus.   See
                                        "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".
    

Offering Price .....................    $ 5.00 per share of Common Stock
                                        $  .10 per Warrant

Warrant Exercise Price .............    $  5.00  per  share  of  Common   Stock,
                                        subject   to   adjustments   in  certain
                                        circumstances

Warrant Exercise Period ............    The  Period  commencing  on the  date of
                                        this    Prospectus   and   expiring   on
                                        __________, 2002.

                                       5
<PAGE>


Shares of Common
 Stock outstanding: prior to
 Offering: .........................    2,900,100

   
Shares of Common Stock offered (1):     580,000

Shares of Common Stock outstanding
  after the Offering(1): ...........    3,480,100

Warrants outstanding prior to
  Offering(1): .....................    3,000,000

Warrants offered(1): ...............    580,000

Warrants outstanding
  after the Offering: ..............    3,580,000

Shares of Common Stock  Outstanding
 after the Offering assuming exercise
 of all Warrants offered in the
 Offering and all Warrants previously
 outstanding: .......................   7,060,100

Estimated net proceeds to the
 Company (2): .......................   $2,387,200

- --------------------

(1)  Does not include (i) up to 580,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise of the Warrants included in the Offering, (ii) up to 87,000 shares
     of Common Stock included in the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option,  and
     (iii) up to 203,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the
     Underwriters'  Warrants and the warrants  issuable to the Underwriters upon
     the exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants. See "UNDERWRITING".

(2)  This amount is after deduction of aggregate selling commissions of $295,800
     and the  $275,000  unpaid  portion of the other  total  estimated  offering
     expenses.
    
                                       6

<PAGE>


Redemption Of The Warrants .........    The  Warrants  are   redeemable  by  the
                                        Company  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant
                                        upon 30 days prior  written or published
                                        notice at any time  commencing 12 months
                                        after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
                                        prior to their  exercise or  expiration,
                                        provided  however,  that the closing bid
                                        quotation  for the Common Stock for each
                                        of  the  20  consecutive  business  days
                                        ending  on the  third  day  prior to the
                                        Company's  giving  notice of  redemption
                                        has been at  least  150  percent  of the
                                        then  effective  exercise  price  of the
                                        Warrants.     The    Warrants     remain
                                        exercisable  during  the  30-day  notice
                                        period.  Any Warrant holder who does not
                                        exercise that holder's Warrants prior to
                                        their  expiration or redemption,  as the
                                        case  may  be,  forfeits  that  holder's
                                        right to  purchase  the shares of Common
                                        Stock   underlying  the  Warrants.   See
                                        "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Common  Stock
                                        Purchase Warrants-Redemption".

   
Use Of Proceeds ...................     Net  proceeds  are  intended  to be used
                                        primarily  for  payment  of  outstanding
                                        indebtedness,   undertaking   additional
                                        marketing  activities,   and  increasing
                                        working capital, which is anticipated to
                                        improve    the    Company's    financial
                                        condition and thereby enable the Company
                                        to increase its bonding  line.  See "USE
                                        OF PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS".

Risk Factors ......................     The securities  offered hereby involve a
                                        high  degree  of  risk  and  substantial
                                        immediate dilution to new investors. See
                                        "RISK FACTORS" and "DILUTION".
    

OTC Bulletin Board Symbols ........     Common Stock - AICI    Warrants - AICIW

Summary Selected Financial Data

   
     The financial  statements included in this Prospectus set forth information
regarding the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1997,  1996
and 1995  (audited)  and as of and for the three  months ended July 31, 1997 and
1996 (unaudited).  See "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION".  The summary selected financial
data shown below is derived  from,  and is  qualified  in its entirety by, those
financial statements, which are contained in the "FINANCIAL INFORMATION" section
of this Prospectus.
    


                                       7

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                               Fiscal Year Ended April 30,              Three Months Ended July 31,
                         ----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                               1996                 1997                  1996                1997
                         ----------------      ---------------      ----------------      ------------
                                                                       (Unaudited)         (Unaudited)
Operating Results:            Actual               Actual                 Actual              Actual
- ------------------            ------               ------                 ------              ------
<S>                         <C>                  <C>                   <C>                 <C>        
Revenues..............      $31,184,828          $33,350,003           $7,586,688          $10,095,849
Net Income (Loss).....          351,570           (4,197,239)(1)       (1,735,990)(1)          227,710
Net Income Per share..              .12                (1.45)                (.60)                 .08

    
Balance Sheet Data:                              April 30,                       July 31, 1997          July 31, 1997 
                                       -------------------------------            (Unaudited)            (Unaudited) 
                                         1996                  1997                  Actual             As Adjusted (2)
                                       --------            -----------             -----------          ---------------
Working Capital (Deficit) ......      $  836,774            $(3,945,066)            $(3,855,863)          $(1,656,006)      

Total assets ...................       7,346,083              8,691,840               8,806,640             9,553,840   

Long Term Debt .................       2,422,292                327,213                  25,590                25,590      

Total liabilities ..............       7,566,576             11,859,522              11,746,612            10,401,612      

Accumulated (deficit) ..........        (368,648)            (4,565,887)             (4,338,177)           (4,338,177)

Stockholders' equity 
  (deficit) ....................        (220,493)            (3,167,682)             (2,939,972)             (847,772) 

</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)  Includes a pre-tax charge of $1,305,250 ($.45 per share) for the year ended
     April 30, 1997 and  $1,005,250  ($.35 per share) for the quarter ended July
     31, 1996 as the amortized  portion of the  non-recurring  pre-tax charge to
     earnings  for the 500,100  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock that were
     issued in connection with the issuance of $300,000 of unsecured  promissory
     notes in July 1996. This  non-recurring  charge was amortized over the term
     of the promissory notes.  Also includes a non-recurring  charge of $358,946
     at April 30, 1997 for the write-off of capitalized offering costs. See Note
     8  to  "Notes  To  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  and  "MANAGEMENT'S
     DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS".

(2)  As  adjusted  to reflect  the net  proceeds  from the  Offering,  including
     repayment of $345,000 of unsecured notes,  including interest thereon,  and
     $1,000,000 of trade accounts. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".
    
                                       8
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS  BEING OFFERED  INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND, THEREFORE,  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED EXTREMELY SPECULATIVE.  THEY SHOULD NOT BE
PURCHASED  BY PERSONS  WHO CANNOT  AFFORD THE  POSSIBILITY  OF THE LOSS OF THEIR
ENTIRE INVESTMENT.  Prospective investors should consider carefully, among other
factors,  the risk  factors  and other  special  considerations  relating to the
Company and this offering set forth below.

Risk Factors Relating To The Business Of The Company
- ----------------------------------------------------

   
     1.  Substantial  Doubt About The  Company's  Ability To Continue As A Going
Concern Without Completion Of Public Offering.  The Company's  operating results
for each of the fiscal  years  ended  April 30,  1996 and 1995 and for the three
months ended July 31, 1997, resulted in a profit;  however, the Company incurred
operating  losses during each of the fiscal years ended April 30, 1997, 1994 and
1993,  and there is no  assurance  that the  operations  of the Company  will be
profitable in the future.  As a result of the  Company's  losses during its last
completed  fiscal year  (approximately  $4.2  million,  including  non-recurring
charges of $1.7 million),  the Company's working capital position and ability to
generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its operating and capital
requirements has further  deteriorated and these matters raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern without completion of
this  Offering  or an  alternate  substantial  infusion of equity  capital.  The
Company  believes that it will be  successful in removing the threat  concerning
its ability to continue  as a going  concern by adhering to closer and  stricter
scrutiny of its  contract  bids and  utilizing  the  estimated  net  proceeds of
approximately $2.3 million from this Offering to achieve  profitability  through
lower interest and bonding costs and expanded volume.  Management  believes that
approximately  $1.0 to $1.2  million  of the  proceeds  from this  Offering  are
necessary to remove the threat concerning the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern and that if this Offering is completed, the estimated net proceeds
from this  Offering  will  enable the  Company  to  continue  operating  for the
foreseeable future at its current level of operations.  The length of the period
that these  proceeds  would  enable the  Company to  continue  operating  at its
current  level of operations  is dependent  upon a number of factors,  including
primarily  the  Company's  profitability.  Assuming the Company  incurs,  during
fiscal 1998 and 1999,  additional net losses (excluding non-cash,  non-recurring
charges) at the same rate as for fiscal 1997 ($2.5  million),  the net  proceeds
would  allow the  Company to  operate at its  current  level of  operations  for
approximately  six months.  However,  the Company has  reported a profit for the
first quarter of its 1998 fiscal year, and management  does not believe that the
Company  will incur a net loss for fiscal 1998 and 1999,  combined.  There is no
assurance  that  management's  belief is accurate  and that the Company will not
incur future cumulative net losses.  To the extent that  management's  belief is
accurate,  then the net proceeds  from the  Offering  would allow the Company to
continue  operations as long as the Company had not sustained future  cumulative
net losses of  approximately  $1.1 million.  There is no assurance these results
will occur even if this  Offering is  consummated.  If this does not occur,  the
Company will pursue other  sources of  financing,  but there is no assurance any
other source of financing will be available.


                                       9

<PAGE>

     The  Company  is  current  in its  obligations  to all  lenders  and  major
suppliers  except  for the  Supplier  described  in Risk  Factor No. 3 below and
except  for  the  holders  (the  "Noteholders")  of  $300,000  principal  amount
unsecured  notes as described  in Risk Factor No. 3. The Supplier has  indicated
that it has no intent of accelerating payment on any obligations as long as this
Offering is completed.  The Supplier has not  indicated  what it will do if this
Offering is  abandoned or otherwise  terminated  unsuccessfully.  The Company is
requesting to the Noteholders that they extend their notes or otherwise wait for
completion of this Offering before requiring payment. There is no assurance that
the Noteholders will comply with this request.

     As a result of the losses incurred in the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,
the audit report of the Company's  independent  auditors for that year indicates
that there is substantial  doubt concerning the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern without a substantial  infusion of equity capital,  such as that
contemplated  from this Offering.  The  implication of this to investors is that
successful  completion  of this  Offering  (or an equity  infusion  from another
source)  is   necessary   for  the   Company   to   continue   operations.   See
"BUSINESS-Business Plan And Strategy",  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS",  "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION",  and
Note 2 to the Financial Statements.
    

     2.  Limited  Financial  Resources,  Negative  Net  Worth,  And  Outstanding
Obligations.  The Company has limited financial resources  available,  which has
had an adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.  Its activities and operations
to date have  resulted in a negative net worth.  There is no assurance  that the
proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to successfully  develop,  produce,
and  market  the  Company's  services.  The  Company  may be forced to limit its
activities  because of the lack of  availability of adequate  financing.  In the
past, the Company's limited liquidity has limited the amount of credit available
from the Company's suppliers. If the Company were not to have adequate financing
available in the future, it is likely that this credit limitation would continue
and that the Company's  domestic and  international  marketing would be directly
affected,  which would  impair the  Company's  ability to increase  its business
volume.

     The Company's  negative net worth and  financial  condition in general have
prevented the Company from being able to obtain  performance  and payment bonds,
which has limited the  Company's  ability to obtain  certain  projects.  If this
Offering is successfully completed, the Company believes that it will be able to
increase  its bonding line and thereby  increase  the jobs  available to it. See
"BUSINESS-Business Plan and Strategy-Strengthen Financial Condition and Increase
Bonding Capacity".

   
     3.  Outstanding  Indebtedness.  As of July 31,  1997,  the Company owed its
major supplier of raw materials (the "Supplier") $2,665,000 for accounts payable
and an additional  $1,914,000 that is evidenced by a note (the "Note") and other
related  loan  documents.  The Company is  required  to make weekly  payments of
$11,537 for outstanding  principal and accrued  interest on the Note until April
30,  2001.  If this  Offering is  successfully  completed,  of which there is no
assurance,  the Company intends to use approximately  $1,000,000 of the proceeds
to reduce the  accounts  payable to the  Supplier.  Pursuant to the terms of the
Note,  it is an event of default if the  Company's  net income  before  interest
expense is less than 1.5  percent of the  Company's  total  sales for any fiscal
year  beginning  with the fiscal year ended April 30,  1997.  The  Supplier  has
waived  this  requirement  for the fiscal  year ended April 30, 1997 and for the
period from May 1, 1997 through  December 31, 1997,  but the Company is required
to satisfy it for subsequent periods.  Management believes that if this Offering
is  completed,  it will be able to  satisfy  the  requirement  for the last four
months of fiscal 1998 and thereafter  while the Note is outstanding,  or that it
will be  close  enough  to  satisfying  it that  the  Supplier  will  waive  it.
Nevertheless,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  satisfy  this
requirement.  As of July 31, 1997 the Company  also was in  violation of certain
other  covenants for which the Supplier has granted a waiver and for which there
is no assurance  that the Company will be able to satisfy in the future.  If all
these requirements are not satisfied as required in the future, the Company will
be required to obtain alternate  financing,  receive a waiver from the Supplier,
or default on the Note. See "BUSINESS-Indebtedness To Major Supplier".


                                       10

<PAGE>

     As of July 31, 1997,  the Company  also owed an aggregate of  approximately
$322,000 to FCLT, L.P., a Texas limited  partnership  ("FCLT"),  pursuant to two
loans that are payable in June 1998,  are  collateralized  by the Company's land
and buildings,  and are guaranteed by the three  principal  stockholders  of the
Company.  Aggregate  monthly  payments  on  these  two  loans  are  $6,082.  See
"BUSINESS-Outstanding Bank Loans".

     The Company had other obligations of an aggregate of approximately $101,000
at July 31,  1997 that  require  aggregate  monthly  payments  of  approximately
$12,850.  The Company also is the obligor on an aggregate of $300,000  principal
amount of unsecured notes,  together with interest of more than $30,700 thereon,
that  currently  are in default  that will be repaid  from the  proceeds of this
Offering. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".
    

     4. Fluctuations In Industry Construction Activity.  Although most recently,
new construction projects for storage facilities,  warehouses and pre-engineered
metal buildings and freezer/refrigerated  facilities, as well as renovations and
remodeling  projects,  have occurred at a historically active rate, new projects
were not as numerous in prior years.  These  fluctuations  in industry  activity
result from numerous factors,  including general economic  conditions,  interest
rates and the general real estate market.  There can be no assurance that future
demand for the  Company's  services  will be adequate for the Company to operate
profitably.

     5. Uncertain  Markets And Market  Acceptance.  No assurance can be given of
market acceptance or profitability  from sales of the Company's current services
or that sales of future services will be profitable.  The Company's  industry is
extremely competitive and subject to numerous changes. See "BUSINESS".

   
     6. Competition.  The Company competes, in a highly competitive environment,
with many  companies in the  construction  and  erection of storage  facilities,
warehouses, manufacture of pre-engineered metal buildings,  freezer/refrigerated
facilities,  and other  construction  services.  Many of the  Company's  primary
competitors  not only have greater  resources  than the Company,  they also have
larger  administrative  staffs and more available service personnel.  The larger
competitors also may use their greater financial resources to develop and market
their  services.  The  presence  of  these  competitors  may  be  a  significant
impediment  to any  attempts  by the  Company to  develop  its  business.  Major
competitive factors include product knowledge,  experience,  past relationships,
quality  of  performance,   financial  condition,  reputation,  timeliness,  and
pricing.  The Company  believes  that it ranks  highly and  therefore  will have
certain competitive advantages in attempting to develop and market its services,
including  the  Company's  excellent  relationships  with its  past and  current
customers,  which has led to "repeat" business, the Company's product knowledge,
experience, past relationships,  quality of performance, reputation and pricing,
and the Company's ability to respond to customer requests more quickly than some
larger competitors. For the year ended April 30, 1997, approximately 43 percent,
and for the three months ended July 31, 1997,  approximately 47 percent,  of the
Company's  business  was derived  from  repeat  customers;  however  there is no
assurance  that this will  occur in the  future.  None of the  Company's  repeat
business is derived from long-term  contracts,  and all repeat business  results
from  separately  negotiated  contracts.  With  respect  to lower  rankings  for
competitive  factors,  the Company's  capitalization  prior to this Offering has
placed it at a  competitive  disadvantage  in the past but the Company  believes
that as a result of this Offering it will increase its ability to compete on the
basis of financial  condition.  However,  there is no  assurance  that this will
prove correct. See "BUSINESS-Marketing" and "BUSINESS-Industry Environment".
    

                                       11

<PAGE>


     7. Exposure To Construction Related Litigation.  The construction  industry
has a high incidence of litigation,  and as a participant in this industry,  the
Company is constantly exposed to the risk of litigation. Even though the Company
maintains insurance for these matters in amounts customary in the industry,  and
even if the  Company  prevails  in any such  litigation,  of  which  there is no
assurance,  the management time and out-of-pocket expense expended in commercial
litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company.

   
     8. Past Dependence On Major  Customers.  During the three months ended July
31, 1997 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,  U-Haul,  Inc.  accounted for
approximately $2.0 million and $7.3 million,  respectively, or 19 percent and 22
percent,  respectively, of the Company's total revenues. During the fiscal years
ended April 30, 1996 and 1995,  U-Haul,  Inc.  accounted for approximately  $8.1
million,  and  $4.9  million,  respectively,  or  26  percent  and  20  percent,
respectively,  of the Company's  total  revenues.  The Company  negotiates  each
project with U-Haul  separately as there is no contract with U-Haul covering the
construction of future projects.  The loss of U-Haul, Inc.'s business could have
a materially  adverse  effect on the Company.  See  "BUSINESS-Reliance  On Major
Customers".

     9. Previous  Unprofitable  International  Operations.  The Company plans to
expand its business in  international  markets but a significant  portion of its
past experiences in international markets has been unprofitable. The past losses
from international  business occurred in situations in which the Company had set
up satellite  offices in other countries,  such as Guam and Puerto Rico, and the
cost of  operating  and  maintaining  these  offices  was too  great to  operate
profitably.  The Company has closed its offices in Puerto Rico and in Guam,  and
believes  that  it will be able  to  conduct  business  internationally  without
opening  satellite  offices.  The Company  currently  is doing a small amount of
business  internationally through a two-person international sales force located
in its Houston, Texas headquarters.
    

     10.  Availability  Of  Labor;  Possible  Effect Of  Subcontractors'  Use Of
Unionized Labor. In order to minimize overhead, the Company often contracts with
independent third parties to provide a substantial  portion of the labor for its
construction  projects.  Therefore,  the  Company's  ability  to  provide  these
services is  dependent  upon  outside  sources of workers and this may result in
delays in the completion of contracts due to the  unavailability  of such labor.
The Company is not currently experiencing,  and has not in the past experienced,
a shortage of labor.

                                       12

<PAGE>


   
     At the current time, the use of unionized labor by  subcontractors  engaged
by the  Company  does not  have a  significant  effect  on the  Company  because
subcontractors  tend to use unionized labor only in areas where there is a heavy
concentration of unionized  labor, and because in those areas other  contractors
in competition with the Company most often utilize unionized labor so that there
would be no competitive  advantages or disadvantages to the Company. There is no
assurance that this situation will remain constant in the future.

     11.  Effect  Of  Unfavorable  Weather.  Certain  aspects  of the  Company's
construction  activities cannot be performed in severely inclement weather, such
as continuous  rain and flooding.  Conditions of this nature can have a negative
impact on the Company's earnings, as was experienced in spring 1997.
    

     12.  Dependence  On Key  Personnel.  The  success of the Company is largely
dependent  upon the  efforts  of John  Wilson,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a
director of the Company, Danny Clemons, President and a director of the Company,
R. L. Farrar, Vice President of Operations,  Treasurer, Secretary and a director
of the Company, and Jim Williams, Vice President of Finance, Assistant Secretary
and a director of the Company.  The loss of the services of any of these persons
or the loss of the services of Jimmy M. Rogers,  head of the  Company's  Thermal
System  Division,  could be  detrimental to the Company as there is no assurance
that  the  Company  could  replace  any  of  them  adequately  at an  affordable
compensation  level. See  "MANAGEMENT".  The Company has entered into employment
agreements    with    each   of   the    above    officers.    See    "EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION-Employments   Contracts   And   Termination   Of   Employment   And
Change-In-Control  Arrangements". The Company is the beneficiary for $500,000 of
key-man term life insurance coverage on each of Messrs. Wilson, Clemons, Farrar,
Rogers and Williams.  There is no assurance that these  insurance  policies will
provide the Company with adequate  compensation in the event of the death of any
of the insured.

     13. Government Regulation And Workers Compensation  Insurance.  The Company
is subject to government regulation of its business operations. In addition, the
Company's  construction  activities  must  meet with the  requirements  of local
building codes,  and the Company is required to provide workers  compensation or
alternate insurance coverage for the Company's employees.  Because of the nature
of the Company's business in construction  services,  the cost of this insurance
for the Company's  on-site employees is higher relative to the cost of insurance
coverage for the Company's office personnel. When construction work is performed
on behalf of the  Company by  subcontractors,  the  subcontractors,  and not the
Company, pay the direct costs of insurance for the construction  workers.  There
is no assurance that subsequent  changes in laws or regulations  will not affect
the Company's operations adversely.

                                       13

<PAGE>


   
     14.  Possible  Need For Future  Financing.  The Company  believes  that the
proceeds of this offering  will enable it to  accomplish  the purposes set forth
under "BUSINESS", although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
If the  proceeds of this  offering  are not  sufficient,  the  Company  would be
required  to seek  additional  financing  to enable it to conduct  its  business
operations.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain
such financing on acceptable  terms.  Any such  additional  financing may entail
substantial  dilution  of the equity of the  then-existing  stockholders  of the
Company.   The  availability  of  additional  financing  may  be  restricted  by
provisions in the underwriting  agreement with the Representative  that require,
for a period of 12 months  after  this  Offering,  that the  Company  obtain the
Representative's permission in order to issue securities for financing purposes.
See "UNDERWRITING".
    

     15. Broad  Discretion  To Allocate  Use Of  Proceeds.  The proceeds of this
offering have been  allocated  only  generally.  The specific uses of investors'
funds will  depend upon the  business  judgment  of  management,  upon which the
investors must rely, with only limited  information about management's  specific
intentions. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS".

     16. No Proceeds To Company From Sales By Selling  Securities  Holders.  The
Company  will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from  the sale by the  Selling
Securities  Holders of the 500,100 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 Warrants
being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this Prospectus
is a  part.  However,  in the  event  that  any of the  3,000,000  Warrants  are
exercised,  the Company  will  receive the  proceeds  from the exercise of those
warrants.

     17. Benefits Of The Offering To Current Stockholders.  Current stockholders
of the Company will benefit from the  Offering,  including  the  following:  (i)
creation of a public trading market for the Common Stock,  which is intended but
for which there is no assurance;  (ii) the sale of up to an aggregate of 500,100
shares by certain non-management,  non-employee  stockholders at the time of the
public  offering;  and (iii) the  substantial  unrealized  gain,  based upon the
difference  between the acquisition costs and the initial public offering price,
for  stockholders  who acquired their stock prior to the public  offering.  This
difference is $5.00 per share for the non-management,  non-employee stockholders
who received an aggregate of 500,100 shares as partial consideration for loaning
the Company an  aggregate of $300,000,  and may be  considered  to be as much as
$4.95 for the  shareholders  who  founded  the  Company  in 1985 and  during the
interim developed the business of the Company to its current level.

                                       14

<PAGE>


     18. Potential  Conflicts Of Interest.  Potential  conflicts of interest may
arise between the Company and its officers and  directors.  Although each of the
Company's officers and directors is committed to devote full working time to the
business of the Company,  they also may be engaged in other business activities.
If these  business  activities  are of the  same  type as  those  engaged  in or
contemplated  by the Company,  conflicts  of interest  will arise in the area of
corporate  opportunities  or in the area of conflicting  time  commitments  with
respect to the officers and directors of the Company. Conflicts of interest also
will develop with respect to any contractual  relationships  that may be entered
into  between  the  Company  and  any  of  its  officers  and   directors.   See
"TRANSACTIONS  BETWEEN THE COMPANY  AND  RELATED  PARTIES-Conflicts  Of Interest
Policy".

     At the  present  time,  there are not any  material  conflicts  of interest
between the Company and any of its officers or  directors,  except to the extent
that their respective positions as large stockholders might present conflicts of
interest  and  except  to the  extent  that a  consulting  arrangement  with one
director might present conflicts of interest.  A previously existing conflict of
interest was resolved in May 1994 when AIC Management, Inc. merged with and into
the Company. At the time of the merger, AIC Management,  Inc. owned the land and
buildings that are utilized for the Company's  administrative offices as well as
its metal buildings  manufacturing  facility.  The shareholders and directors of
AIC Management,  Inc. at the time of the merger were Messrs. Clemons, Farrar and
Wilson,  who are the three largest  stockholders and three of the four directors
of the Company.

     The  Company  has  established  a policy  pursuant  to which  the  Board Of
Directors will consider transactions with officers,  directors, and shareholders
of the Company and their  respective  affiliates.  Pursuant to this policy,  the
Board Of Directors will not approve any  transaction  unless it determines  that
the terms of the  transaction  are no less  favorable  to the Company than those
available from unaffiliated parties. Because this policy is not contained in the
Company's  Certificate  Of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  the policy is subject to
change by the Board Of Directors, although it currently is not contemplated that
the policy will be changed. In addition,  in the event any conflicts of interest
arise with  respect to any  officer or  director  of the  Company,  the  Company
anticipates  that its  officers  and  directors  will  exercise  their  judgment
consistent with their fiduciary  duties arising under the applicable state laws.
There can be no assurance  that all  conflicts  of interest  will be resolved in
favor of the Company.

     19.  Lack Of  Outside  Directors.  At the  present  time,  only  one of the
Company's directors is not also an officer and employee of the Company. However,
this director also serves as a paid consultant to the Company, which may present
conflicts of interest.  See above,  "Risk Factor No.  18-Potential  Conflicts Of
Interest".

Risk Factors Concerning This Offering And The Securities Offered
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

   
     20. Lack of Experience  Of  Worthington  Capital  Group,  Inc.  Worthington
Capital  Group,  Inc.,  formerly  known as M.D.  Walsh & Co.,  was licensed as a
broker/dealer in July 1991 and has not participated in public offerings prior to
this Offering. In addition,  Worthington Capital Group, Inc. is not permitted to
make markets in securities  including the securities offered by the Company. The
limited experience of Worthington  Capital Group, Inc. and its inability to make
markets may adversely  affect the  development  of a market for the Common Stock
and/or  Warrants.  See below,  "Risk  Factor No.  24-No  Assurance Of Market For
Common Stock Or Warrants"  and "Risk  Factor No.  26-Underwriters'  Influence On
Possible Market For Common Stock And Warrants".
    

                                       15

<PAGE>


   
     21. Significant  Dilution To Investors.  An investor in this Offering will,
immediately after the Offering,  incur  significant  dilution from the amount of
his  initial  investment,  as compared to the book value per share of the Common
Stock purchased.  Dilution to new investors,  will be $5.24, or 105 percent, per
share of Common  Stock.  It appears that  significant  dilution also will be the
case for any  exercise of  Warrants in the  foreseeable  future,  although  this
cannot be certain  because  the amount of any such  dilution  will depend on the
future business operations and other activities of the Company. See "DILUTION".

     22.  Control  By  Present  Stockholders  And  Management.  Each of  Messrs.
Clemons, Farrar, and Wilson, who are officers and directors of the Company, will
own 20.3  percent  and Mr.  Williams,  who is an  officer  and  director  of the
Company,  will own 3.9 percent of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock after
the Offering. Also after the Offering, Management of the Company as a group will
own  approximately  64.9 percent of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock and
will remain in  effective  control of the Company  because  Management  will own
enough shares in the aggregate  that it would be able to elect all the directors
of the Company,  and the investors in this  Offering,  voting by themselves as a
group,  would  not be able to elect any of the  directors  of the  Company.  See
"PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS" and "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".
    

     23. No Dividends.  Since its  inception,  the Company has paid no dividends
with respect to its Common Stock and it does not contemplate paying dividends in
the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company  currently  is  prohibited  from  paying
dividends  by its  agreements  with a  supplier  to  whom  it is  indebted.  See
"BUSINESS-Indebtedness To Major Supplier".

   
     24. No Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants. There currently is
no  public  market  for  the  Common  Stock  or  Warrants   (collectively,   the
"Securities")  being  offered,  and no assurance can be given that a market will
develop.  Although  Worthington  Capital Group is not permitted to make a market
for the Company's Securities,  I.A.R. Securities Corp. and another broker-dealer
participating  in the Offering have  indicated  that they will make a market for
the  Securities.  However,  they  are  not  required  to do so and  there  is no
assurance  that a market will develop.  If a trading market does develop for any
of  the  Securities,   the  prices  may  be  highly  volatile.  Neither  of  the
Underwriters  is  obligated  to  make a  market  in any of the  Securities  upon
completion  of this  offering,  and,  even  if an  Underwriter  makes  a  market
following the Offering,  there is no assurance that it will continue to do so in
the future. In addition, if a market for any of the Securities does develop, and
the Securities  are traded below certain  prices,  many brokerage  firms may not
effect  transactions  in the  Securities,  and sales of the  Securities  will be
subject to Securities  And Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") Rule 15g-9.  See below,
"Risk Factor No. 25-Possible Effects Of SEC Rules On Market For Common Stock And
Warrants".  Trading  in the  Securities,  if  any,  will be  limited  to the OTC
Bulletin  Board or the "pink  sheets"  used by members of the NASD.  If a market
does not develop for the  Securities,  it may be  difficult  or  impossible  for
purchasers to resell the  Securities.  The Company  withdrew its  application to
list its  securities on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market  ("NASDAQ")  because NASDAQ
indicated that the application would not be approved. There is no assurance that
any of the Securities can ever be sold at the offered price or at any price.
    

                                       16

<PAGE>


   
     25. Possible  Effects Of SEC Rules On Market For Common Stock And Warrants.
If the  Company's  Securities  are  traded for less than $5 per  security,  then
unless the  Company's net tangible  assets exceed  $2,000,000 or the Company has
had  average  revenue  of at least  $6,000,000  for the last  three  years,  the
respective security (a "Low-Priced  Security") will be subject to SEC Rule 15g-9
concerning  sales of low-priced  securities or "penny stock" unless the security
is otherwise exempt from Rule 15g-9. Pursuant to Rule 15g-9, prior to concluding
a sale, a broker-dealer  must make a special  suitability  determination for the
purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's  written  representations  and agreement
concerning  the  transaction.   In  addition,   Rule  15g-9  generally  requires
broker-dealers to provide customers for whom they are effecting  transactions in
a Low-Priced Security, before the transactions,  with a standard risk disclosure
document  describing the customer's  right to disclosures of the (i) current bid
and ask  quotations,  if any, (ii)  compensation  of the  broker-dealer  and the
salesperson in the transaction, and (iii) monthly account statements showing the
market value of such stock held in the customer's  account.  If the Common Stock
or Warrants  individually  trade at a price in excess of $5 per  security,  then
these rules will not apply to transactions in the respective security trading at
a price in excess of $5. To the extent that the  respective  security  becomes a
Low-Priced  Security,  these  rules will apply and would be  expected  to have a
negative effect on the desire of brokers to sell the Company's Securities, would
be expected to have a negative effect on the brokers' ability to do so, and also
would be expected to have a negative effect on the ability of purchasers in this
Offering to sell the Company's securities in the secondary market.

     26.  Underwriters'  Influence  On  Possible  Market  For  Common  Stock And
Warrants. A significant amount of the Securities to be sold in this Offering may
be sold to customers  of the  Underwriters.  These  customers  subsequently  may
engage in transactions  for the sale or purchase of such  Securities  through or
with the  Underwriters.  Although it has no legal obligation or commitment to do
so, one of the Underwriters may from time to time become a market maker, and one
or  both  of  the  Underwriters   otherwise  may  effect  transactions  in  such
Securities.  (As indicated in Risk Factor No. 20, one of the Underwriters is not
permitted to make markets in any securities.) An Underwriter, if it participates
in the market,  may be the sole or primary  market maker,  it may effect a large
proportion of all transactions in the Securities,  and it may for these or other
reasons be a  dominating  influence  in the  market,  if one  develops,  for the
Securities.  The prices and  liquidity of the  Securities  may be  significantly
affected  by the  degree,  if any, of the  Underwriter's  participation  in such
market.  In these  situations,  the  price of the  Securities  as  quoted  by an
Underwriter may not be subject to an independent market for the Securities.

     27. Shares Eligible For Future Sales.  The Company has a total of 2,900,100
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding that are "restricted  securities".
Restricted  securities  may be sold in a registered  public  offering  under the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  or in  open-market
transactions  in  compliance  with  Rule 144  adopted  under the 1933 Act if the
conditions of Rule 144 are satisfied. Generally, Rule 144 provides that, subject
to current information being publicly available concerning the Company,  after a
person has held the restricted  securities for a period of one year, that person
may sell,  in any  three-month  period,  an amount of up to one  percent  of the
Company's  outstanding Common Stock. Persons who have not been affiliates of the
Company for at least three  months and who have held their  shares for more than
two years are not  subject to any  limitations  on the sale of their  restricted
securities.  Under  Rule  144,  and  subject  to the  sales  volume  limitations
described  above,  2,400,000  shares of Common  Stock are  eligible  for resale;
however,  the  holders  of  2,257,401  of  these  shares  have  agreed  with the
Underwriters  not to sell any of these shares until March 13, 1999 without first
obtaining the prior written consent of the Underwriters.  The holders of 142,599
of the  2,400,000  shares  currently  eligible  for resale  have agreed with the
Underwriters  not to sell any of these shares until March 13, 1998 without first
obtaining the written consent of the Underwriters.  In addition, the sale by the
Selling  Securities  Holders  of  500,100  shares of  restricted  Common  Stock,
3,000,000  Warrants,  and the 3,000,000  shares of Common Stock underlying those
Warrants is being  registered  pursuant to the  registration  statement of which
this  Prospectus is a part.  Although the sale of the  securities by the Selling
Securities  Holders is being registered,  the Selling Securities Holders may not
sell any of these  Securities  until March 13, 1998 without first  obtaining the
prior  written  consent  of the  Underwriters.  Sales  under Rule 144 and by the
Selling Securities Holders, whenever they are made, may have a depressive effect
on the price of the Common Stock.
    
                                       17

<PAGE>


   
     28.  Possible  Issuance Of Additional  Shares Of Common Stock And Preferred
Stock. Subject to the Representative's right to approve any additional issuances
of Common Stock,  preferred  stock,  and other securities of the Company for one
year after the effective date of the Offering,  under the Company's  Certificate
Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company has the power to issue
up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, of which
2,900,100  were issued and  outstanding  as of October 31, 1997, and of which an
additional  3,000,000  are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of previously
outstanding Warrants,  without stockholder approval under certain circumstances.
If this were to occur,  of which there is no present  intention,  there would be
additional  equity  dilution  to the  investors  in  this  Offering.  Under  the
Company's  Certificate Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company
also has the power to issue all the 1,000,000  authorized and unissued shares of
the Company's $1.00 par value preferred stock without stockholder approval under
certain  circumstances.  The Board Of  Directors of the Company has the right to
fix the rights, privileges and preferences of any class of preferred stock to be
issued in the future. Any class of preferred stock that may be authorized in the
future may have rights,  privileges, and preferences senior to the Common Stock.
The  creation of a class of  preferred  stock with  rights  senior to the Common
Stock could be authorized  by the Board Of Directors of the Company  without the
approval of the holders of the Common Stock and may adversely  affect the rights
of  the  holders  of  Common  Stock.   See   "DESCRIPTION   OF  SECURITIES"  and
"UNDERWRITING".
    

     29.  Arbitrary  Determination Of Offering Price Of Units And Exercise Price
Of  Warrants.  The price at which the Units are being  offered to the public and
the price at which the Warrants are  exercisable for shares of Common Stock have
been determined arbitrarily.  The offering price and exercise price were arrived
at after negotiations  between the Company and the Representative and were based
upon the  Company's  and the  Representative's  assessment  of the  history  and
prospects of the Company, the background of the Company's management and current
conditions  in  the  securities  markets.   Each  of  these  factors  was  given
approximately equal weight.  There is no relationship between the offering price
or the exercise  price and the Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any
other economic or recognized criteria of value. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".

     30.  Registration Or Exemption  Required To Exercise  Warrants.  Holders of
Warrants have the right to exercise their Warrants to purchase Common Stock only
if a  registration  statement  relating to those  shares is then in effect or an
exemption from  registration is available and only if those shares are qualified
for sale,  or are  deemed  to be exempt  from  qualification,  under  applicable
securities  laws of the state of  residence of the holder of those  shares.  The
Company  intends to have a  registration  statement  in effect at times that the
Warrants are eligible for exercise,  although there can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to do so.  However,  the  Company  will not be required to
honor the exercise of the  Warrants  if, in its opinion,  the issuance of Common
Stock would be  unlawful  because of the  absence of an  effective  registration
statement or for other  reasons.  If the Company were unable to cause a required
registration  statement  to be  effective  during a period of time when  holders
wished  to  exercise,  the  market  value of the  Warrants  could  be  adversely
affected.

   
     31. Prior Offering Period Expired Without Obtaining Minimum Offering. There
is no assurance  that this  Offering  will be  completed.  The  Offering,  which
originally was made on a "best efforts,  minimum/maximum basis", first commenced
on March 13,  1997.  The 90 day  offering  period ended on June 11, 1997 and all
funds were  returned to investors  because the minimum  offering  amount was not
received.
    


                                       18

<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net  proceeds to the Company  from this  Offering  are  estimated to be
$2,387,200  ($2,773,219 if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised
in full) after  deducting  selling  commissions and other unpaid expenses of the
Offering.  Total selling  commissions equal to ten percent of the gross offering
proceeds  from the Common  Stock and  Warrants,  together  with a three  percent
non-accountable  expense  allowance,  will be  allowed to the  Underwriter  upon
consummation  of the Offering.  Other expenses of the Offering,  estimated to be
$570,000,  include the non-accountable expense allowance,  printing costs, legal
fees,  accounting  fees,  blue sky fees and costs,  transfer agent fees, SEC and
NASD filing fees and other miscellaneous  costs.  Approximately  $295,000 of the
total offering  expenses will have been paid by the Company prior to closing the
Offering  leaving  $275,000  of  offering   expenses  and  $295,800  of  selling
commissions  to be paid  from  the  offering  proceeds.  The  $2,387,200  of net
proceeds are expected to be  allocated  substantially  as follows and applied in
the  following  order of  priority,  during the 12 month  period  following  the
offering(1):

                                                         Offering
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                   Approximate
                                                                    Percentage
                                                 Approximate          Of Net
                                                   Amount            Proceeds
                                                 -----------       -----------
Domestic and International
Marketing Program ........................         $100,000            4.2%

Repayment of Unsecured Notes (2) .........          345,000           14.5%

Upgrade Computer Software Systems ........           50,000            2.1%

Reduction of Trade Account to
Major Supplier ...........................        1,000,000           41.9%

Other Working Capital (3) ................          892,200           37.3%
                                                 ----------          -----

        TOTAL NET PROCEEDS                       $2,387,200           100%
                                                 ==========           ====
    
- --------------------

(1)  See  "BUSINESS-Business  Plan And Strategy"  for a  description  of how the
     proposed  allocation of proceeds of this Offering  applies to the Company's
     plans.

   
(2)  The Company intends to repay the $300,000 of indebtedness and approximately
     $45,000 of accrued  interest  on notes  issued in July 1996 in order to pay
     for costs of this Offering and to provide immediate  working capital.  This
     indebtedness  accrues  interest  at 10  percent  per  annum and was due and
     payable  upon the earliest to occur of April 24, 1997 or the closing of any
     public  debt or equity  financing  of the  Company  or the  closing  of any
     transaction in which the Company's  securities are exchanged for securities
     of another  entity  (whether  by merger or  otherwise).  This  indebtedness
     currently  is in  default,  and the  Company  is  requesting  that the debt
     holders  agree to extend the due date of their  notes until  completion  of
     this Offering. There is no assurance that they will agree to do so.

(3)  The  Company's  working  capital  will be utilized  for  general  corporate
     purposes  and  operating  expenses,  including  payment of $55,000  for the
     Representative's consulting fee. If the Underwriters' over-allotment option
     is exercised in part or in full,  the net proceeds  from that exercise will
     be applied to working capital. See "UNDERWRITING".
    
                                       19

<PAGE>


     Although the amounts set forth above indicate management's present estimate
of the  Company's  use of the net proceeds  from the  Offering,  the Company may
reallocate  the proceeds or utilize the proceeds  for other  corporate  purposes
based on the  contingencies  described below.  The actual  expenditures may vary
from the  estimates  in the  table  because  of a number of  factors,  including
whether the Company has been operating  profitably,  what other obligations have
been incurred by the Company, whether the Company desires to expand its existing
operations,  and other  changes in  circumstances.  Although no alternate  plans
currently  exist,  other  uses  could  include  additional  funds for  increased
marketing,  expanded  operations  or  additional  payment  on  accounts.  If the
Company's need for working capital increases,  the Company could seek additional
funds  through  loans  or other  financing.  No such  arrangements  exist or are
currently contemplated,  and there can be no assurance that they may be obtained
in the future should the need arise.  If the use of the proceeds of the Offering
in the manner  described above proves  impractical or it is otherwise  deemed by
Management  to be in the  Company's  best  interests  to utilize the proceeds in
another  manner,  the  Company may apply the  proceeds  of the  Offering in such
manner  as it deems  appropriate  under  the then  existing  circumstances.  The
Company  has no present  intention,  agreements  or  understandings  to make any
material acquisitions of businesses, assets, or technologies.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has not paid any cash  dividends to date.  As  indicated  under
"BUSINESS-Indebtedness  To Major  Supplier",  the Company's Note to the Supplier
prohibits  the  payment  of any  dividends  until the Note is paid in full.  The
Company  currently  intends to retain its future  earnings,  if any, to fund the
development  and growth of its  business  and,  therefore,  does not  anticipate
paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the future.


                                    DILUTION

   
     The net  tangible  book  value  of the  Company  as of July  31,  1997  was
$(3,097,628) or $(1.07) per share.  Net tangible book value per share represents
the amount of total tangible assets of the Company, reduced by the amount of its
total  liabilities,  divided  by the total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock
outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 580,000 shares of
Common Stock and 580,000  Warrants at the initial public offering price of $5.00
per share of Common  Stock and $.10 per  Warrant,  the as adjusted  net tangible
book value of the  Company as of July 31,  1997 would have been  $(847,772),  or
$(.24) per share of Common Stock.  This represents an immediate  increase in net
tangible book value of $.83 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate
dilution of $5.24 per share,  or 105 percent,  to new  investors.  The following
table  illustrates  the per share  dilution  in net  tangible  book value to new
investors:


Public offering price per share                                   $ 5.00

   Net tangible book value per share before the Offering          $(1.07)

   Increase per share attributable to new investors               $  .83

Net tangible book value per share after the Offering              $( .24)

Dilution per share to new investors                               $(5.24)

    
                                       20
<PAGE>


   
     The following table summarizes,  on a pro forma basis,  assuming closing of
the Offering,  the differences in total  consideration paid for Common Stock and
the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors with
respect  to the  number of shares of Common  Stock  purchased  from the  Company
assuming an initial public offering price of $5.00 per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Shares Purchased            Total Consideration
                                     -----------------------       -----------------------
                                                                                                   Average
                                       Number       Percent        Amount          Percent       Price/Share
                                       ------       -------        ------          -------       -----------

<S>                                  <C>             <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>  
Existing stockholders                2,900,100       83.3%        $  148,155         4.9%           $0.05

New investors                          580,000       16.7%        $2,900,000        95.1%           $5.00
                                     ---------      ------        ----------        -----

   Total                             3,480,100       100.0%       $3,048,155       100.0%
                                     =========       =====        ==========       =====
</TABLE>
    

     The information  presented  above,  with respect to existing  stockholders,
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'  Warrants, the Warrants included in the
Offering,  or the  Warrants  outstanding  prior to the  Offering.  In  addition,
200,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise
of options granted pursuant to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to
the 1994 Stock Option Plan,  the Company has  approved the  issuance,  effective
upon the completion of this Offering,  of options to purchase  172,000 shares of
Common Stock.  These  outstanding  options may not be exercised  until  one year
after the  Company  completes  the  Offering,  at which  time 25  percent of the
options become  exercisable.  An additional 25 percent become exerciable on each
subsequent anniversary and all options expire five years after the completion of
the Offering. The issuance of Common Stock under this plan may result in further
dilution to new investors.

                                       21
<PAGE>


                                    BUSINESS

Overview

   
     American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a general
contractor  and  a  manufacturer  that  focuses  primarily  on  three  types  of
construction  products:  the  construction of  mini-warehouses  and self-storage
facilities;  the manufacture of metal  buildings and structural  steel projects;
and the  construction  of cold  storage,  including  refrigerated  and  freezer,
buildings.  The Company's services range from the start, or design, phase to the
finish, or erection, phase of a project, including design, manufacture,  general
construction,  construction  management,  building,  and turnkey  services.  The
Company selects,  coordinates and manages  subcontractors  for substantially all
phases of the work,  except for design and erection,  and manufacture of certain
metal building  components.  The Company also provides oversight and supervision
of the entire construction process for each project.

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (281) 449-9000.

Description Of Business

     Within its construction and manufacturing operations,  the Company operates
three  specialty   divisions:   (i)   mini-warehouses   and  other  self-storage
facilities;  (ii)  the  manufacture  of metal  buildings  and  structural  steel
projects;  and (iii) cold storage buildings,  including refrigerated and freezer
facilities. The actual manufacturing,  construction and other operating services
related to these are generally provided  separately by the particular  specialty
division of the Company, and the administrative or non-construction services are
provided  by  the  same  marketing,  accounting,  billing,  collection,  capital
financing,  in-house  legal,  and other general  administrative  portions of the
Company.  Set  forth  below  is a  description  of each of the  three  specialty
operations of the Company.
    

                         Construction Of Mini-Warehouses
                         -------------------------------

   
     During each of the fiscal  year ended  April 30, 1997 and the three  months
ended July 31, 1997, the Company realized  revenue of approximately  $17 million
and $6.0 million,  respectively,  from its mini-warehouse construction.  For the
fiscal  years ended April 30, 1996 and 1995,  the  Company's  revenue  from this
division  was  $20.6  million  and  $11.5  million,   respectively.   Generally,
mini-warehouse  projects are undertaken in one of the following  three ways: (1)
the  Company is engaged to provide  all  aspects of the  project  from  breaking
ground to turnkey installation; (2) the Company is engaged as a subcontractor to
provide the building frame, the walls, roof and interior partitions; and (3) the
Company  is engaged to convert  existing  buildings,  such as office  buildings,
strip  centers,  warehouses and  manufacturing  buildings,  into  mini-warehouse
facilities.  In all three of the above situations,  the Company provides its own
trained  job  foreman  and  crew  to  erect  the  steel  portion  (walls,  roof,
partitions) and subcontracts the remaining work to regional contractors.

     Approximately 19 percent of the Company's mini-warehouse  construction work
currently  is being  undertaken  on behalf of U-Haul Inc.  For the fiscal  years
ended April 30, 1997 and April 30, 1996, U-Haul Inc.  represented  approximately
43  percent  and  39  percent,  respectively,  of the  Company's  mini-warehouse
construction business although the Company has also transacted construction work
for Public  Storage,  Inc.,  Shurguard  Corporation,  and other  companies.  The
Company believes that it is the contractor for approximately 25 to 35 percent of
U-Haul  Inc.'s  mini-warehouse  construction  business  and that the  Company 's
relationship with U-Haul Inc. continues to be favorable.

     The  Company  employs   approximately  90  people  for  its  mini-warehouse
construction  business  including  a chief  operating  officer,  a  construction
manager, one architectural  draftsperson,  three project managers, an operations
coordinator,  a  project  assistant,  an  executive  secretary,  two  purchasing
department employees, four estimators, four draftspersons, two salespeople, nine
field superintendents, and 50 to 60 erection crew members.
    
                                       22

<PAGE>

                         Manufacture Of Metal Buildings
                         ------------------------------

     The  Company  provides  different  variations  of  services  in  its  metal
buildings and metal roof activities.  Most often, the Company will be engaged to
pre-engineer,  prepare construction  drawings,  manufacture the building frames,
procure  all  non-structural  steel,  sheeting  and trim,  and then  ship  these
products to the customer,  with the customer being  responsible for erection and
installation as well as site preparation for the building.  The Company also may
be engaged, in some instances,  in the actual erection of the building. In other
situations,  the Company may be engaged only to provide the material  components
or to provide  the frame  itself in the form of cut and  welded  pieces of steel
that are based on drawings  provided by the customer.  In all cases, the Company
generally  will rely on the  owner's  being  responsible  for site  preparation,
including work on the slab or other foundation.

     The Company's metal buildings  division also provides both conventional and
pre-engineered  building face lifts and retrofits,  and performs the dismantling
and relocation of metal buildings. The experience and knowledge to provide these
services are a natural by-product of the other services provided by the Company.

   
     For the fiscal  year ended April 30,  1997 and for the three  months  ended
July 31, 1997, the Company realized  approximately $15 million and $3.4 million,
respectively,  in gross  revenues  from its metal  buildings  manufacturing  and
construction  services.  Approximately  $2.3  million,  or 7  percent,  of these
revenues  for the 1997  fiscal  year,  and  approximately  $.9  million of these
revenues, or 8.7 percent, for the three months ended July 31, 1997 resulted from
international  sales  despite  the  fact  that  the  Company  has  virtually  no
continuing  marketing effort for international sales. For the fiscal years ended
April 30, 1996 and 1995,  the Company's  revenue from this division was $9.2 and
$10.0, respectively.

     The Company has  determined  to  concentrate  its metal  building  division
activities  on  international  sales,  from which the  Company  believes it will
derive higher margins.  Accordingly,  the Company will not pursue domestic sales
of metal buildings except in isolated situations,  if any, that it believes will
have high margins.  The Company also has determined to close its metal buildings
manufacturing  facility and to utilize outside  contractors  for  manufacturing.
This will reduce the number of employees in the metal building  division from 25
to three.

     On October 27, 1997, the Company sold  substantially  all its equipment and
inventory that had previously been utilized in the metal buildings division, and
paid the net proceeds to reduce  amounts  owed to the  Supplier.  The  equipment
purchasers also agreed, among other things, to lease the manufacturing  facility
from the Company on a  month-to-month  basis and to process any metal  buildings
manufacturing orders from the Company at a pre-determined fixed price per ton of
steel.  The  Company  believes  that the  metal  buildings  division  will  have
significantly  lower sales revenue but generate  greater gross margins under the
new operating structure.
    

     The  Company  believes  that it  could  increase  its  international  metal
buildings  manufacturing  and  construction  services  significantly  through  a
marketing  program that would entail  attendance at trade shows and direct sales
visits to U.S. based companies with international operations.  These two methods
of  expansion   appear   preferable  to  attempting  to  establish   more  sales
representatives.  The Company believes that international expansion is desirable
at this time because (i) there does not appear to be local  competition  in most
countries,  (ii) international  projects tend to have higher margins,  and (iii)
with respect to Mexico in particular,  the North  American Free Trade  Agreement
("NAFTA")  significantly  reduces taxes and makes transportation of products and
materials both easier and less  expensive.  The Company  believes it may be at a
competitive advantage for international business because its metal buildings are
generally more simple to erect, the Company is better able to provide  continued
service  after the  completion of the  transaction,  and the Company tends to be
able to customize  its  proposals to deal with  international  needs that may be
different from those for domestic  projects.  Because the Company's metal frames
generally  include more of the component  pieces already welded on than those of
its competitors, they are simpler to erect.

                                       23

<PAGE>

   
     The metal buildings sold by the Company utilize steel frames and steel roof
materials,  however  the walls can be made of brick or any other  material.  The
Company believes it is at a competitive  advantage in bidding projects utilizing
non-steel  materials for the walls because most of its competitors prefer to use
metal walls that they manufacture and thereby increase their profit, whereas the
Company purchases all walls from other companies, regardless of whether they are
metal, and therefore,  there is no incentive for the Company's bids for projects
with non-steel walls to be structured to favor the steel wall alternative.

     There are approximately  three full-time and one part-time employee working
in the metal buildings division,  including one salesperson,  one estimator, and
one administrative person.

        Construction Of Cold Storage (Refrigerated And Freezer) Buildings
        -----------------------------------------------------------------
    

     The Company's  cold storage  construction  services are performed  with the
Company serving either as a specialty subcontractor that is responsible only for
constructing  the  refrigerated  or freezer  portions of the  building,  or as a
general contractor that is responsible for the entire building. When the Company
acts in the capacity of a general  contractor,  it subcontracts out most aspects
of the construction that do not deal directly with the cold storage function.

   
     For the fiscal year ended April 30,  1997 and the three  months  ended July
31,  1997,  revenue  from  cold  storage  construction  services  accounted  for
approximately $1.7 million and $.5 million,  respectively.  For the fiscal years
ended April 30, 1996 and 1995, the Company's revenue from this division was $1.4
million and $2.8 million, respectively.
    

     Much of the business and many of the  referrals in the cold storage line of
business are influenced heavily by a contractor's  financial condition,  bonding
capacity, and rapidity of payment. The Company believes that as a result of this
Offering,  it will improve its  financial  condition,  increase the frequency of
payment  of its  accounts,  and  obtain  more  desirable  terms for its  bonding
arrangements and material purchases. These factors are particularly important in
obtaining cold storage  construction  business because a very high percentage of
the  referrals  for cold  storage  construction  come  from  suppliers,  and the
suppliers tend to favor those  construction  companies that pay their bills on a
timely  basis.  In addition,  a high  percentage  of the work  available in cold
storage construction is for companies with national or international operations.
Financial  strength  and  bonding  ability are  considered  quite  important  by
companies of that nature.

     Competition in cold storage construction is highly specialized and limited.
The Company  believes  that if it is able to improve the timing of its  payments
and its credit standing,  it will lower its costs by obtaining better terms from
suppliers and increase its business by the improved  supplier  relationships and
image of the Company.  It also  believes  that its business  will improve to the
extent  that any of the  Offering  proceeds  are spent on  additional  marketing
activities.

   
     Personnel  involved in the  Company's  cold storage  construction  services
include a chief operating  officer, a vice president of operations of field work
and purchasing, a general superintendent,  a site supervisor,  an administrative
secretary and eight construction crew members.
    

                                       24

<PAGE>


Backlog

   
     As of July 31, 1997 the Company had an aggregate  backlog of  approximately
$16.6 million, including a backlog of $3.8 million related to its metal building
manufacturing division, $12.2 million related to its mini-warehouse construction
division, and approximately $.6 million related to its cold storage construction
division. The Company expects to complete all of this backlog by April 30, 1998.
By  comparison,  as of July 31, 1996,  the Company had an  aggregate  backlog of
approximately  $23.5 million in the  respective  amounts of $9.5 million,  $12.3
million,  and  $1.7  million  related  to  its  metal  building   manufacturing,
mini-warehouse   construction,   and  cold   storage   construction   divisions,
respectively.
    

Industry Environment

     Management believes that the current industry  environment  complements the
Company's  plan to  focus on its  three  types of  specialty  manufacturing  and
construction  services.  The demand for mini-warehouses and pre-engineered metal
buildings has increased dramatically in the past few years. The Company believes
that the demand for these  structures will continue to increase,  and that it is
well  positioned  to meet this  demand  because of its  expertise  and  business
reputation in these areas. Management also believes that the general increase in
the level of business  internationally,  coupled with the  Company's  ability to
service those areas and the relatively low level of competition  for the Company
in many of those areas,  also  positions the Company  extremely well for growth,
most  particularly  with respect to cold storage and metal buildings.  See "RISK
FACTORS-Risk  Factor  No.  9-Previous  Unprofitable  International  Operations".
Although there is no assurance that the growth of the industry or of the Company
will continue,  the Company  believes its business will continue to increase and
that it will benefit  from a future  increase in new  construction  in these and
other areas.

Business Plan And Strategy

     Management of the Company believes that the Company's  significant business
experience,  quality of services,  client relationships and efficient operations
are  attributes  that will  enable the  Company to  continue  to progress in the
current industry environment.

     Management's  business  plan and  strategy in  following  through from this
Offering is summarized as follows:

                            Increase Business Volume
                            ------------------------

   
     Strengthen   Financial   Condition  And  Increase  Bonding   Capacity.   By
strengthening its financial condition,  the Company recently has increased,  and
anticipates it will be able to further increase, its bonding capacity.  Based on
its financial  results for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Company has
been able to increase  its bonding  capacity  for a single job from  $250,000 to
$500,000 and its aggregate bonding capacity from  approximately  $1.5 million to
$2.5 million. It is anticipated, based on discussions with the Company's bonding
agent,  that as a result of this Offering the Company's  bonding  capacity would
increase  to $5 million per job and that its  aggregate  bonding  capacity  also
would  increase  significantly;  however,  there is no assurance  that this will
occur.  Each  increase in the  Company's  bonding  capacity  expands the number,
nature and size of contracts that are available for the Company to submit bids.

     Undertake  Planned  Domestic  And  International  Marketing  Programs.  The
Company  intends  to  utilize a portion  of the  proceeds  of this  Offering  to
undertake  planned  domestic  and  international   marketing   programs  through
attendance at industry trade shows,  direct sales visits,  and advertisements in
publications.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS".  In the past, the Company has not budgeted
or expended a significant or otherwise meaningful amount of funds for marketing.
Management of the Company  believes  that because of the  Company's  experience,
reputation and  expertise,  a planned  marketing  effort should be successful in
deriving new  business;  however,  there is no  assurance  that this will be the
case.   Management  of  the  Company   believes  that  despite  past  losses  in
international  markets,  it will be able to operate  profitably in international
markets in the future.  This is based on the Company's belief that because it is
accustomed to undertaking  projects in areas  geographically  separated from its
home office,  it will be better suited to serving  customers in foreign  markets
than  competitors  that  generally  operate in proximity to their home base. The
Company  also  believes  that it will be able to operate  profitably  in foreign
markets  because it believes the demand in those markets  currently  exceeds the
availability  of qualified  companies to service  them.  See "RISK  FACTORS-Risk
Factor No. 9-Previous Unprofitable International Operations".
    
                                       25


<PAGE>

     Increase  Business  Referrals From  Suppliers And Other Business  Contacts.
Management of the Company believes that this Offering will enable the Company to
have  sufficient  working  capital  to be more  timely in  payment  of its trade
accounts and that this,  together with other  aspects of its improved  financial
condition,  will result in an increase  in  business  referrals  received by the
Company from its suppliers and other business contacts.  Nevertheless,  there is
no assurance that this will occur.

                       Increase Margins And Profitability
                       ----------------------------------

   
     Decrease  Bonding  Costs.  During each of its fiscal  years ended April 30,
1997 and 1996,  the Company paid  aggregate  premium  expenses of  approximately
$51,000  and  $38,000,  respectively,  or  approximately  two  percent  and four
percent,  respectively,  of the  respective  gross  contract  price,  to  obtain
performance bonds for its work.  Management believes,  based on discussions with
its bonding agent,  that the  improvement in the Company's  financial  condition
resulting from the Offering will enable the Company to obtain  performance bonds
for a  premium  cost of 1.5 to 2.0  percent  of the  respective  gross  contract
prices;  however there is no assurance that this will occur.  Although the total
amount  that would have been saved in bonding  costs  during each of fiscal 1997
and  fiscal  1996  is  limited,  future  savings  are  anticipated  to  be  more
significant because the Company believes that in the future it will be utilizing
greater amounts of performance  bonds because of the increased  bonding capacity
it believes  will be  available.  See  "-Increase  Business  Volume:  Strengthen
Financial Condition And Increase Bonding Capacity" above.

     Decrease Overall Cost Of Metal Building  Manufacturing.  As a result of the
successful  completion  of  this  Offering  and  reduction  of the  Note  to the
Supplier,  the Company believes it will be able to obtain purchase  discounts on
metal  building  components,  which  will  enable  it to  increase  margins  and
profitability;  however there is no assurance that these purchase discounts will
be  available.  The  Company  also  believes  it will  increase  its  margins by
contracting out its  manufacturing  and by concentrating on international  sales
for metal buildings.
    

                    Management's Plan To Remove The Threat To
              The Company's Ability To Continue As A Going Concern
              ----------------------------------------------------

   
     As a result of the Company's losses incurred in the fiscal year ended April
30, 1997 (approximately $4.2 million,  including a non-recurring  charge of $1.7
million),  the  Company's  working  capital  position  and  ability to  generate
sufficient  cash  flows  from  operations  to meet  its  operating  and  capital
requirements has further  deteriorated and these matters raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern without completion of
this Offering or a substantial  infusion of equity capital. The Company believes
that it will be  successful  in removing  the threat  concerning  its ability to
continue as a going  concern by adhering to closer and stricter  scrutiny of its
contract bids and utilizing  the estimated net proceeds of  approximately  $2.38
million from this Offering to achieve  profitability  through lower interest and
bonding costs and expanded volume as described  above under  "Increase  Business
Volume" and  "Increase  Margins And  Profitability".  Management  believes  that
approximately  $1.0 to $1.2  million  of the  proceeds  from this  Offering  are
necessary to remove the threat concerning the Company's ability to continue as a
going  concern and that if this  Offering is  completed,  the proceeds from this
Offering  will  enable the  Company to continue  operating  for the  foreseeable
future at its current level of operations.  There is no assurance  these results
will occur even if this  Offering is  consummated.  If this does not occur,  the
Company will pursue other  sources of  financing,  but there is no assurance any
other source of financing will be available.
    

                                       26

<PAGE>


   
     The  Company  is  current  in its  obligations  to all  lenders  and  major
suppliers except for the Supplier described in "Indebtedness To Major Supplier",
below,  and except for the holders  (the  "Noteholders")  of $300,000  principal
amount of, and  approximately  $45,000 accrued interest on, certain  outstanding
unsecured   notes.  The  Supplier  has  indicated  that  it  has  no  intent  of
accelerating  payment on any  obligations as long as this Offering is completed.
The Supplier has not indicated  what it will do if this Offering is abandoned or
otherwise  terminated  unsuccessfully.   The  Company  has  requested  that  the
Noteholders extend their notes or otherwise wait for completion of this Offering
before requiring payment. There is no assurance that the Noteholders will comply
with this request.

     As a result of the losses incurred during fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,
the audit report of the Company's  independent  auditors indicates that there is
substantial  doubt  concerning  the  Company's  ability to  continue  as a going
concern  without  a  substantial  infusion  of  equity  capital,  such  as  that
contemplated  from this Offering.  The  implication of this to investors is that
successful  completion  of this  Offering  (or an equity  infusion  from another
source)  is  necessary  for  the  Company  to  continue  operations.  See  "RISK
FACTORS-Risk  Factor No. 1.  Substantial  Doubt About The  Company's  Ability To
Continue  As  A  Going  Concern   Without   Completion   Of  Public   Offering",
"MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS", and Note 2 to the Financial Statements.
    

Marketing

     The  Company  obtains  business  primarily  through  repeat  business  from
previous and existing customers and recommendations  from customers and vendors.
As indicated  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus,  the Company  intends to utilize a
portion of the proceeds of this  Offering to undertake a marketing  program that
includes trade show attendance,  sales call visits, and advertising.  Management
believes that a marketing  program of this nature will have a positive impact on
the Company's  business.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and foregoing  subsections under
"Description Of Business".

Reliance On Major Customers

   
     During the three months ended July 31, 1997 and the fiscal year ended April
30,  1997,  one  of  the  Company's  customers,   U-Haul,  Inc.,  accounted  for
approxmately  $2.0 million and $7.3 million,  respectively,  or approximately 19
percent and 22 percent,  respectively,  of the Company's total revenues. For the
fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, U-Haul,  Inc.  represented $8.1 million, or 26
percent,  of the Company's total revenues.  Although the loss of U-Haul,  Inc.'s
business  could have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company,  the  Company
believes  that  this is  unlikely  to  occur  in the  near  future  and that the
potential  effect  on the  Company  will  decrease  over  time as the  Company's
revenues from other customers increase.
    

Subsidiaries

   
     C.H.O.A.  Construction Company ("C.H.O.A.") was formed in September 1993 to
perform general  construction  services in the State of Louisiana.  C.H.O.A. was
formed as a Louisiana  corporation  and  originally  was owned 80 percent by the
Company  and  20  percent  by  a  general  contractor   licensed  in  Louisiana.
Subsequently,  the  Company  acquired  the 20  percent  minority  interest,  and
C.H.O.A. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. C.H.O.A. was dissolved
on September 13, 1996.
    

     L. Campbell  Construction,  Inc.  ("Campbell") was formed as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company in order to handle the  Company's  turnkey and general
construction  operations.  Campbell was incorporated under the laws of the State
of Texas in January  1991.  Since its  inception  in January  1991,  much of the
general  construction  work has been  performed  by the Company  directly  under
agreement with U-Haul. Consequently, the Company has little or no future need to
perform general  construction  operations under Campbell and expects to dissolve
Campbell or merge Campbell with and into the Company.  Campbell currently has no
assets and no liabilities.

     In November 1994, two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of the Company,  American
International  Thermal Systems,  Inc. ("AI Thermal") and American  International
Building  Systems,  Inc. ("AI Building"),  merged with and into the Company.  AI
Thermal   performed   cold  storage   construction   services  and  AI  Building
manufactured metal buildings and structural steel projects. The Company performs
these same services through two of its divisions.

                                       27

<PAGE>


     In May 1994, AIC Management,  Inc. ("AIC Management")  merged with and into
the Company.  Before the merger,  AIC  Management  was  wholly-owned  by Messrs.
Clemons,  Farrar and  Wilson,  each of whom is an  officer,  director  and 29.47
percent  stockholder of the Company.  AIC Management was formed in February 1987
to provide  management and  consulting  services to the  construction  industry,
however all such services were provided to the Company. Prior to the merger, AIC
Management owned the Company's office building and warehouse/assembly  plant and
leased them to the Company.

     In August 1994 and November 1994,  respectively,  the Company dissolved two
of its inactive,  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Belko Construction,  Inc. and AIC
Export Corporation.

Indebtedness To Major Supplier

   
     As  of  October  31,  1997,  the  Company  owed  its  major  supplier  (the
"Supplier")  of metal  building  components  $2,461,738 in accounts  payable and
$1,798,885 in principal  and interest  under a note (the "Note") dated April 24,
1996 executed by the Company.  The Note is payable in  installments  and accrues
interest  at one  percent  above the prime rate  designated  in The Wall  Street
Journal.  The Company is required to make consecutive weekly payments of $11,537
for outstanding  accrued  interest and principal,  until April 24, 2001 when the
Note will have been paid in full. The Company, which has the right to prepay the
Note in full or in part at any time without  penalty,  intends,  and is required
under the Loan Agreement, to pay $1,000,000 from the proceeds of the Offering to
reduce the accounts payable to the Supplier.  See "RISK FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.
3" and "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     Pursuant to the Loan Agreement  effective  April 24, 1996 between and among
the  Supplier,  the  Company,  and Danny and  Teresa  Clemons,  Ralph and Judith
Farrar,  Jim and  Shirley  Williams  and  John  Wilson  (collectively,  the five
individuals  are  referred  to as the  "Guarantors"),  the Note is  secured by a
blanket  security  interest  in  all  the  Company's  accounts,  equipment,  and
inventory,  whenever  acquired,  and all  proceeds  and  products of such assets
(collectively, the "Collateral"),  subject only to security interests previously
granted to FCLT, L.P., a Texas limited  partnership.  The Collateral secures the
Note and all other obligations of the Company to the Supplier.  The Company also
must  provide  the  Supplier  with  monthly  financial  statements  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and with audited annual
financial  statements that are not subject to a  qualification  of the auditors'
opinion.  The Loan Agreement  prohibits the Company from assuming any additional
liabilities except for (a) accounts payable and unsecured liabilities to vendors
and  suppliers,  (b) up to $500,000  of private  placement  debt,  and (c) those
expenditures for goods and services  incurred in the ordinary course of business
on ordinary trade terms.  The Company also is prohibited  from: (i) compensating
any of the Guarantors who are employees of the Company in excess of $150,000 per
year during the term of the Loan  Agreement,  (ii) making any  advances to third
parties other than in the ordinary  course of business and advances to employees
for emergencies up to $25,000,  (iii) investing in any other third parties, (iv)
making  any  capital  expenditure  in excess of $25,000  or  cumulative  capital
expenditures in excess of $120,000 in the aggregate annually, except for capital
expenditures  made with  proceeds  of this  Offering  and  except for trade debt
incurred in the ordinary course of business,  (v) declaring or paying dividends,
(vi) changing its corporate organization by merger, consolidation, joint venture
or  any  other  method  without  the  written  consent  of the  Supplier,  (vii)
substantially  changing its management personnel or the general character of its
business,  and  (viii)  permitting  the ratio of each of its  current  assets to
current  liabilities  to decrease  below 60  percent,  but  notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Loan  Agreement  expressly  states that the Company is in no way
inhibited or prohibited  from  undertaking an initial public  offering of stock.
Pursuant to the Note and/or the Loan Agreement,  if (a) any terms, covenants, or
other obligations under the Loan Documents are breached or any representation or
warranty is incorrect or materially misleading, (b) any judgment against any the
Company remains undischarged for a period of 90 days, (c) any Guarantor shall be
adjudicated  bankrupt  or dies and the life  insurance  proceeds  are not  first
applied to repay the Note,  (d) the Company makes an assignment  for the benefit

                                       28

<PAGE>

of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated bankrupt or becomes
insolvent, or (e) the Company fails to maintain earnings before interest expense
equal to at least 1.5% of gross revenues,  then all the outstanding  amounts due
under the Note shall become immediately due and payable.  In addition,  upon the
occurrence  of any of the above  events,  the Supplier may exercise its right of
offset  against  the  Collateral.   The  Loan  Agreement   terminates  upon  the
satisfaction of all obligations of the Guarantors and the Company under the Loan
Documents. The Loan Agreement also requires that the Company use $1.2 million of
the proceeds  from this Offering to reduce the balance of the Note. As indicated
above, when that payment is made, the weekly payment on the Note will be reduced
so that the remaining  balance will be amortized evenly,  including  payments of
interest, over the remaining term of the Note. As of April 30, 1997, the Company
was in  default  of a number  of  covenants  under the Loan  Agreement,  and the
Supplier  agreed to waive  these  defaults.  See "RISK  FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.
3-Outstanding Indebtedness".
    

     Also  pursuant  to the terms of the Loan  Agreement,  the  Company  and the
Supplier have agreed that, prior to commencement of this Offering,  the Supplier
may  review  a  draft  of the  Prospectus  or  Registration  Statement  used  in
connection with this Offering and that the Company and the Supplier will attempt
to cooperate  with one another in agreeing  upon  language in the  Prospectus or
Registration Statement relating to the Supplier.

     Pursuant to the Security  Agreement-Pledge  effective  April 24, 1996,  the
Company and  Guarantors  pledged to the Supplier all the issued and  outstanding
stock of the Company and its subsidiaries  that they  respectively own, and they
agreed not to transfer or otherwise encumber any of these shares during the term
of the Loan Agreement.  Further, the Company and Guarantors executed Irrevocable
Limited  Stock Powers  appointing  the  Supplier's  legal counsel as attorney to
transfer  the above stock to the  Supplier  in the event of a default  under the
Loan  Documents.  The shares  pledged as  collateral  are to be  returned to the
Guarantors and the Company upon the payment of all amounts due under the Note.

     The Guarantors  also executed  Continuing  Guarantees to the Supplier which
fully  guaranteed  all  outstanding  amounts  due under the Note in the event of
default under the Loan Documents.

FCLT Loans

   
     As of July  31,  1997,  the  Company  owed  FCLT,  L.P.,  a  Texas  limited
partnership ("FCLT"), an aggregate of approximately  $322,000 (the "Debt") under
two  loan  agreements.   See  "RISK   FACTORS-Risk   Factor  No.   3-Outstanding
Indebtedness".
    

                                       29

<PAGE>


   
     One loan is evidenced by a promissory  note in the face amount of $414,000,
with an outstanding  principal balance of $247,000 at July 31, 1997. The Company
is required to make monthly payments on this note, including interest, of $4,907
to FCLT until June 1998,  at which time all  outstanding  principal and interest
become  payable.  The other loan is evidenced  by a promissory  note in the face
amount of $180,000, with an outstanding principal balance of $75,000 at July 31,
1997. The Company is required to make monthly  payments on this note,  including
interest,  of $1,175 to FCLT  until June  1998,  at which  time all  outstanding
principal and interest become payable. The Company's aggregate monthly payments,
including  interest,  currently  are  $6,082 to FCLT.  Interest  accrues  on the
outstanding  Debt at the rate of 10 percent per annum until  maturity and at the
rate of 18 percent per annum after  maturity.  The Company may prepay part of or
all the Debt at any time without penalty.
    

     The Debt is secured by two Deeds of Trust on the Company's real property on
which the Company's  offices and  warehouse/assembly  plant are located.  In the
event that the Company sells any of this property, FCLT has the right to declare
the entire outstanding Debt immediately due and payable.  The Debt is guaranteed
by each of Messrs. Wilson, Clemons and Farrar.

Government Regulation

     The Company's business is subject to a variety of governmental  regulations
and  licensing  requirements  relating  to  construction  activities.  Prior  to
commencing  work on a project in the United  States,  the Company is required to
obtain building permits and, in some jurisdictions, a general contractor license
is  required  by the state or local  licensing  authorities.  In  addition,  the
construction  projects  are  required  to meet  federal,  state and  local  code
requirements relating to construction, building, fire and safety codes. In order
to  complete a project and obtain a  certificate  of  occupancy,  the Company is
required to obtain the approval of local authorities  confirming compliance with
these requirements.

     The Company is subject to similar and  sometimes  more  onerous  government
regulations  and  licensing  requirements  of any foreign  countries in which it
operates.  Although the Company has not researched  the  applicable  laws of all
foreign  countries,  the Company is not aware of any significant  impediments to
doing business in most other countries.  If significant  impediments do arise in
certain countries, the Company does not intend to pursue business there.

Employees

   
     The Company has approximately  120 employees  including its Chief Executive
Officer,  the  Presidents  for each of its three  divisions,  an in-house  legal
counsel, one Vice President,  one construction  manager,  five project managers,
two operations coordinators, four estimators, five draftsmen, three salesmen, 20
superintendents,  50-60 construction  employees,  one purchasing manager and one
purchasing   coordinator,   five  accounting  personnel  and  four  secretarial,
administrative and clerical employees.
    

     There  are  no  family  relationships  among  the  Company's  officers  and
directors.

Properties

   
     The Company occupies approximately 16,000 square feet of space in an office
building  and also  owns  21,450  square  feet of space in a  warehouse/assembly
plant/office at 14603 Chrisman,  Houston,  Texas. Both buildings,  together with
the approximately 7.3 acres on which they are located, are owned by the Company.
The office  building  includes  offices for the  Company's  metal  buildings and
mini-warehouse  operations  as  well  as for the  Company's  administrative  and
financial operations.  The  warehouse/assembly  plant/office  currently is being
leased to another party on a month-to-month basis. Both buildings are encumbered
by the  Debt  described  under  "FCLT  Loans"  and by the Note  described  under
"Indebtedness  To Major  Supplier".  The Company  also leases 824 square feet of
space in Conroe, Texas, for its cold storage construction services.
    

Legal Proceedings

     No material  legal  proceedings,  other than  ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to the business of the Company are pending in which the Company is a
party, or to which the property of the Company is subject,  and no such material
proceeding is known by management of the Company to be contemplated.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
   
     The selected  financial data of the Company presented below for each of the
years in the five-year  period ended April 30, 1997 are derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company for these periods. The selected
financial  data  presented for the  three-month  periods ended July 31, 1997 and
1996 are derived  from  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  included
elsewhere in this  Prospectus,  which in the opinion of  management  include all
normal and recurring adjustments necessary for fair presentation of information.
This information  should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and Notes  thereto  and  "Management's  Discussion  And  Analysis Of
Financial  Condition  And  Results Of  Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.  The selected  consolidated  financial  data  provided  below is not
necessarily  indicative  of  the  future  results  of  operations  or  financial
performance of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Three Months
                                                                  Years Ended April 30                        Ended July 31
                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1993            1994           1995          1996         1997        1996        1997
                               -------       ----------      --------      --------     --------    --------    --------
Statement of Operations Data:                          (In thousands except per share data)                    (unaudited)
- -----------------------------                                                                                 
<S>                            <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>    
Contract revenues              $16,843       $  25,845(1)    $ 24,317      $ 31,185     $ 33,350     $ 7,587     $ 10,096
Contract cost                   13,905           22,566        20,812        27,204       31,388       7,288        8,867
Gross profit                     2,938            3,279         3,505         3,981        1,962         299        1,229
Selling, general and
 administrative                  3,091            3,303         3,021         3,359        3,839         907          918
Provision for doubtful
 accounts                           35              156            48            62          428          18           17
Bridge financing costs             -0-              -0-           -0-           -0-       (1,305)     (1,005)         -0-
Interest and other
 financing costs                  (192)            (219)         (188)         (184)        (308)        (81)         (65)
Write-off of IPO
 costs - capital                   -0-              -0-          (106)          -0-         (359)        -0-          -0-
Federal income tax expense         -0-              -0-           -0-           (35)          -0-        (35)         -0-
Net income (loss) after
 pro forma income taxes (2)        (361)           (420)          187           352       (4,197) (3)  (1,736) (3)    228 
Net income (loss) per share
 after pro forma income taxes (2)  (.12)           (.14)          .06           .12        (1.45)       (.60)         .08
Dividends paid per share           .03              .01           -0-           -0-          -0-         -0-          -0-


                                                                            April  30
                                           1993          1994          1995         1996        1997        July 31, 1997
                                        ---------      --------      --------     --------    --------      -------------
                                                                   (In thousands)                            (Unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
- -------------------
Current Assets                           $  3,058      $  4,581      $  4,163     $  5,944    $  7,297         $  7,351
Current Liabilities                         4,076         5,974         5,568        5,107      11,242           11,207
Working capital (deficiency)              (1,018)        (1,393)       (1,405)          837     (3,945)          (3,856)
Total assets                                4,265         5,717         5,487        7,346       8,692            8,807
Long-term debt                                519           495           454        2,422         327               26
Stockholders' equity (deficit)              (330)          (759)         (572)        (220)     (3,168)          (2,940)
</TABLE>
    
- -------------------
(1)  See  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" for discussion of a non-recurring contract for $5.58
     million that was performed during 1994.

(2)  Prior to its  acquisition  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  1994,  AIC
     Management,  Inc.  was a  nontaxable  entity.  Pro forma  income taxes were
     reflected  herein as if AIC Management,  Inc. had been a taxable entity for
     the periods preceding its acquisition.
   
(3)  Includes a pre-tax charge of $1,305,250 ($.45 per share) for the year ended
     April 30, 1997 and  $1,005,250  ($.35 per share) for the quarter ended July
     31, 1996 as the amortized  portion of the  non-recurring  pre-tax charge to
     earnings  for the 500,100  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock that were
     issued in connection with the issuance of $300,000 of unsecured  promissory
     notes in July 1996. This  non-recurring  charge was amortized over the term
     of the promissory notes.  Also includes a non-recurring  charge of $358,946
     at April 30, 1997 for the write-off of capitalized offering costs. See Note
     8  to  "Notes  To  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  and  "MANAGEMENT'S
     DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS".
    


                                       31
<PAGE>


                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results Of Operations

     The following  table sets forth for the periods  indicated the  percentages
that certain  items are of total  revenues and the  percentage of change of that
ratio from the corresponding year-earlier period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                              Percentage Change
                          Percentage of Total Revenues   Three Months Ended    From Prior Period
                             Year Ended April 30,          July 31,          Year Ended April 30,  Three Months Ended
                           ------------------------     ------------------   -------------------  -------------------

                            1995     1996     1997      1996      1997       1996       1997       July 31, 1997
                            ----     ----     ----      ----      ----       ----       ----       -------------
 Revenues:

<S>                        <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Contract revenues:         100.0%   100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%      28.2%       6.9%        33.1%

Costs and expenses:

Contract costs:             85.6%    87.2%     94.1%     96.1%     87.8%      30.7%      15.4%        21.7%

  Selling, general
   and administrative:      12.4%    10.8%     11.5%     11.9%      9.1%      11.2%      14.3%         1.3%

  Provision for doubtful
   accounts:                  .2%      .2%      1.3%       .9%       .2%      28.3%     596.5%          0%

  Private Placement
   financing costs:         --- %    --- %      3.9%     13.3%     --- %      --- %     100.0%      (100.0)%

  Interest and other
   financing costs:            8%      .6%       .9%      1.1%       .6%     (1.9%)      67.1%       (19.6)%

Total costs and expenses:   99.0%    98.8%    111.7%    123.3%     97.7%      28.0%      21.0%         6.2%

</TABLE>


     Three  Months  Ended July 31, 1997  Compared To Three Months Ended July 31,
1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     For the three months ended July 31, 1997,  the Company  reported net income
of $228,000 or $.08 per share on revenues of $10,096,000  compared to a net loss
in the prior  year's  first  quarter of  ($1,736,000)  or ($.60)  per share,  on
revenues  of  $7,587,000.  The net loss in the prior  year's  first  quarter  is
primarily  attributable  to a  non-recurring,  non-cash charge of $1,005,000 for
private placement costs.

     Total margins more than doubled when comparing July 31, 1996 margin of 3.9%
with 12.2% at July 31, 1997.  This increased  margin is attributed  primarily to
improved margins on new contracts performed by the Metal Building  Manufacturing
Division  which  earned a margin  of 16% on  revenues  of $3.4  million  for the
quarter  ended July 31,  1997 as  compared  with a negative  margin of (4.4%) on
revenues of $2.9  million for the quarter  ended July 31, 1996.  These  improved
results for the  quarter  ended July 31,  1997  include the revenue  earned on a
contract to provide a metal building for a wood processing  plant which earned a
margin of 20% on revenues of $1.4 million.

                                       32

<PAGE>


     The  mini-warehouse  division  improved  its margin to 10.3% on revenues of
$6.0 million for the three months ended July 31, 1997 as compared  with a margin
of 7.3% on revenues of $4.4 million for the three months ended July 31, 1996. In
addition,  the Thermal  Systems  Division  earned revenues of $.5 million with a
margin  of 10.4% for the three  months  ended  July 31,  1997 as  compared  with
revenues  of $.3  million  with a margin of 14.7% for the  comparable  period in
1996.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of revenues
decreased to 9.1% for the three months ended July 31, 1997 as compared  with 12%
for the three months  ended July 31,  1996.  This  decrease in  percentage  is a
result of  revenues  increasing  at a greater  rate than  expenses.  The Company
anticipates  that,  to the extent  that  revenues  continue  to  increase in the
future,  of which there is no  assurance,  selling,  general and  administrative
expenses will increase at a lower rate.

     Net interest  expense  decreased to $65,000 for the three months ended July
31, 1997 as compared with $81,000 for the three months ended July 31, 1996. This
decrease  is the result of a  declining  balance on the note  payable to a major
supplier.

     The  Company's  contract  backlog as of July 31, 1997 was $16.6  million as
compared to $23.5 million as of July 31, 1996, a decrease of $6.9 million, which
is  primarily  attributable  to a $7.4  million  decrease in the backlog for the
metal building manufacturing division and a $1.1 million decrease in the backlog
for the  cold-storage  construction  division.  The  decrease in backlog for the
metal building division is consistent with the Company's decision to concentrate
metal buildings division activity on international projects. See "BUSINESS-Metal
Buildings Manufacturing Division".
    

     Year Ended April 30, 1997 Compared With Year Ended April 30, 1996
     -----------------------------------------------------------------

   
     For the year  ended  April 30,  1997,  the  Company  reported a net loss of
$(4,197,239)  or ($1.45) per share,  on revenues of $33,350,003 as compared with
net income of $351,570,  or $.12 per share,  on revenues of $31,184,828  for the
year ended April 30, 1996. The increase in net loss is primarily attributable to
the following:  (a) the Company  recorded a  non-recurring,  non-cash  charge of
$1,305,000  for  private  placement  costs and a  write-off  of  initial  public
offering  costs  of  $358,945;   (b)  the  Company's  gross  margins   decreased
approximately  $2,018,380  for the period ended April 30, 1997 as compared  with
the same  period of the prior  year;  (c) the  Company  incurred  an  expense of
$200,000 as a provision for doubtful  accounts  resulting  from its agreement to
settle a disputed  account  receivable by accepting  $200,000 less than the full
value of the account;  and (d) the Company deferred recognition of gross profits
of $253,084  during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997  compared with $224,094
during  the fiscal  year  ended  April 30,  1996 for  self-storage  construction
contracts.

     The total  margins  decreased  from 12.8% to 5.9% when  comparing  the year
ended April 30, 1996 with the year ended April 30, 1997.  This decreased  margin
is attributable  primarily to the metal building  division which earned revenues
of $15  million  with a  margin  of .4% for the year  ended  April  30,  1997 as
compared with earned  revenues of $9.2 million with a margin of 10% for the year
ended April 30, 1996.

     The mini-warehouse  division margins decreased to 9.9% on revenues of $16.7
million for the year ended April 30, 1997 as compared  with  margins of 13.8% on
revenues of $20.6 million for the year ended April 30, 1996. The Thermal Systems
division  earned  revenues of $1.7  million  with  margins of 15.7% for the year
ended April 30, 1997 as compared  with  revenues of $1.4 million with margins of
14.8% for the comparable period in 1996.

                                       33

<PAGE>


     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of revenues
increased to 11.5% for the year ended April 30, 1997 as compared  with 10.8% for
the year ended April 30, 1996. This increase in percentage is primarily a result
of increasing  insurance  expenses.  The Company anticipates that, to the extent
that  revenues  continue  to  increase  in the  future,  of  which  there  is no
assurance, selling, general and administrative expenses will increase at a lower
rate.

     Interest expense increased  $123,569 from $184,277 for the year ended April
30, 1996 to $307,846  for the year ended April 30,  1997.  This  increase is the
result  of  the   conversion  of   non-interest-bearing   accounts   payable  to
interest-bearing Notes Payable to Supplier effective in April 1996.

     The  Company's  contract  backlog as of April 30, 1997 was $18.8 million as
compared  with $12.5  million as of April 30, 1996, an increase of $6.3 million,
which  is  attributable  to a  $5  million  increase  in  the  backlog  for  the
mini-warehouse  construction  division, a $1 million increase in the backlog for
the metal building  manufacturing  division,  and a $.3 million increase for the
thermal systems division.

     For  additional  discussions  concerning  recent  losses and the  Company's
ability  to  continue  as a going  concern,  see "RISK  FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.
1-Substantial  Doubt About The Company's  Ability To Continue As A Going Concern
Without  Completion  Of A  Public  Offering"  and  "BUSINESS-Business  Plan  And
Strategy" above and "-Liquidity And Capital Resources" below.
    

     Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 1996  Compared With Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
     For fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Company  reported a net profit of
$352,000  or $.12 per share,  on revenues of  $31,185,000  as compared  with net
profit of $187,000,  or $.06 per share, on revenues of $24,317,000 for the prior
year. The increased profit resulted primarily from increased revenues and from a
reduction in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage  of
revenues,  which  decreased to 10.8% of gross revenues in fiscal 1996 from 12.4%
of gross revenues in fiscal 1995. See discussion  above of selling,  general and
administrative expenses for the six months ended October 31, 1996 for additional
information.

     The  increase  in  total  revenues  from  $24,317,000  in  fiscal  1995  to
$31,185,000  in fiscal 1996 is due primarily to a large increase in sales of the
mini-warehouses  and  other  general  construction   products.   Although  these
increased sales were realized at a lower overall gross profit margin, management
believes  that the increase in volume more than  justified  growth in this area.
The decrease in gross profit  margin was from 14.4% for fiscal 1995 to 12.7% for
fiscal 1996.

     The  Company's  contract  backlog  as of April 30,  1996  decreased  to $12
million from $13.3 million as of April 30, 1995, which is primarily attributable
to a lower volume of mini-warehouse  general construction  products.  From April
30, 1994 to April 30, 1995, the Company's  backlog  increased from $10.5 million
to $13.3 million,  which was primarily  attributable  to both the metal building
and mini-warehouse general construction products.
    

                                       34

<PAGE>


     Interest expense  decreased by $4,000 even though gross revenues  increased
by almost $7 million  in fiscal  1996.  This was  primarily  due to a  favorable
financing agreement negotiated with its major supplier which allowed the Company
to  substantially   increase  its  existing  outstanding  accounts  payable  and
therefore reduce its borrowings to finance accounts receivables.

Liquidity And Capital Resources

   
     As of July 31,  1997,  the  Company had current  assets of  $7,351,000  and
current  liabilities of $11,207,000 which represents negative working capital of
$(3,856,000). Working capital decreased $89,000 as compared with April 30, 1997.
The  decrease  in working  capital is  attributed  to an increase in the current
portion of long-term  debt of $175,000 on notes payable to a bank that mature in
June 1998. As of April 30, 1997 the Company had current assets of $7,297,000 and
current liabilities of $11,242,000,  which represents a negative working capital
of  $3,945,000  as compared  with a positive  working  capital of $837,000 as of
April 30,  1996.  The  $4,782,000  decrease  in  working  capital  is  primarily
attributable  to the loss incurred from operations for fiscal 1997 of $4,197,000
and the increase in current portion of long-term debt of $1,884,000.

     As of July 31,  1997,  the  Company's  cash  balance  decreased  $97,000 as
compared  with the  balance  at April  30,  1997.  This  decrease  is  primarily
attributable to the Company's  utilizing  available cash to reduce notes payable
and capital lease obligations.

     The  Company's  net cash  flow is  materially  affected  by the  timing  of
payments of accounts  payable,  other amounts owed,  and  collection of accounts
receivable.  The  Company's  cash flow from  operations  decreased  $107,000 for
fiscal 1997 as compared with fiscal 1996 as a result of the Company's  loss from
operations,  which was  partially  offset by an increase in accounts  payable of
$51,600. The cash flow from operations for the three months ended July 31, 1997
as compared  with July 31, 1996 improved  $135,000 to a positive  $67,000 from a
negative  $68,000 for the first fiscal quarter of 1996.  The  improvement in net
cash flow for the  quarter  ended July 31,  1997 is due  primarily  to  improved
operating results.

     For the fiscal year ending April 30, 1998,  the Company is planning to make
capital expenditures of $50,000 described under "USE OF PROCEEDS", which assumes
the successful completion of this Offering.  The current maturities of long-term
debt and capital  lease  obligations  that are required to be paid during fiscal
1998 are  approximately  $566,000 in the  aggregate.  Management  of the Company
believes that for fiscal 1998, the Company's funding from this Offering, and its
financing arrangement with its major supplier,  will be adequate for the Company
to meet its  requirements  for  operations,  debt service and necessary  capital
expenditures.  See "RISK FACTORS--Risk Factor No. 3--Outstanding  Indebtedness".
However,  without the successful  completion of this Offering,  the Company does
not anticipate being able to undertake the majority of the capital  expenditures
described under "USE OF PROCEEDS" in the near future.

     As indicated above and in the Company's financial  statements,  the Company
incurred  operating  losses for each of the fiscal  years ended April 30,  1997,
1994,  and 1993,  and there is no assurance  that the  operations of the Company
will be profitable in the future.  As a result of the Company's losses in fiscal
1997 (approximately $4.2 million,  including non-recurring charges and write-off
of initial public offering costs of an aggregate of $1.7 million), the Company's
working  capital  position  and ability to generate  sufficient  cash flows from
operations  to  meet  its  operating  and  capital   requirements   has  further
deteriorated.  These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to  continue  as a  going  concern  without  completion  of this  Offering  or a
substantial  infusion of equity  capital.  The Company  believes that it will be
successful in removing the threat  concerning its ability to continue as a going
concern by adhering to closer and  stricter  scrutiny of its  contract  bids and
utilizing the estimated  net proceeds of  approximately  $2.38 million from this
Offering to achieve  profitability  through lower interest and bonding costs and
expanded volume.  Management believes that approximately $1.0 to $1.2 million of
the proceeds from this  Offering are  necessary to remove the threat  concerning
the  Company's  ability to continue as a going concern and that if this Offering
is  completed,  the  proceeds  from this  Offering  will  enable the  Company to
continue   operating  for  the  foreseeable  future  at  its  current  level  of
operations. There is no assurance these results will occur even if this Offering
is consummated. If this does not occur, the Company will pursue other sources of
financing,  but there is no  assurance  any other  source of  financing  will be
available.

                                       35

<PAGE>


     The  Company  is  current  in its  obligations  to all  lenders  and  major
suppliers  except for the Supplier  described in "RISK  FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.
3-Outstanding  Indebtedness" and  "BUSINESS-Indebtedness  To Major Supplier" and
except  for  the  holders  (the  "Noteholders")  of  $300,000  principal  amount
unsecured  notes as described  in Risk Factor No. 3. The Supplier has  indicated
that it has no intent of accelerating payment on any obligations as long as this
Offering is completed.  The Supplier has not  indicated  what it will do if this
Offering is abandoned or otherwise  terminated  unsuccessfully.  The Company has
requested  that  the  Noteholders  extend  their  notes  or  otherwise  wait for
completion of this Offering before requiring payment. There is no assurance that
the Noteholders will comply with this request.

     As a result of the losses incurred in the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,
the audit report of the Company's  independent  auditors indicates that there is
substantial  doubt  concerning  the  Company's  ability to  continue  as a going
concern  without  a  substantial  infusion  of  equity  capital,  such  as  that
contemplated  from this Offering.  The  implication of this to investors is that
successful  completion  of this  Offering  (or an equity  infusion  from another
source)  is  necessary  for  the  Company  to  continue  operations.  See  "RISK
FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.  1-Substantial  Doubt  About The  Company's  Ability To
Continue  As  A  Going  Concern   Without   Completion   Of  Public   Offering",
"BUSINESS-Business Plan And Strategy",  "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION",  and Note 2 to
the Financial Statements.

     As of July 31, 1997,  the  Company's  backlog was $16.6 million as compared
with  $23.7  million  as of July 31,  1996.  The  Company  anticipates  that its
operating results for fiscal 1998 will not significantly  alter its liquidity or
capital resources.
    

                                   MANAGEMENT

     The Officers and Directors of the Company are as follows:

Name                       Age        Position
- ----                       ---        --------

   
John T. Wilson              43        Chief Executive Officer, Chairman Of
                                      The Board and Director

Danny R. Clemons            47        President/Mini-Warehouse Division and
                                      Director

Ralph L. Farrar             50        President/Metal Buildings Division,
                                      Secretary and Director

Jim W. Williams             43        Vice President/Finance, Chief Financial
                                      Officer, Assistant Secretary and Director

Louis S. Carmisciano        55        Director
    

     John T. Wilson has served as Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company since
May 1992 after having served as Vice  President  from May 1985 to May 1992.  Mr.
Wilson also has served as a Director of the Company  since its  formation in May
1985 and as Chairman Of The Board since  November 1994. In addition to his other
responsibilities  as  Chief  Executive  Officer,   Mr.  Wilson  coordinates  the
Company's marketing,  administrative and financial activities. Mr. Wilson has in
excess of 22 years of experience working in the construction industry.

                                       36

<PAGE>


     Danny R. Clemons has served as President of the Mini-Warehouse  Division of
the Company since  November 1994 after having served as President of the Company
from December 1986 to November  1994.  Mr. Clemons also has served as a Director
of the Company since May 1985. Mr. Clemons has in
excess of 25 years of experience working in the construction industry.

     Ralph L. Farrar has served as President of the Metal Buildings  Division of
the Company  since  November  1994 and  Secretary  and a Director of the Company
since May 1985. Mr. Farrar also served as Treasurer of the Company from May 1985
to November 1994. Mr. Farrar has in excess of 27 years
of experience working in the construction industry.

     Jim W. Williams has served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company since January  1990,  and as a Director  since June 1996.
From January 1989 to January  1990,  Mr.  Williams  served as Controller of Care
Shipping, Inc., which engaged in the business of marine terminal and stevedoring
operations.  From January 1981 to January 1989, Mr. Williams served as Treasurer
and Controller of Shippers  Stevedoring,  Inc., which engaged in the business of
marine terminal and stevedoring operations.  Mr. Williams received a B.A. Degree
in Business  Administration from Hardin-Simmons  University in Abilene, Texas in
1977.

     Louis S. Carmisciano  became a Director of the Company on January 14, 1997.
Since 1984, Mr. Carmisciano has served as the President of LSC Associates, Inc.,
a firm  providing  consulting  services  to the  construction  and  real  estate
industries. Mr. Carmisciano, as President of LSC Associates,  Inc., has provided
consulting  services  to the  Company  since  July  1996.  Prior  to  1984,  Mr.
Carmisciano  was the senior vice  president of Dimeo  Enterprises,  Inc., a real
estate developer and contractor,  and also served as an audit manager for Touche
Ross & Co. In addition, since 1978, Mr. Carmisciano has served as a professional
lecturer  at the  Hartford  Graduate  Center in  Hartford,  Connecticut  and has
lectured for the American Subcontractors  Association,  the Rhode Island Bankers
Association,  and the  Massachusetts  and Rhode  Island  Societies  Of Certified
Public  Accountants.  Mr.  Carmisciano is a member of the Association of General
Contractors, the American Subcontractors Association, the Construction Financial
Management Association,  the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
the Massachusetts Society of Certified Public Accountants,  and the Rhode Island
Society of Certified Public  Accountants.  Mr. Carmisciano is a certified public
accountant  licensed  in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and the  State of
Illinois and received a B.S. Degree in Business Administration from Northeastern
University in Boston, Massachusetts in 1963.

     Another key employee of the Company is as follows:

   
     Jimmy M.  Rogers,  45,  has been in charge of the  Company's  cold  storage
services since September 1990 and has served as President of the Thermal Systems
Division of the Company since  November 1994.  From 1982 to September  1990, Mr.
Rogers  served as Vice  President of Cold Storage  Construction  Company,  which
engaged in freezer and refrigerated unit installation.  Mr. Rogers has in excess
of 12 years of experience  working in the freezer and refrigerated  installation
industry.  Mr.  Rogers  received  a B.S.  Degree in  Business  Agriculture  from
Hardin-Simmons University in Abilene, Texas in 1980.
    

     There  are no  family  relationships  between  any of the  above  officers,
directors and key employees of the Company.

     If the  Offering  is  successfully  completed,  for a period of five  years
commencing after the closing of the Offering,  the Representative  will have the
right to designate to the Company's Board Of Directors one person to serve as an
advisor to or member of the Company's  Board of  Directors.  The Company has not
been notified of whether the  Representative  intends to designate an advisor to
or a member of the Company's Board of Directors.

                                       37

<PAGE>


                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following  table sets forth in summary form the  compensation  received
during  each of the  Company's  last  three  completed  fiscal  years by certain
officers of the Company.  No other employee of the Company,  except as set forth
below, received total salary and bonus exceeding $100,000 during any of the last
three fiscal years.

                      Summary Of Annual Compensation Table
                      ------------------------------------
   
                              Fiscal Year
       Name and Principal       Ended                          All Other
            Position           April 30,     Salary ($)(1)   Compensation ($)(2)
===============================================================================

John T. Wilson                   1997           72,500           5,109
 Chief Executive Officer,        1996           72,000           6,811
  Chairman Of The                1995           72,000           6,120
  Board and a director

Danny R. Clemons                 1997           72,500           3,600
  President/Mini-                1996           72,000           8,329
  Warehouse Division             1995           72,000           6,661
  and a director

Ralph L. Farrar                  1997           72,500           4,180
  President/Metal                1996           72,000           8,286
  Buildings Division             1995           72,000           7,533
  and a director
    
- -------------------------

(1)  The dollar value of base salary (cash and non-cash)  received.  Each of the
     named individuals  currently is receiving a salary of $85,000 per year. For
     a description  of employment  agreements  with the named  individuals,  see
     below,   "Employment   Contracts  And   Termination   Of   Employment   And
     Change-In-Control Agreements".

   
(2)  All other compensation  received that the Company could not properly report
     in any other column of the Summary Compensation Table, consisting of annual
     Company  contributions  or other  allocations to the Company's 401(k) plan,
     amounts  paid for group  medical  insurance  premiums,  and amounts paid on
     behalf of the named person for life insurance  premiums.  The amounts shown
     consist of the  following:  1997:  John T.  Wilson - $1,750 for 401(k) plan
     contributions,  $2,180 for group medical insurance  premiums,  and $130 for
     life  insurance  premiums;   Danny  R.  Clemons  -  $120  for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $2,140 for group medical insurance premiums, and $1,340 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  and Ralph L.  Farrar - $1,750 for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $2,300 for group medical insurance  premiums,  and $130 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  1996:  John  T.  Wilson  -  $1,184  for  401(k)
     contributions,  $4,292 for group medical insurance premiums, and $1,335 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  Danny R.  Clemons  -  $1,579  for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $4,292 for group medical insurance premiums, and $2,458 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  and Ralph L.  Farrar - $1,184 for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $4,490 for group medical insurance premiums, and $2,612 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  and  1995:  John T.  Wilson - $1,016  in 401(k)
     contributions,  $4,107 for group medical insurance  premiums,  and $997 for
     life  insurance  premiums;   Danny  R.  Clemons  -  $897  for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $4,107 for group medical insurance premiums, and $1,657 for
     life  insurance  premiums;  and Ralph L.  Farrar - $1,016 for  401(k)  plan
     contributions,  $4,681 for group medical insurance premiums, and $1,836 for
     life insurance premiums.
    

                                       38

<PAGE>

Compensation Of Directors
- -------------------------

     Louis S.  Carmisciano,  a Director of the Company who is neither an officer
nor an employee of the Company, will be paid $150 per hour for his services as a
Director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Carmisciano  also  is  the  President  of  LSC
Associates,  Inc. ("LSC"),  which provides  consulting  services to the Company.
This  arrangement  is  described  under  "TRANSACTIONS  BETWEEN  THE COMPANY AND
RELATED  PARTIES-Consulting  Agreement".  Jim W. Williams, the Vice President Of
Finance, Chief Financial Officer and a Director of the Company, received options
to purchase up to 10,000 shares of the  Company's  Common Stock in January 1997.
For a description of the terms of these options, see below "-Option Grants". The
Company has no other  arrangement  pursuant to which the other  directors of the
Company are compensated for any services provided as a director or for committee
participation or special assignments.

Employment Contracts And Termination Of Employment And
Change-In-Control Arrangements
- -------------------------------------------------------

     The Company has entered into three-year employment agreements that began on
January 1, 1995 with each of the following executive  officers:  John T. Wilson,
Danny R. Clemons,  Ralph L. Farrar, and Jim W. Williams.  Each of the agreements
is terminable at will and  automatically  renews for consecutive  one-year terms
unless a party provides  written  notice of its desire not to renew.  The annual
salary during the term of the agreements are the following amounts, although the
Board  Of  Directors  of the  Company  may  increase  the  salary  in  its  sole
discretion:  John T.  Wilson,  Danny R.  Clemons,  Ralph L.  Farrar,  and Jim W.
Williams,  $85,000  each.  The  Company  also will pay all the  premiums  on two
$500,000  term life  insurance  policies  covering  each of the above  executive
officers,  of which one  policy  covering  each of them is a key-man  policy for
which the Company is the  beneficiary and the other policy is for the benefit of
a beneficiary designated by the respective executive officer.

     The Company  also has entered  into a ten-year  employment  agreement  with
Jimmy M.  Rogers  that  became  effective  on May 1,  1993.  This  agreement  is
terminable  at will and  automatically  renews for  consecutive  one-year  terms
unless  either party  provides  written  notice of its desire not to renew.  The
annual salary during the term of the agreement is presently $66,000 although the
Board  Of  Directors  of the  Company  may  increase  this  amount  in its  sole
discretion. The agreement also provides for Mr. Rogers to receive the following:
(i) an incentive bonus equal to 18 percent of the annual net operating profit of
the thermal systems  division of the Company;  (ii) bonus payments of $17,000 on
November  16,  1993 and of $13,600 on each  December 1 from and  including  1994
through  1998,  provided  that he  still is  employed  by the  Company  on those
respective  dates;  and (iii)  payment by the  Company of the  premiums  on a $1
million key-man life insurance  policy covering Mr. Rogers,  of which 50 percent
of the proceeds is  distributable to the Company and 50 percent to a beneficiary
designated by Mr. Rogers.

     The Company has no  compensatory  plan or arrangement  that results or will
result  from  the  resignation,  retirement,  or  any  other  termination  of an
executive officer's  employment with the Company or from a change-in-control  of
the  Company,  unless the Company  terminates  the  employment  of an  executive
officer without cause before the full term of the employment  agreement expires,
in which  case the  Company  is  required  to pay  three  months  salary to that
executive officer.

Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     The  Company's  Board Of  Directors  determines  the  compensation  for the
Company's executive officers. The Company has no compensation committee or other
committee of the Board Of Directors  that performs a similar  function.  Each of
the  Company's  current  directors  except for Louis S.  Carmisciano  also is an
executive officer of the Company. John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons, and Ralph F.
Farrar,  each of whom is an  executive  officer  and  employee  of the  Company,
participated in  deliberations  of the Company's  Board Of Directors  concerning
executive officer  compensation during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996. Jim
W. Williams  became a director of the Company in June 1996. Mr. Williams also is
the Vice President/Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

                                       39

<PAGE>


Option Grants
- -------------

   
     On January 14, 1997, the Company approved ths issuance,  effective upon the
completion of this Offering, of incentive stock options to purchase an aggregate
of 172,000 shares of Common Stock to employees of the Company, including options
to purchase 10,000 shares issued to each of Jim W. Williams,  the Vice President
Of Finance,  Chief Financial Officer and a Director of the Company, and Jimmy M.
Rogers,  President of the Thermal Systems Division of the Company. These options
were  granted  pursuant to the  Company's  1994 Stock  Option Plan and allow the
recipients to purchase  shares of the Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00
per share, which is the offering price of shares in this Offering.  With respect
to each recipient of options,  one-fourth of their options become exercisable on
each of the first,  second,  third and fourth anniversaries of the completion of
the  Offering,  and all their  options  expire on the fifth  anniversary  of the
completion  of the  Offering.  The  Company's  obligation  to issue  options  to
purchase 127,000 shares  terminated because of the termination of the employment
of certain recipients.
    

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table summarizes  certain  information as of October 31, 1997
with respect to the  beneficial  ownership of the Company's  Common Stock (i) by
the Company's officers and directors,  (ii) by stockholders known by the Company
to own five  percent or more of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  and (iii) by all
officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    
                                  Amount And Nature      Percent Of         Percent Of                          
Name And Address                    Of Beneficial      Class Prior To        Class After
Of Beneficial Owner                    Ownership          Offering          Offering (1)
- ---------------------                  ---------          --------          ------------

<S>                                     <C>                <C>                  <C>  
Danny R. Clemons(2)                     707,319            24.4%                20.3%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

Ralph L. Farrar(2)                      707,319            24.4%                20.3%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

John T. Wilson(2)                       707,319            24.4%                20.3%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

Jim W. Williams(2)                      135,444             4.7%                 3.9%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

Louis S. Carmisciano                          0               0%                    0
P.O. Box 1114
Chicago, Illinois 60690-1114

All Officers And Directors            2,257,401            77.8%                64.9%
As A Group (Five Persons)(2)
</TABLE>
    
- --------------------

(1)  Assumes  that all the  shares  of Common  Stock  offered  pursuant  to this
     Prospectus  are  sold,  that none of the  Warrants  offered  or  previously
     outstanding is exercised,  and that the respective beneficial owners listed
     in the table will not purchase any shares of Common Stock in this Offering.

(2)  All the  shares  owned  by each of  Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar,  Wilson  and
     Williams are pledged as collateral  for the Company's  indebtedness  to the
     Supplier as described under  "BUSINESS-Indebtedness  To Major Supplier". If
     there  were a  default  in  this  indebtedness  and  the  Supplier  were to
     foreclose on the pledged  shares,  a change of control of the Company could
     result. See "BUSINESS-Indebtedness To Major Supplier".


                                       40
<PAGE>

              TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES

Conflicts Of Interest Policy.
- -----------------------------

   
     The Company has  established  a policy for  considering  transactions  with
directors,  officers,  and  stockholders  of the Company  and their  affiliates.
Pursuant to this policy,  the Board Of Directors of the Company will not approve
any such related party transactions unless the Board Of Directors has determined
that the terms of the  transaction  are no less  favorable  to the Company  than
those available from unaffiliated parties.  Because this policy is not contained
in the Company's  Certificate Of Incorporation or Bylaws, this policy is subject
to change at any time by the vote of the Board Of Directors. It currently is not
contemplated that this policy will be changed. The Board has determined that the
transactions described below were made on terms no less favorable to the Company
than would have been available from unaffiliated parties.
    

Issuances And Transfers Of Stock.
- ---------------------------------

     The Company was  incorporated  in Texas on May 14, 1985. At that time, each
of John T. Wilson,  Danny R. Clemons, and Ralph L. Farrar paid $250, or $.01 per
share,  for 25,000  shares  (an  aggregate  total of 75,000  shares) of stock of
American International Construction, Inc., a Texas corporation ("AIC-Texas").

     In May 1994, AIC Management, Inc. merged with and into the Company. As part
of the merger, the shareholders of AIC Management, Inc. received an aggregate of
75,000  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock,   which  after  its  issuance
constituted 50 percent of the Company's  outstanding shares. The shareholders of
AIC  Management,  Inc. at the time of the merger were John T.  Wilson,  Danny R.
Clemons and Ralph L. Farrar. In determining that the values of the two companies
were approximately  equal, the Company and AIC Management,  Inc.  considered the
net book value of the assets of each,  an appraisal of the value of the land and
a building owned by AIC Management,  Inc., and their respective estimates of the
fair market value of the land and building.

     In April 1992, each of John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons and Ralph L. Farrar
transferred  to Jim W.  Williams  3,000  shares of the common stock of AIC-Texas
owned by each of them respectively.  The shares were given to Mr. Williams as an
incentive bonus.

Grants Of Stock Options.
- ------------------------

   
     On January 14, 1997, the Company approved the issuance,  effective upon the
completion  of this  Offering,  of options to purchase an  aggregate  of 172,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock to employees of the Company pursuant to the
Company's  1994 Stock Option Plan.  Included in these option grants were options
to  purchase  10,000  shares  granted  to each of Jim W.  Williams  and Jimmy M.
Rogers.  The  exercise  price of these  options  is $5 per  share,  which is the
offering  price of shares in this  Offering.  One fourth of the options  granted
become exercisable on each of the first,  second, third and fourth anniversaries
of the completion of the Offering,  and all of these options expire on the fifth
anniversary of the completion of the Offering. The Company's obligation to issue
options to purchase 127,000 shares terminated  because of the termination of the
employment of certain recipients.
    

Delaware Reincorporation And Capital Restructurings.
- ----------------------------------------------------

     In June 1994, the Company changed its state of incorporation and effected a
16-for-1 stock split by forming a wholly-owned  Delaware  subsidiary  into which
the Company was merged.  As a result of this  transaction,  the Company became a
Delaware  corporation  with 2,400,000  shares of Common Stock  outstanding.  All
references  in this  Prospectus  to numbers of shares  give effect to this stock
split and the issuance of 75,000 shares to the shareholders of AIC Management.

                                       41

<PAGE>


Employment Agreements.
- ----------------------

     The  Company  is a party to  employment  agreements  with  each of its four
officers. These agreements are described under "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION".

Consulting Agreement.
- ---------------------

     LSC  Associates,  Inc.  ("LSC"),  of  which  Louis  S.  Carmisciano  is the
President,  has  served as a  consultant  to the  Company  since  July 1,  1996.
Pursuant to the original  agreement,  which terminated on December 31, 1996, LSC
received $5,000 per month plus expenses for consulting  services provided to the
Company  during the six month period ended  December  31, 1996.  This  agreement
provided that the Company and LSC would evaluate the arrangement at December 31,
1996 and determine whether to enter into a new arrangement,  which might include
continuing  to retain LSC as a  consultant  and electing  Mr.  Carmisciano  as a
Director.  Effective January 1, 1997, the arrangement was modified to retain LSC
as a consultant  on an as needed  basis for $150 per hour,  with no minimum hour
requirement.  Mr.  Carmisciano  was elected a Director of the Company on January
14,  1997.  Mr.  Carmisciano  will be paid at the same hourly rate for  services
provided to the Company as a Director.

Interests In U.S. Storage, Inc. And U.S. Storage Management Services, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

     As of October 16, 1996,  each of Danny Clemons,  Leroy Farrar,  and John T.
Wilson  transferred to the Company all of their interests in U.S. Storage,  Inc.
("U.S.  Storage")  and  U.S.  Storage  Management  Services,  Inc.  ("Management
Services").  U.S.  Storage was formed for the  purpose of owning  mini-warehouse
facilities,  and  Management  Services  was formed for the purpose of  providing
management  services  for  mini-warehouse  facilities.  In  exchange  for  these
transfers,  each of Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar and Wilson  received  the right to
receive eight and one-third  percent of any cash  distributions  received by the
Company from U.S. Storage or its successors. Messrs. Clemons, Farrar, and Wilson
had acquired their respective interests in U.S. Storage consisting,  for each of
them,  of 25 percent of the common stock of U.S.  Storage,  in February 1996 for
$500 each.  Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar,  and Wilson had acquired their respective
interests in Management Services, consisting, for each of them, of 25 percent of
the common stock of Management  Services,  in May 1996 for $250 each. On October
17, 1996,  the Company  exchanged  all its  interest in U.S.  Storage for a 37.5
percent interest in U.S. Storage/Westheimer G.P.L.C.  ("Westheimer") and it sold
all its  interest  in  Management  Services  to a former  employee  for  $15,000
including $7,500 cash and release of the Company from $7,500 in commissions owed
to the  individual.  Westheimer is involved in the ownership of mini-  warehouse
facilities.

     As of October 23, 1996, Messrs. Clemons, Farrar and Wilson each transferred
to Jim W. Williams, an officer and director of the Company, the right to receive
one and  two-thirds  percent of any cash  distributions  received by the Company
from U.S.  Storage or its successors.  As a result of these  transfers,  each of
Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar and Wilson has the right to receive six and two-thirds
percent,  and Mr.  Williams has the right to receive five  percent,  of any cash
distributions received by the Company from U.S. Storage or its successors.

     None of Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar or Wilson ever has  received any payment,
distribution,  or other economic  benefit from either U.S. Storage or Management
Services.  In May 1996,  prior to  assignment  of all the  interests  of Messrs.
Clemons,  Farrar and  Wilson in U.S.  Storage  and  Management  Services  to the
Company, the Company entered into a contract with U.S. Storage/Westheimer,  Ltd.
for the Company to construct a mini-warehouse  facility for approximately  $1.36
million.  U.S.  Storage/Westheimer,  Ltd.  is a  limited  partnership  in  which
Westheimer owns a 45 percent  interest,  which results in the Company's owning a
16.875 percent beneficial interest in U.S. Storage/Westheimer,  Ltd. The Company
believes  that the  terms of this  contract  were at least as  favorable  to the
Company  as  the  terms  and  conditions  of all  other  similar  contracts  for
construction  of  mini-warehouse  facilities  that the Company  enters into with
unrelated parties. As indicated above, none of Messrs. Clemons, Farrar or Wilson
has ever received any payment,  distribution or any other economic  benefit from
U.S.  Storage or Management  Services,  and each of these three  individuals has
transferred all of his respective  right,  title, and interest in and to each of
U.S. Storage and Management Services to the Company.
       

                                       42
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

   
     The Company's authorized capital consists of 20 million shares of $.001 par
value Common Stock and one million  shares of $1.00 par value  Preferred  Stock.
The Company's issued and outstanding  capital as of September 30, 1997 consisted
of  2,900,100  shares of $.001  par value  Common  Stock  which  were held by 44
stockholders and 3,000,000 Warrants held by 38 holders.  The Company is offering
580,000 shares of Common Stock and 580,000 Warrants pursuant to this Prospectus.
    

Common Stock

     Each share of the Common Stock is entitled to share equally with each other
share of Common Stock in dividends  from sources  legally  available  therefore,
subject to the rights of the Preferred  Stock,  when, as, and if declared by the
Board of Directors and, upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company,  whether
voluntary or involuntary, to share equally in the assets of the Company that are
available for  distribution  to the holders of the Common Stock.  Each holder of
Common Stock of the Company is entitled to one vote per share for all  purposes,
except that in the  election of  directors,  each holder shall have the right to
cast one vote per share for each nominee for director.  Cumulative  voting shall
not be allowed in the election of directors  or for any other  purpose,  and the
holders of Common Stock have no preemptive  rights,  redemption rights or rights
of conversion with respect to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock and all shares to be sold and issued upon exercise of the Warrants will be
fully  paid  and  nonassessable  by the  Company.  The  Board  Of  Directors  is
authorized  to issue  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  within  the  limits
authorized by the Company's Certificate Of Incorporation and without stockholder
action.

     The Company has not paid any dividends  during its last two fiscal years or
in any subsequent periods.

     The Company has reserved a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for
issuance in the event that all the Warrants  are  exercised.  In  addition,  the
Company has reserved a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for issuance
upon the exercise of options under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan.

     The issuance of additional  shares of Common Stock and other  securities of
the Company is subject to the  Representative's  right of approval for two years
after the effective date of the Offering.

Common Stock Purchase Warrants

     General.  The redeemable  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants (the  "Warrants")
offered  by the  Company  are  to be in  registered  form.  They  are  tradeable
separately  from the Common  Stock.  Each  Warrant is  exercisable  at $5.00 per
Warrant during the period  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus and ending
five years from the date of this Prospectus. Although there currently is no plan
or other intention to do so, the Board Of Directors of the Company,  in its sole
discretion,  may extend the exercise  period of the Warrants  and/or  reduce the
exercise price of the Warrants. It is anticipated that the Board would make such
a  modification  only if it deemed  it to be in the  Company's  best  interests.
Possible  circumstances  that  may  lead to  modification  of the  terms  of the
Warrants,  of which there is no assurance,  would include circumstances in which
the market price of the Company's  Common Stock is less than the exercise  price
of the Warrants and the Board would reduce the exercise price of the Warrants in
order to  encourage  their being  exercised.  This would be based on the Board's
belief that it would be in the Company's  best  interests to receive  additional
capital funds from that source.

                                       43

<PAGE>

     The exercise price of the Warrants was arbitrarily established and there is
no assurance that the price of the Common Stock of the Company will ever rise to
a level  where  exercise of the  Warrants  would be of any  economic  value to a
holder of the Warrants.

     Current Registration Statement Required For Exercise. In order for a holder
to  exercise  that  holder's  Warrants,  there  must be a  current  registration
statement on file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and various state
securities commissions to continue registration of the issuance of the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Warrants.  The Company intends to maintain a current
registration  statement  during the period  that the  Warrants  are  exercisable
unless the market price of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants would create
no economic incentive for exercise of the Warrants.  If those circumstances were
to exist during the entire exercise  period of the Warrants,  the Warrants could
expire without the holders having had an opportunity to exercise their Warrants.

     The  maintenance  of a currently  effective  registration  statement  could
result in substantial expense to the Company, and there is no assurance that the
Company will be able to maintain a current  registration  statement covering the
shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  Although  there
can be no  assurance,  the Company  believes that it will be able to qualify the
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the Warrants for sale in those states where
the Units are to be  offered.  The  Warrants  may be  deprived of any value if a
current prospectus covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants is not kept effective or if the underlying shares are not qualified
in the states in which the Warrantholders reside.

     Exercise Of Warrants.  The Warrants may be exercised  upon the surrender of
the Warrant  certificate on or prior to the  expiration of the exercise  period,
with the form of "Election  To Purchase" on the reverse side of the  certificate
executed as indicated, and accompanied by payment of the full exercise price for
the number of Warrants being  exercised.  No rights of a stockholder  inure to a
holder of Warrants  until such time as a holder has  exercised  Warrants and has
been issued shares of Common Stock.

     Redemption. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time prior to
their  exercise or expiration  upon 30 days prior  written or published  notice,
provided however, that the closing bid quotation for the Common Stock for all 20
business  days ending on the third day prior to the  Company's  giving notice of
redemption has been at least 150 percent of the then effective exercise price of
the Warrants.  The  redemption  price for the Warrants will be $.01 per Warrant.
Any  Warrant  holder that does not  exercise  prior to the date set forth in the
Company's  notice of redemption  will forfeit the right to exercise the Warrants
and purchase the shares of Common Stock underlying those Warrants.  Any Warrants
outstanding  after the redemption  date will be deprived of any value except the
right to receive the redemption price of $.01 per Warrant.

     Tax Consequences Of Warrants.  For federal income tax purposes,  no gain or
loss will be realized  upon  exercise of a Warrant.  The  holder's  basis in the
Common  Stock  received  will be equal  to the  holder's  basis  in the  Warrant
exercised, plus the amount of the exercise price. If the Warrant being exercised
has been  purchased by the holder in this  Offering,  the holder's  basis in the
Warrant will be determined based on the consideration paid for the Warrants. Any
loss  realized  by a holder of a Warrant  due to a failure to exercise a Warrant
prior to the  expiration  of the  exercise  period  will be treated  for federal
income tax purposes as a loss from the sale or exchange of property that has the
same  character as any shares of Common Stock  acquired from the exercise of the
Warrants.

                                       44
<PAGE>


     Warrant exercise price  adjustments,  or the omission of such  adjustments,
may under  certain  circumstances  be deemed to be  distributions  that could be
taxable as dividends for federal  income tax purposes to holders of the Warrants
or the holders of the Common Stock.

     The Internal  Revenue Code provides  that a corporation  does not recognize
gain or loss upon the issuance,  lapse or repurchase of a warrant to acquire its
own stock. Therefore,  the Company will not recognize income upon the expiration
of any unexercised Warrants.

Preferred Stock

     The  Company is  authorized  to issue up to  1,000,000  shares of $1.00 par
value Preferred Stock.

     The Board Of  Directors  of the  Company  has the right to fix the  rights,
privileges and  preferences of any class of Preferred  Stock to be issued in the
future out of authorized  but unissued  shares of Preferred  Stock and can issue
such shares after  adopting and filing a Certificate  Of  Designations  with the
Secretary  Of State  of  Delaware.  Any  class of  Preferred  Stock  that may be
authorized in the future may have rights,  privileges, and preferences senior to
the Common Stock.  The Company  currently  does not have a plan to authorize any
class of Preferred Stock.

     The foregoing description  concerning capital stock of the Company does not
purport  to be  complete.  Reference  is made to the  Company's  Certificate  Of
Incorporation, Bylaws, and Underwriting Agreement which are filed as exhibits to
the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is part, as well as to the
applicable statutes of the State of Delaware for a more complete  description of
the rights and liabilities of stockholders.

   
     The issuance of additional  shares of Preferred Stock and other  securities
of the Company is subject to the  Underwriters'  right of approval  for one year
after the effective date of the Offering.
    

Registration Rights

   
     Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, there is being registered on
behalf of the  Selling  Securities  Holders an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of
Common Stock and 3,000,000  Warrants issued in connection with the $300,000 loan
to the Company  consummated  in July 1996. The Selling  Securities  Holders have
entered into a Lock-Up  Agreement  which, in general,  provides that the Selling
Securities Holders will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to
purchase or  otherwise  dispose of the shares of Common Stock or Warrants of the
Company issued to them in connection  with the loan until March 13, 1998 without
the prior  written  consent  of the  Underwriters.  If the  Underwriters  do not
consent  to the sale of such  securities  concurrently  with the  Offering,  the
Selling  Security  Holders  will be entitled to certain  demand and  "piggyback"
registration  rights with respect to the  registration  of such shares under the
Securities  Act.  Generally,  the Company is required to bear the expense of all
such registrations,  except that the Selling Securities Holders will be required
to bear their pro rata share of the underwriting  discounts and commissions,  if
any.  Substantially similar demand and "piggyback rights" have also been granted
to the Underwriters with respect to the Underwriters' Warrant and the securities
underlying the Underwriters' Warrant.
    

                                       45

<PAGE>


Delaware Law and Certain Charter Provisions

     The  Company is a Delaware  corporation  and  subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General  Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"), an anti-takeover law. In
general,  Section 203 of the Delaware Law prevents an  "interested  stockholder"
(defined  generally  as a  person  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  corporation's
outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business combination" (as defined)
with a Delaware  corporation  for three  years  following  the date such  person
became an  interested  stockholder,  subject to certain  exceptions  such as the
approval  of the Board of  Directors  and the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding shares of voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.  The
existence of this provision would be expected to have the effect of discouraging
takeover  attempts  including  attempts  that might result in a premium over the
market price for the shares of Common Stock held by stockholders.

Transfer Agent

     The Transfer Agent for the Common Stock and Warrants is American Securities
Transfer & Trust, Incorporated.

                                  UNDERWRITING

   
     The  Company  has  entered  into  an  Underwriting  Agreement  with  I.A.R.
Securities Corp.,  formerly I.A. Rabinowitz & Co. and Worthington Capital Group,
Inc. (the "Underwriters"),  with I.A.R.  Securities Corp., as the representative
(the  "Representative")  of the Underwriters,  which Underwriting  Agreement has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part,  and which  governs  the terms and  conditions  of the sale of the
Common  Stock  and  Warrants  offered  hereby.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of the
Underwriting  Agreement,  the Underwriters,  as the Company's  exclusive agents,
have agreed to  purchase  from the Company on a firm  commitment  basis  580,000
shares of Common  Stock at a price of $5.00 per share and 580,000  Warrants at a
price of $.10 per  Warrant.  Each  Warrant  entitles  its holder to purchase one
share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

     The Company intends to have the Common Stock and Warrants quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board, an electronic quotation system maintained by the NASD, under the
trading  symbols  "AICI" and "AICIW",  respectively.  There is no assurance that
quotation  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board will occur or that a trading  market will
develop for the Common Stock and/or Warrants.  See "RISK FACTORS-Risk Factor No.
24. No Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants".

     The  Company  has granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  solely to cover
over-allotments  in the  Offering,  to purchase all or any part of 15 percent of
the total number of shares of the Common Stock and Warrants  offered pursuant to
this  Prospectus  for a period  of 45 days from the date of the  closing  of the
Offering at the price to public and  subject to the  discounts  and  commissions
described below.
    

     The public  offering  price of the shares of Common  Stock and the exercise
price of the Warrants were determined by negotiation  between the Representative
and the  Company.  The Warrant  offering  price and other terms were  determined
arbitrarily by negotiation between the Company and the Representative and do not
necessarily bear any direct  relationship to the Company's  assets,  earnings or
other  generally  accepted  criteria  of  value.  Other  factors  considered  in
determining the offering and exercise price of the Warrants include the business
in  which  the  Company  is  engaged,  the  Company's  financial  condition,  an
assessment of the Company's management,  the general condition of the securities
markets and the demand for similar securities of comparable companies.

                                       46

<PAGE>

   
     The  Underwriters  will  receive  a  commission  equal to 10% of the  gross
proceeds  from the sale of the Common Stock and Warrants  sold or $295,800.  The
Underwriters also will receive a non-accountable  expense allowance in an amount
equal to 3% of the gross  proceeds of this  Offering  of which  $25,000 has been
paid to date.

     The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the shares and the Warrants to the public at the public offering price set
forth on the Cover Page of this Prospectus for each separate security,  and that
the  Underwriters  may allow to certain dealers who are members of the NASD, and
to certain foreign dealers not eligible for membership in the NASD,  concessions
of not in  excess  of $.25 for each  share of  Common  Stock  and $.005 for each
Warrant.   After   commencement  of  this  Offering,   the  concession  and  the
re-allowance  may be changed.  No such  modification  shall change the amount of
proceeds to be received by the Company.

     Pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement,  the Company has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters,  at a nominal cost, Underwriters' Warrants to purchase up to a
maximum of 58,000  shares of Common Stock and 58,000  Warrants,  or one share of
Common Stock for each ten shares sold in this  Offering and one Warrant for each
ten  Warrants  sold  in  this  Offering.  The  Underwriters'  Warrants  will  be
non-exercisable for one year after the date of this Prospectus.  Thereafter, for
a period of four years, the Underwriters'  Warrants will be exercisable at $6.00
per share of Common Stock and $.21 per Warrant.  These Warrants are  exercisable
at $5.00 per share  during the four year  period  commencing  one year after the
date of this Prospectus.  The Underwriters'  Warrants are not transferable for a
period of one year after the date of this  Prospectus,  except to  officers  and
stockholders  of the  Underwriters  and to members of the selling  group and its
officers  and  partners.  The  Company  has also  granted one demand and certain
"piggy-back" registration rights to the holders of the Underwriters' Warrants.
    

     For the life of the Underwriters'  Warrants, the holders thereof are given,
at a nominal cost, the  opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of
the  Company's  securities  with a resulting  dilution in the  interest of other
stockholders. Further, the holders may be expected to exercise the Underwriters'
Warrants at a time when the Company  would in all  likelihood  be able to obtain
equity capital on terms more favorable than those provided in the  Underwriters'
Warrants.

     The  Representative  has  informed  the Company that it does not expect any
sales  of  the  Common  Stock  and  Warrants   offered  hereby  to  be  made  to
discretionary accounts.

   
     The  Company  may  provide  the  Underwriters  with the  names  of  persons
contacting  the Company with an interest in purchasing  Common Stock or Warrants
in this Offering, and it is possible that the Company's officers, directors, and
employees will refer prospective  purchasers to the  Underwriters.  Although the
Company  will not  provide  any names for the  express  purpose of  closing  the
Offering,  sales may be made to those persons for that purpose. The Underwriters
may sell a  portion  of the  Common  Stock or  Warrants  offered  hereby to such
persons if they reside in a state in which the Common  Stock or Warrants  can be
sold. The Underwriters are not obligated to sell any Common Stock or Warrants to
such  persons  and will do so only to the extent  that such  sales  would not be
inconsistent with the public distribution of the shares. Neither the Company nor
the Underwriters  will directly or indirectly  arrange for the financing of such
purchases,  and the proceeds of the Offering  will not directly or indirectly be
used for such purchases. Officers, directors and stockholders of the Company may
purchase Common Stock or Warrants offered hereby.
    

                                       47

<PAGE>


     For a  period  of  five  years  after  the  closing  of the  Offering,  the
Representative  has the right to designate  one person to serve as an advisor to
or  member of the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  There is no  restriction  on
whether the person  designated is a director,  officer,  partner,  employee,  or
affiliate of any of the Underwriters.  The  Representative  has not yet informed
the Company of whether it intends to designate an advisor or director.

     The Company  will enter into on the date of this  Prospectus  a  consulting
agreement with the Underwriters  pursuant to which the Underwriters will receive
a  consulting  fee of  $55,000,  payable  at the  closing of the  Offering,  for
services  to be  rendered  by the  Underwriters  to the  Company for three years
commencing on the closing date of the Offering.  Such services shall include but
not be  limited to  advising  the  Company in  connection  with  management  and
financial matters and possible acquisition opportunities.

   
     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Company  will not sell any
shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Warrants or options for a period of one
year following the date of this  Prospectus  without the  Underwriters'  consent
except that the Company may,  without the  Underwriters'  consent,  issue Common
Stock, or options pursuant to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan.

     The  Company  also has agreed to engage the  Representative  as the warrant
solicitation agent on behalf of the Company for the solicitation of the exercise
of the  Warrants  commencing  one year  after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
continuing for four years thereafter.  The Representative will be paid a warrant
solicitation  fee of  five  percent  of the  exercise  price  for  each  Warrant
exercised during that period. Unless granted an exemption by the Commission from
Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the Representative and any other soliciting
broker-dealers will be prohibited from engaging in any market-making  activities
or solicited brokerage activities with regard to the Company's securities during
the periods prescribed by exemption (xi) to Regulation M before the solicitation
of the  exercise  of any  Warrant  until  the later of the  termination  of such
solicitation activity or the termination of any right the Representative and any
other soliciting broker-dealer may have to receive a fee for the solicitation of
the exercise of the Warrants.
    

     The Underwriting Agreement provides for reciprocal  indemnification between
the Company and the Underwriters  against certain liabilities in connection with
this Offering,  including  liabilities under the Securities Act. See "SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION".

   
     Worthington  Capital Group, Inc.,  formerly known as M. D. Walsh & Co., was
licensed  as a  broker/dealer  in July 1991 and has not  participated  in public
offerings prior to this Offering.  Worthington  Capital Group, Inc. may not make
markets in securities.  See "RISK FACTORS-Risk Factor No. 20. Lack Of Experience
Of Worthington Capital Group, Inc.".
    

     The  foregoing  does not purport to be a complete  summary of the terms and
conditions  of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  copies of which are on file at the
offices of the  Representative,  the Company  and the  Securities  And  Exchange
Commission in Washington, D.C. See "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION".

     There are no  material  relationships  between  the  Company and any of the
Underwriters other than the relationships created by the Underwriting Agreement.
       


                                       48

<PAGE>


                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION
                           ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION

     The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  directors,  officers,  and  other
representatives  of the Company for costs incurred by each of them in connection
with any action,  suit, or proceeding  brought by reason of their  position as a
director,  officer,  or  representative.  This would include actions,  suits, or
proceedings  with  respect to  liability  under the 1933 Act. To be eligible for
indemnification,  the person being indemnified must have acted in good faith and
in a manner he or she  reasonably  believed  to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company.

     The Board Of  Directors  is  empowered  to make  other  indemnification  as
authorized by the Company's  Certificate Of Incorporation,  Bylaws, or corporate
resolutions  so long as the  indemnification  is  consistent  with  the  General
Corporation Law Of Delaware. Under the Company's Bylaws, the Company is required
to  indemnify  its  directors  to the  full  extent  permitted  by  the  General
Corporation Law Of Delaware, the common law, and any other statutory provisions.
These provisions also may include  indemnification for liabilities arising under
the 1933 Act.

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and the Underwriters have agreed
to indemnify each other against civil liabilities,  including  liabilities under
the 1933 Act. See "UNDERWRITING".

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may
be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   And  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
     Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus Professional Corporation, Denver, Colorado, has
acted as counsel for the Company in connection with this offering. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriters  by Schneck Weltman & Hashmall
LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York.
    

                                     EXPERTS

     The  audited  financial   statements  of  the  Company  appearing  in  this
Prospectus  have been examined by HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP,  independent  certified
public accountants, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       49
 
<PAGE>


                               CONCURRENT OFFERING

     The  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part also covers
500,100  shares of Common Stock and  3,000,000  warrants  offered by the Selling
Securities Holders made pursuant to the Selling Securities Holders Prospectus.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act Of
1933 with  respect to the  securities  offered  hereby  with the  United  States
Securities And Exchange Commission.  This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information  contained in the Registration  Statement.  For further  information
regarding both the Company and the securities offered hereby,  reference is made
to the  Registration  Statement,  including all exhibits and schedules  therein,
filed at the Commission's  Washington,  D.C. office.  Copies of the Registration
Statement and exhibits are on file with the Commission and may be obtained, upon
payment of the fee  prescribed  by the  Commission,  or may be examined  free of
charge at the  offices  of the  Commission,  Public  Reference  Room,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. The Commission maintains a Worldwide Web
site at  http:\\www.sec.gov  that contains  reports,  proxies,  and  information
statements regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.



                                       50
<PAGE>

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Independent Auditor's Report.................................................F-2

Financial Statements:
   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1996 and 1997 and
          July 31, 1997 (unaudited)..........................................F-3

   Consolidated  Statements of Operations for each of the three years
          ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the
          three months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..............F-4

   Consolidated  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity (Deficit) for each of
          the three years in the period ended April 30, 1997 and for
          the three months ended July 31, 1997 (unaudited)...................F-5

   Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years 
          ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the
          three months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..............F-6

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................F-8

   Independent Auditor's Report - Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule..S-1

   Schedule II - Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..............S-2


                                      F-1
<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



To the Stockholders
American International Consolidated, Inc.
Houston, Texas

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  American
International Consolidated, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 1996 and 1997,
and the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  stockholders'  equity
(deficit)  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended April
30, 1997. These consolidated  financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
American International Consolidated,  Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 1996
and 1997,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended April 30, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared assuming that American
International  Consolidated,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  will  continue as a going
concern.  As  more  fully  discussed  in  Note 2 to the  consolidated  financial
statements, the Company has incurred a net loss of $4,197,000 for the year ended
April 30, 1997, which includes a non-recurring  charge of $1,305,000  related to
the Company's  private  placement of securities in July 1996 and a non-recurring
charge of $359,000 arising from the writeoff of capitalized offering costs. As a
result of this loss,  the  Company's  working  capital  position  and ability to
generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its operating and capital
requirements has  deteriorated.  These matters raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  Management's  plans in regard
to these matters are also described in Note 18. The financial  statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


/s/ Hein & Associates LLP
- -----------------------------------
HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP
Certified Public Accountants

Houston, Texas
July 23, 1997

                                      F-2

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                        AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                    Consolidated Balance Sheets


                                                                                             April 30, 
                                                                                   ------------------------------        July 31,
                                                                                       1996              1997              1997
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                                                                                        (Unaudited)
                                                           ASSETS
                                                           ------
Current assets:
<S>                                                                                <C>               <C>               <C>         
    Cash                                                                           $    265,949      $    160,211      $     63,291
    Accounts receivable:
       Contracts, less allowance for doubtful accounts                                4,874,421         5,637,320         5,868,962
       Employee                                                                          26,543             8,274            11,495
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess
       of billings on uncompleted contracts                                             645,420         1,303,101         1,227,420
    Other current assets                                                                131,725           188,253           179,813
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Total current assets                                                        5,944,058         7,297,159         7,350,981
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

Property and equipment, net                                                           1,185,841         1,132,072         1,095,761
Capitalized offering costs                                                              158,764           120,848           157,656
Other assets                                                                             57,420           141,761           202,242
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

          Total assets                                                             $  7,346,083      $  8,691,840      $  8,806,640
                                                                                   ============      ============      ============


                                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                             ----------------------------------------------

Current liabilities:
    Nots payable to stockholders, net of discount                                  $       --        $    300,000      $    300,000
    Current portion of long-term debt and capital
         lease obligations                                                              552,264         2,136,244         2,311,170
    Accounts payable                                                                  3,980,484         7,006,908         7,802,285
    Accrued payroll and and related expenses                                            108,970            80,914           105,871
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
       uncompleted contracts                                                            261,319         1,556,787           539,778
    Other current liabilities                                                           204,247           161,372           147,740
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Total current liabilities                                                   5,107,284        11,242,225        11,206,844
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

Long-term debt, net of current portion                                                2,400,005           294,945             2,016
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion                                        22,287            32,268            23,574
Deferred contract revenue                                                                  --             253,084           477,178
Other liabilities                                                                        37,000            37,000            37,000
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

          Total liabilities                                                           7,566,576        11,859,522        11,746,612

Contingencies (Note 10)

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
    Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized;
       none issued                                                                         --                --
    Common stock, $.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized;
       2,400,000 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 1996;
       2,900,100 issued and outstanding at April 30  and July 31,1997                     2,400             2,900             2,900
    Additional paid-in capital                                                          145,755         1,395,305         1,395,305
    Accumulated deficit                                                                (368,648)       (4,565,887)       (4,338,177)
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                         (220,493)       (3,167,682)       (2,939,972)
                                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)                     $  7,346,083      $  8,691,840      $  8,806,640
                                                                                   ============      ============      ============

                                      See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                                    F-3
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                         AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                               Consolidated Statements of Operations


                                                      Year Ended April 30,                   Three Months Ended July 31,
                                    --------------------------------------------------       ---------------------------
                                        1995               1996               1997               1996               1997
                                    ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)

<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>         
Contact revenue                     $ 24,317,051       $ 31,184,828       $ 33,350,003       $  7,586,688       $ 10,095,849

Contract cost                         20,812,194         27,204,243         31,387,798          7,288,080          8,866,961
                                    ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------

    Gross profit                       3,504,857          3,980,585          1,962,205            298,608          1,228,888

Selling, general and
    administrative                     3,020,997          3,359,653          3,838,880            906,665            918,298

Provision for doubtful
    accounts                              47,919             61,504            428,384             17,520             17,520

Other income (expense):
    Interest and other
       financial costs                  (187,908)          (184,277)          (307,846)           (81,269)           (65,303)
    Writeoff of capitalized
       costs in connection
       with delayed offering            (105,743)              --             (358,946)              --                 --
    Bridge-financing costs                  --                 --           (1,305,250)        (1,005,250)              --
    Interest income and
          other, net                      44,372             11,419             79,862             11,106                (57)
                                    ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------

Income (loss) before federal
    income taxes                         186,662            386,570         (4,197,239)        (1,700,990)           227,710

Federal income tax expense                  --              (35,000)              --              (35,000)              --
                                    ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------

Net income (loss)                   $    186,662       $    351,570       $ (4,197,239)      $ (1,735,990)      $    227,710
                                    ============       ============       ============       ============       ============

Net income (loss)per share          $        .06       $        .12       $      (1.45)      $       (.60)      $        .08
                                    ============       ============       ============       ============       ============

Weighted average common
    shares outstanding                 2,900,100          2,900,100          2,900,100          2,900,100          2,900,100
                                    ============       ============       ============       ============       ============

                                See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                               F-4
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                      AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)


                                                                           
                                                   Common Stock              Additional
                                          ----------------------------         Paid-In        Accumulated
                                            Shares            Amount           Capital          Deficit           Total
                                          -----------      -----------      -----------      ------------      -----------

<S>                                         <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>         
Balances, May 1, 1994                       2,400,000      $     2,400      $   145,755      $  (906,880)      $  (758,725)

    Net income                                   --               --               --            186,662           186,662
                                          -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------       -----------

Balances, April 30, 1995                    2,400,000            2,400          145,755         (720,218)         (572,063)

    Net income                                   --               --               --            351,570           351,570
                                          -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------       -----------

Balances, April 30, 1996                    2,400,000            2,400          145,755         (368,648)         (220,493)

    Common stock issued in
       connection with private
       placement offering                     500,100              500        1,249,550             --           1,250,050

    Net loss                                     --               --               --         (4,197,239)       (4,197,239)
                                          -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------       -----------

Balances, April 30, 1997                    2,900,100            2,900        1,395,305       (4,565,887)       (3,167,682)

    Net Income (Unaudited)                       --               --               --            227,710           227,710
                                          -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------       -----------

Balances, July 31, 1997 (Unaudited)         2,900,100      $     2,900      $ 1,395,305      $(4,338,177)      $(2,939,972)
                                          ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========       ===========



                          See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                            F-5
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                          AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


                                                          Year Ended April 30,                 Three Months Ended July 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------------      ---------------------------
                                             1995              1996              1997             1996              1997
                                          ------------      -----------      ------------      -----------      -----------
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        
    Net income                                  $   186,662     $   351,570     $(4,197,239)    $(1,735,990)    $   227,710
    Adjustments to reconcile net income
       (loss) to net cash provided by
       (used in) operating activities:
       Fair value of common stock
          issued in connection with
          bridge financing                             --              --         1,250,050         950,050            --
       Depreciation and amortization                141,176         170,123         165,284          43,759          36,312
       (Increase) decrease in:
          Receivables, net                          (12,353)     (2,211,591)       (744,630)       (120,643)       (234,863)
          Costs and estimated earnings
              in excess of billings on
              uncompleted contracts                 673,380          64,215        (657,681)         (4,103)         75,681
          Other current assets                      (96,016)          3,063         (56,528)       (122,980)          8,440
       Increase (decrease) in:
          Accounts payable                         (415,777)      2,510,817       3,026,424         416,400         795,377
          Billings in excess of costs and
              estimated earnings                     98,668        (226,495)      1,295,468         346,261      (1,017,009)
          Other current liabilities                 (74,152)        (19,064)        (70,931)         11,303          11,325
          Deferred contract revenues                   --              --           253,084         139,216         224,094
       Other, net                                   (55,788)          2,260         274,604           8,411         (60,482)
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------

          Net cash provided by (used
              in) operating activities              445,800         644,898         537,905         (68,316)         66,585

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Capital expenditures                           (169,485)       (148,264)        (55,183)        (40,819)           --
    Proceeds from sale of investments                19,050            --              --              --              --
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------

          Net cash used in investing
              activities                           (150,435)       (148,264)        (55,183)        (40,819)           --

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net borrowings (payments) under
       receivables factoring agreements             177,239        (408,889)           --              --
    Proceeds from notes payable to
       stockholders                                    --              --           300,000         300,000            --
    Issuance of long-term debt                      173,585            --              --              --
    Principal payments
       on long-term debt, capital leases
       and other notes payable                     (439,303)       (348,947)       (567,430)       (153,629)       (126,697)
    Other                                           (60,325)       (101,828)       (321,030)       (194,309)        (36,808)
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------

          Net cash provided used in
              financing activities                 (148,804)       (859,664)       (588,460)        (47,938)       (163,505)
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------


Net increase (decrease) in cash                     146,561        (363,030)       (105,738)       (157,073)        (96,920)

Cash, beginning of period                           482,418         628,979         265,949         265,949         160,211
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------


Cash, end of period                             $   628,979     $   265,949     $   160,211     $   108,876     $    63,291
                                                ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
      


                                  See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                               F-6
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                      AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued


                                                        Year Ended April 30,                    Three Months Ended July 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------------      -----------------------------
                                             1995              1996              1997             1996               1997
                                          ------------      -----------      ------------      -----------        ----------
                                                                                                         (Unaudited)
Supplemental disclosures:
<S>                                       <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>       
    Interest paid                         $  197,661        $  184,277        $  307,846        $   81,270        $   65,303
    Income taxes paid                     $     --          $     --          $    5,000        $     --          $     --
    Trade payable converted to
       long-term debt                     $     --          $2,400,000        $     --          $     --          $     --
    Equipment acquired under
        capital leases                    $   63,361        $     --          $   56,332        $     --          $     --
                                          ==========        ==========        ==========        ==========        ==========



                               See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                             F-7
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
         ------------------------------------------------

Organization:  The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements include the
accounts  of  American  International  Consolidated,   Inc.  (AIC),  a  Delaware
corporation,  and its wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C.H.O.A.  Construction Company
and L. Campbell  Construction,  Inc.,  (collectively  "the Company").  Effective
April  30,  1994,  the  Company  acquired  all  the  outstanding  shares  of AIC
Management, Inc., a corporation wholly owned by the stockholders of the Company,
for $1,015,000,  consisting of 75,000 shares of the Company's common stock, with
an assigned value of $44,000,  and liabilities  assumed totaling $971,000.  This
acquisition, which was accounted for in a manner which approximates the purchase
method  of  accounting,  gave no  rise  to  goodwill.  In  June  1994,  American
International  Construction  ,  Inc.,  a  Texas  corporation,  formed  AIC  as a
wholly-owned  subsidiary.  Subsequent to this, the Texas  corporation was merged
into the Delaware corporation in a reverse tax-free exchange. Effective July 26,
1996,  the Company  changed its name from American  International  Construction,
Inc. to American International  Consolidated,  Inc. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company has equity  investments in three limited  liability  companies.  The
Company's  ownership  in each of these  companies is less than 50 percent and an
unrelated  third  party is the  managing  member of each  company.  The  Company
accounts  for  its  investment  in  these  companies  on the  equity  method  of
accounting.

The Company is primarily  engaged in the design and erection of metal  buildings
for use as self-storage,  commercial and cold storage facilities and fabrication
of  metal  building   components.   The  Company  also   participates  in  major
construction projects as a general contractor.

Revenue and Cost Recognition: Profits and losses on construction and fabrication
contracts  are recorded on the  percentage-of-completion  method of  accounting,
measured by the percentage of contract costs incurred to date to estimated total
contract costs for each contract.  Contract costs include raw materials,  direct
labor,  amounts paid to subcontractors  and an allocation of overhead  expenses.
General and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Anticipated
losses on uncompleted  construction  contracts are charged to operations as soon
as such losses can be estimated.  Changes in job  performance,  job  conditions,
estimated  profitability and final contract  settlements may result in revisions
to costs and income and are  recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined.

The asset,  "costs and estimated  earnings in excess of billings on  uncompleted
contracts",  represents  revenues  recognized in excess of amounts  billed.  The
liability,  "billings in excess of costs and estimated  earnings on  uncompleted
contracts", represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.

Cash: Cash includes all highly liquid  investments  with original  maturities of
less than three months.

Property and Equipment:  Property and equipment is carried at cost. Property and
equipment  acquired through capital leases is stated at the present value of the
future  minimum lease  payments at the inception of the lease.  Depreciation  is
computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets.  Property and equipment  held under  capital  leases is amortized on the
straight-line method over the lesser of the asset's estimated useful life or the
term of the lease.  When assets are retired or  otherwise  disposed of, the cost
and related  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the  accounts,  and any
resulting gain or loss is recognized in operations  for the period.  The cost of
maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred;   however,   significant
refurbishments or improvements are capitalized.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
         ------------------------------------------------

Federal Income Taxes: AIC files a consolidated  federal income tax return, which
includes  the  results  of  its  operations   and  those  of  its   wholly-owned
subsidiaries.  The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method,
under which deferred  income taxes are recognized  for the tax  consequences  of
temporary  differences  by applying  enacted  statutory tax rates  applicable to
future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and
the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.  Income tax expense or benefit
represents  the current tax payable or  refundable  for the period plus or minus
the tax effect of the net change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred Offering Costs:  Direct costs incurred in connection with the Company's
proposed  offering of common  stock have been  capitalized  in the  accompanying
balance sheets. Upon closing of the proposed offering, these costs, which amount
to approximately $158,000 at July 31,1997, will be applied as a reduction of the
offering proceeds.

Deferred  Financing Costs:  Direct costs incurred in the origination of debt are
capitalized  and  amortized  over the related  term of the debt on the  interest
method.

Use of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements,   in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
requires the Company's  management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the amounts  reported in these  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The  Company's  financial  statements  are  based  on a  number  of  significant
estimates  including  the  adequacy  of the  Company's  allowance  for  doubtful
accounts  receivable and the determination of profits and losses on construction
and fabrication  contracts  recorded on the  percentage-of-completion  method of
accounting.  The  Company's  estimates  of  profit or loss on  construction  and
fabrication  contracts are inherently  imprecise and may change as the contracts
move toward completion.

New Accounting Standards:  The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("the FASB")
issued SFAS No. 121 entitled, Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed of, which is effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after
December 15, 1995. SFAS No. 121 specifies certain events and circumstances which
indicate the cost of an asset or assets may be impaired, the method by which the
evaluation  should be performed and the method by which  writedowns,  if any, of
the asset or assets are to be  determined  and  recognized.  SFAS No. 121 had no
material impact on the Company's  financial  condition or operating results upon
implementation.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 123 entitled,  Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1995.  This statement
allows companies to choose to adopt the statement's new rules for accounting for
employee stock-based compensation plans. For those companies which choose not to
adopt the new rules, the statement requires  disclosures as to what earnings and
earnings per share would have been if the new rules had been  adopted.  SFAS No.
123 had no material  impact on the  Company's  financial  condition or operating
results upon implementation.

In February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128  entitled,  Earnings Per Share,
effective for interim and annual periods after December 15, 1997. This statement
replaces  primary earnings per share with a newly defined earnings per share and
modifies the computation of diluted  earnings per share. The Company's basic and
diluted  earnings per share computed using the  requirements of SFAS 128 are the
same  as  primary  earnings  per  share  disclosed  in the  accompanying  income
statements.

In  June  1997,  the  FASB  issued  two new  disclosure  standards.  Results  of
operations and financial  position will be unaffected by implementation of these
new standards.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
         ------------------------------------------------

SFAS  No.  130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,   establishes  standards  for
reporting and display of  comprehensive  income,  its components and accumulated
balances.  Comprehensive  income is  defined to  include  all  changes in equity
except those resulting from  investments by owners and  distributions to owners.
Among other disclosures,  SFAS No. 130 requires that all items that are required
to  be  recognized   under  current   accounting   standards  as  components  of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with
the same prominence as other financial statements.

SFAS  No.  131,   Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information, which supersedes SFAS No. 14, Financial Reporting for Segments of a
Business Enterprise,  establishes  standards for the way that public enterprises
report information about operating  segments in annual financial  statements and
requires  reporting of selected  information about operating segments in interim
financial  statements  issued to the public.  It also establishes  standards for
disclosures  regarding  products  and  services,   geographic  areas  and  major
customers.  SFAS  No.  131  defines  operating  segments  as  components  of  an
enterprise  about which  separate  financial  information  is available  that is
evaluated  regularly by the chief  operating  decision  maker in deciding how to
allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Common Stock Split:  Net income (loss) per share
is based upon the weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding.  There were no
common stock equivalents during the periods presented.

For purposes of determining the weighted average shares outstanding, the 500,100
shares of common stock issued in connection  with notes payable to  stockholders
(see Note 8) were deemed to be outstanding beginning May 1, 1994.

Unaudited Interim Financial  Information:  The financial information at July 31,
1997,  and for the  three-month  periods  ended  July  31,  1996  and  1997,  is
unaudited.  However,  such information  reflects all adjustments  (consisting of
normal recurring adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management,  necessary
to fairly present the financial  position,  results of operations and cash flows
of the Company  for the  interim  periods.  The  results of  operations  for the
three-month  period ended July 31, 1997, are not  necessarily  indicative of the
results that will be achieved for the entire year.


NOTE 2 - GOING CONCERN
         -------------

The Company's loss for the year ended April 30, 1997,  which includes a non-cash
charge of $1,305,000 related to the Company's private placement of securities in
July 1996 (see Note 8) and a non-recurring  charge of $359,000  arising from the
writeoff of capitalized  offering  costs,  was  approximately  $4,197,000.  As a
result of these losses,  the Company's  working capital  position and ability to
generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its operating and capital
requirements has  deteriorated.  These matters raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern without a substantial  infusion
of equity capital (see Note 18). The Company believes that it will be successful
in removing the threat  concerning its ability to continue as a going concern by
adhering to closer and stricter  scrutiny of its contract bids and utilizing the
estimated  minimum  cash net  proceeds of  approximately  $2.3  million from the
proposed  public  offering to achieve  profitability  through lower interest and
bonding  costs and expanded  volume.  There is no assurance  these  results will
occur even if the  proposed  public  offering is  consummated.  If this does not
occur,  the Company  will pursue  other  sources of  financing,  but there is no
assurance any other source of financing will be available.



                                      F-10

<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)

NOTE 3 - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
         ----------------------------

The Company provides  construction services to commercial companies primarily in
the continental  United States which are  principally  concentrated in Texas and
Florida.  The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers and
generally does not require collateral.  The Company assesses its credit risk and
provides an allowance for any accounts which it deems doubtful of collection.

The Company  maintains  deposits in banks which may exceed the amount of federal
deposit insurance  available.  Management believes that the risk of any possible
deposit loss is minimal.


NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
         ----------------------

Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           April 30,    
                                              -----------------------------------               July 31,
                                                 1996                    1997                    1997
                                              -----------            ------------             -----------
                                                                                              (Unaudited)
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>                     <C>        
Land                                          $   167,461             $   167,461             $   167,461
Buildings                                         834,944                 834,944                 834,944
Construction equipment                            213,575                 232,898                 232,898
Office equipment                                  583,877                 553,631                 553,631
Automobiles                                       296,471                 286,471                 286,471
                                              -----------             -----------             -----------
                                                2,096,328               2,075,405               2,075,405
Less appreciation and amortization               (910,487)               (943,333)               (979,644)
                                              -----------             -----------             -----------

                                              $ 1,185,841             $ 1,132,072             $ 1,095,761
                                              ===========             ===========             ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 - CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNTS
         ---------------------

Costs and billings on uncompleted contracts consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       April 30,                      
                                                         -----------------------------------           July 31,
                                                             1996                  1997                 1997
                                                         -------------          ------------         -----------
                                                                                                      (Unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>                    <C>                   <C>         
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts                   $   7,739,410          $ 21,169,011          $ 23,418,969
    Estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts              1,239,522             1,378,123             1,719,279
                                                          ------------          ------------          ------------
                                                             8,978,932            22,547,134            25,138,248
    Less: Billings to date                                  (8,594,831)          (22,800,820)          (24,450,606)
                                                          ------------          ------------          ------------

                                                          $    384,101          $   (253,686)         $    687,642
                                                          ============          ============          ============
    Included in the accompanying
    consolidated balance sheets under
    the following captions:
       Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
          billings on uncompleted contracts               $    645,420          $  1,303,101          $  1,227,420
       Billings in excess of costs and estimated
          earning on uncompleted contracts                    (261,319)           (1,556,787)             (539,778)
                                                          ------------          ------------          ------------


                                                          $    384,101          $   (253,686)         $    687,642
                                                          ============          ============          ============

                                                                  F-11
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 6 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE
         ---------------------

Contracts receivable consisted of the following:

                                                              April 30,             
                                                 -----------------------------------              July 31,
                                                    1996                     1997                  1997
                                                 -----------             -----------             -----------
                                                                                                (Unaudited)

<S>                                              <C>                     <C>                     <C>        
Completed contracts                              $ 1,458,204             $   612,941             $   178,278
Uncompleted contracts                              3,158,551               3,888,280               4,813,063
Retainage                                            337,523               1,176,603                 965,438
                                                 -----------             -----------             -----------
                                                   4,954,278               5,677,824               5,956,779
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts                (79,857)                (40,504)                (87,817)
                                                 -----------             -----------             -----------


                                                 $ 4,874,421             $ 5,637,320             $ 5,868,962
                                                 ===========             ===========             ===========

</TABLE>

NOTE 7 - NOTES PAYABLE
         --------------

The Company had a credit line with a financing  company  under which  certain of
the  Company's  contract  receivables  were  purchased  at a discount of 9%. The
Company was  refunded a portion of the  discount  provided  the  receivable  was
collected promptly. The agreement was guaranteed by the Company's four principal
stockholders,  all of whom are officers,  and three of whom are directors of the
Company. This credit line was terminated effective April 24, 1996.


NOTE 8 - NOTES PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS
         -----------------------------

In July 1996, the Company issued an aggregate of 500,100 shares of Common Stock,
and agreed to issue 3,000,000 Warrants upon the closing of the Company's initial
public  offering,  and $300,000  aggregate  face amount of unsecured  promissory
notes,  payable in a balloon  payment  plus  accrued  interest at 10 percent per
annum due on the  earlier of April 24, 1997 or the closing of any public debt or
equity  offering by the Company or the closing of any  transaction  in which the
Company's  securities  are exchanged  for  securities  of a public  entity.  The
warrants are exercisable at $5.00 per share for a period of five years beginning
with the effective date of the registration  statement filed by the Company with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. The warrants, when and if issued, may be
redeemed by the Company at at price of $.01 per share,  provided the closing bid
price of the  Company's  common  stock is in excess of 150  percent  of the then
exercise price for all 20 trading days  preceding the notice of redemption.  The
Company  incurred  a  charge  to  earnings  of  approximately  $1,005,000  which
represents  the amount by which the fair value of the 500,100  shares  issued to
the note holders exceeded the face amount of the promissory  notes.  This excess
was charged to expense as opposed to being capitalized as direct financing costs
because it was deemed  unrecoverable.  An  additional  $300,000  of expense  was
recognized  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  1997,  which  represented  the
amortization  of the  discount  on the  promissory  notes.  The  discount on the
promissory  notes is being amortized on the interest method over the term of the
notes.  The  effective  interest  rate on the notes,  plus the fair value of the
common stock issued to the note holders, amounted to 580%.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 9 - LONG-TERM DEBT
         --------------

Long-term debt consisted of the following:
                                                               April 30,                
                                                      -------------------------      July 31,
                                                          1996          1997           1997
                                                      -----------    ----------    ------------
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>          <C>   
     Note  payable  to  supplier,  due  in  weekly
     installments of $11,537,  including  interest
     at prime  plus 1% (9.5%  at April  30,  1997)
     through   April   30,   2001.   The  note  is
     collateralized     by    certain     contract
     receivables,   inventory,   equipment,  land,
     buildings and substantially all shares of the
     Company's   common   stock.   The   note   is
     guaranteed  by  four   stockholders   of  the
     Company.                                          $2,400,000    $2,002,536    $  1,914,073

     Note  payable  to  a  bank,  due  in  monthly
     install ments of $4,907,  including  interest
     at 10% through  June 1998 when the  remaining
     principal is due. The note is  collateralized
     by  the  Company's  land  and  buildings  and
     guaranteed by three principal stockholders of
     the Company.                                          289,153      254,932         246,514

     Note  payable  to  a  bank,  due  in  monthly
     install ments of $1,175,  including  interest
     at 10% with a final  payment of principal and
     interest  due the  earlier  of 30 days  after
     consummation of a proposed public offering or
     June 5, 1998. The note is collateralized by a
     second  lien  on  the   Company's   land  and
     buildings and  guaranteed by three  principal
     stockholders of the Company.                           83,416       76,726          75,106

     Real  estate  note  payable,  due in  monthly
     installments of $1,018, including interest at
     8.7%,  through  October 1998. The note is col
     lateralized  by a first  lien on a portion of
     the Company's land.                                    26,556      15,335           13,514

     Demand notes  payable to the State of Florida
     for sales  and use tax,  payable  in  monthly
     installments of $7,930, including interest at
     12%.                                                  135,042      45,177           29,319

     Other equipment and automobile notes                    1,228        --               --
                                                         ---------   ---------       ----------
                                                         2,935,395   2,394,706        2,278,526

     Less: Current portion                                (535,390) (2,099,761)      (2,276,510)
                                                        ----------  ----------      ----------- 
          
                                                        $2,400,005  $   294,945     $     2,016
                                                        ==========  ===========     ===========

                                                           F-13

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 9 - LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)
         --------------

The note payable to supplier includes various financial covenants which require,
among other things, the Company to limit its capital expenditures, without prior
approval of the supplier,  to $120,000  annually;  to submit  audited  financial
statements within 90 days of year-end;  to maintain certain balance requirements
on trade  payables to this  supplier;  to prohibit the payment of dividends;  to
maintain a ratio of current assets to current  liabilities of at least .60 to 1;
and to  maintain  earnings  before  interest  expense  of at least 1.5% of gross
revenues.  The Company is in violation of certain of these debt  covenants,  and
has received a waiver of such violations through December 31, 1997. Accordingly,
the outstanding balance of the note payable to supplier is classified as current
in the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  as of April 30 and July 31,
1997.  The Company also had trade  payables due this supplier of $1,065,825  and
$1,683,688 at April 30, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and of $2,664,608 at July
31, 1997.

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

         Year Ending April 30,
         ---------------------
                           

                1998                     $     531,511
                1999                           772,472
                2000                           525,070
                2001                           565,653
                                         -------------

                                         $   2,394,706
                                         =============


NOTE 10 - CONTINGENCIES
          -------------

The owner of one of the Company's construction projects has disputed some of the
costs charged to a job which was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
The Company settled this dispute during November 1996 for $125,000, resulting in
a reduction in amounts due from this owner by $201,000 during the second quarter
of fiscal 1997.

The owner of another  construction  project has  notified the Company of a claim
arising from work performed by the Company,  and the Company has in turn filed a
claim with its  insurance  company.  The total amount of loss  expected to arise
from this claim ranges from zero to $200,000. The ultimate amount of the loss is
dependent on a variety of  circumstances,  including  what  amount,  if any, the
Company's  insurance  company  will pay on its claim.  The Company has accrued a
loss of $45,000 at July 31, 1997 in connection with this claim.

Additionally,  the Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions
arising in the ordinary  course of business.  In the opinion of management,  the
ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  consolidated  financial  condition,   liquidity  or  results  of
operations.


NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          --------------------

The  Company  may  issue  one or more  series  of  preferred  stock,  with  such
designations,   preferences,  rights,  dividends  and  restrictions  as  may  be
determined by the Board of Directors.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 12 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
          --------------------

Deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  as of April 30,  1996  consisted  of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Current             Noncurrent               Total
                                                    ---------            ----------             --------
Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>                   <C>      
   Net operating loss carryforwards                 $ 157,000             $    --               $ 157,000
   Deferred compensation and other accruals            27,700                  --                  27,700
   Other, net                                          62,300                  --                  62,300
                                                    ---------             ---------             ---------
     Total deferred tax asset                         247,000                  --                 247,000

Less:  Valuation allowance                           (210,000)                 --                (210,000)
                                                    ---------             ---------             ---------

Deferred tax asset, net                                37,000                  --                  37,000
                                                    ---------             ---------             ---------

Deferred tax liability - accumulated
  depreciation                                           --                 (37,000)              (37,000)
                                                    ---------             ---------             ---------

                                                    $  37,000             $ (37,000)            $    --
                                                    =========             =========             =========
</TABLE>

Deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  as of April 30,  1997  consisted  of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Current              Noncurrent             Total
                                            -------              ----------             -----
<S>                                         <C>                  <C>                    <C>     
Deferred tax assets:
   Net operating loss carryforwards            --                 748,000                748,000
   Other, net                                 38,000                 --                   38,000    
                                            --------             --------               --------
        Total deferred tax asset              38,000              748,000                786,000

Less:  Valuation allowance                    (1,000)            (748,000)              (749,000)
                                            --------             --------               --------

Deferred tax asset, net                       37,000                --                    37,000
                                            
Deferred tax liability - accumulated
   depreciation                                --                 (37,000)               (37,000)
                                            --------             --------               --------

                                            $ 37,000             $(37,000)               $   --
                                            ========             ========               ========
</TABLE>

The Company had net  operating  loss  carryforwards  (NOL's) for federal  income
purposes of approximately  $2,000,000 at April 30, 1997. If unused,  these NOL's
will expire in 2012.  The change in the valuation  allowance from April 30, 1996
to April 30, 1997  relates  primarily  to the increase in the NOL from April 30,
1996 to April 30, 1997. If the Company's  initial  public  offering is completed
during the fiscal year ending April 30,  1998,  the  combination  of warrants to
acquire  common  stock and common  stock issued may cause a change in control as
defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If a change in control does occur,
then the utilization of the Company's NOLs may be limited.



                                      F-15

<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
          ----------------------

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan (the Plan) which covers  substantially all of
its employees  meeting minimum age and service  requirements.  The Plan provides
for  elective  contributions  by  employees  up to  the  lesser  of  15%  of the
employee's  compensation or the maximum limit allowed by tax regulations.  Under
the terms of the Plan, the Company makes matching  contributions equal to 25% of
the first 6% of each employee's elective contributions to the Plan. In addition,
the Company may make discretionary  contributions up to 15% of total participant
compensation.  During the years ended April 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company
made  contributions to the Plan of $25,692,  $24,626 and $37,142,  respectively,
and $8,488 and $9,557 for the three-month  periods ended July 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

NOTE 14 - INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
          ---------------------------

The Company has a Stock  Option Plan (the Option  Plan) which allows the Company
to grant certain officers,  employees, and other individuals options to purchase
200,000 shares of the Company's  common stock. No stock options had been granted
pursuant to the Option Plan as of July 31,1997.

Options  granted  pursuant to the Option Plan may be "incentive  stock  options"
within the  meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  or
"non-qualified   stock  options,"  which  are  options  that  do  not  meet  the
requirements  of Section  422.  Incentive  options  may be  granted  only to key
employees  of the  Company,  as defined in the Option  Plan,  and  non-qualified
options may be granted to both key  employees and other  persons,  other than an
employee of the Company, who are committed to the interests of the Company.

The Option Plan  expires  November  21,  2004,  except as to options  previously
granted and outstanding under the Option Plan at that time.

   
On January 14, 1997,  the Company  approved  the  issuance,  effective  upon the
completion  of this  Offering,  of options to purchase an  aggregate  of 172,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock to employees of the Company pursuant to the
Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan. The exercise price of these options,  when and
if  issued,  is $5 per  share,  which is the  offering  price of  shares in this
Offering.  One fourth of the options  granted become  exercisable on each of the
first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the completion of the Offering,
and all of these options  expire on the fifth  anniversary  of the completion of
the  Offering.  The Company's  obligation  to issue options to purchase  127,000
shares  terminated  because  of the  termination  of the  employment  of certain
recipients.
    

NOTE 15 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
          -----------------------------------

The Company's financial instruments consist of trade receivables, trade payables
and various notes  payable to banks,  stockholders  and a supplier.  The Company
believes the carrying value of these  financial  instruments  approximate  their
estimated fair value.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


 
NOTE 16 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
          --------------------------

The Company has a 37.5% ownership interest in U.S. Storage/Westheimer G.P., L.C.
("Westheimer  LLC"), a Texas limited liability  company;  and, a 24.5% ownership
interest in both U.S. Storage/Woodlands #1 G.P., L.C. ("Woodlands LLC") and U.S.
Storage/Atascocita G.P., L.C. ("Atascocita LLC"), each a Texas limited liability
company.  Westheimer  LLC,  Woodlands  LLC, and Atascocita LLC are 45% owners in
U.S.  Storage/Westheimer,  Ltd.;  U.S.  Storage/Woodlands  #1, Ltd.;  and,  U.S.
Storage Atascocita, Ltd., respectively.  These entities ("the Partnerships") are
Texas limited liability  partnerships which were formed to construct and operate
mini-storage facilities.

The  Company  was  engaged  by the  Partnerships  to  construct  three  separate
mini-storage  facilities and three major  stockholders of the Company guaranteed
bank debt of the Partnerships. Revenues derived from the Partnerships aggregated
$2,053,140 during fiscal 1997, and $1,124,936 and $1,356,300 for the three-month
periods ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  The gross profit from these
construction contracts, aggregating $447,178 at July 31, 1997 ($253,084 at April
30,  1997),  is being  deferred  until the  Partnerships  sell the  mini-storage
facilities  or  the  Company   disposes  of  its  ownership   interests  in  the
Partnerships,  provided the Company's major stockholders are released from their
guarantees of the bank debt owed by the Partnerships.  The Partnerships owed the
Company $459,308 and $758,118 at April 30, and July 31, 1997, respectively, as a
result of these construction contracts.


NOTE 17 - MAJOR CUSTOMERS
          ---------------

The following is a summary of customers accounting for ten percent (10%) or more
of the  Company's  revenues and trade  accounts  receivable  for the periods and
dates indicated:

                                       Revenues
                          ------------------------------------
                                   Year Ended April 30,
                          ------------------------------------
                           1995           1996          1997
                          ------         -----           -----

Customer A                 19.8%         26.0%           21.7%
Customer B                 --              --             --
Customer C                 10.2            --             --
Customer D                 --              --             --
Customer E                 --              --            14.6
Customer F                 --              --             --
Customer G                                 --             --
                           ----            ----           ----

                           30.0%         26.0%           36.3%
                           ====          ====            ====


                                       Receivables
                        --------------------------------------
                                        April 30,
                        --------------------------------------
                          1995            1996           1997
                        ------            -----          -----

Customer A                20.0%           11.0%           24.6%
Customer B                                 --             12.3
Customer C                 --              --              --
Customer D                13.0             --              --
Customer E                 --              --              --
Customer F                 --              --              --
Customer G                                 --              --
                        ------           -----            ----

                          33.0%           11.0%           36.9%
                        =======          =====           =====



                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
             (Information Subsequent to April 30, 1997 is Unaudited)


NOTE 18 - INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
          -----------------------

The Company is preparing to register the sale of a minimum of 580,000  shares of
common stock and 580,000 warrants with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
part of an initial public offering.  Each warrant is exercisable to purchase one
share of common  stock at an  exercise  price of $5.00 per  share.  The  Company
intends to offer these  securities in a public offering through two underwriters
on a "firm commitment  basis". If the offering is consummated,  the Company will
sell to the underwriters and/or their designees,  for an aggregate price of $10,
underwriters'  warrants to  purchase up to a maximum of 58,000  shares of common
stock  and  58,000  warrants.   The  warrants  received  upon  exercise  of  the
underwriters'  warrants are  exercisable at $5.00 per share during the four year
period  commencing  one  year  after  the  effective  date  of the  registration
statement  concerning the offering.  The Company has granted registration rights
with  respect to the common  stock and  warrants  underlying  the  underwriters'
warrants.




                                      F-18

<PAGE>
   

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
                  ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE



To the Stockholders
American International Consolidated, Inc.
Houston, Texas

We have audited in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards,  the
consolidated  financial statements of American  International  Consolidated Inc.
and  subsidiaries  included in this  Registration  Statement and have issued our
report  thereon  dated  July 23,  1997.  Our audit was made for the  purpose  of
forming an opinion on the basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken as a
whole. The accompanying  financial  statement schedule (Schedule II Consolidated
Valuation  and  Qualify  Accounts)  is  the   responsibility  of  the  Company's
management  and is presented for purposes of complying  with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic consolidated  financial
statements. This consolidated financial statement schedule has been subjected to
the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic consolidated financial
statements and, in our opinion,  is fairly stated in all material  respects with
the  financial  data  required to be set forth  thereon in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.



/s/  HEIN + ASSOCIATES 
HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP
Certified Public Accountants

Houston, Texas
July 23, 1997
    
                                      S-1

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                      AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                Schedule II - Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts



                                          Balance at         Charged to                             Balance
                                          Beginning          Costs and                               End of
          Description                      of Year            Expenses           Write-Offs           Year
- -----------------------------------       ----------         -----------         ----------         --------

<S>                                         <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>     
Year Ended April 30, 1995 allowance        $106,594           $ 47,919           $ 57,460           $ 97,053
    for doubtful accounts

Year ended April 30, 1996 allowance        $ 97,053           $ 61,504           $ 78,700           $ 79,857
    for doubtful accounts

Year ended April 30, 1997 allowance        $ 79,859           $428,384           $467,737           $ 40,504
    for doubtful accounts
    

                              See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.


                                                            S-2
</TABLE>
            

<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]



 [Logo red, white and blue flag]

                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                 _________, 1997
                                    [Red Ink]
PROSPECTUS

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.

                  500,100 Shares Of Common Stock And 3,000,000
                    Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

     This  Prospectus   relates  to  the  offering  (the  "Securities   Holders'
Offering") 500,100 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000  Redeemable Common Stock
Purchase Warrants ("Warrants") of American International  Consolidated Inc. (the
"Company")  offered  by  the  persons  named  herein  (the  "Selling  Securities
Holders").  See "OFFERING BY SELLING SECURITIES  HOLDERS".  The Common Stock and
Warrants  being offered hereby were acquired  pursuant to a private  offering of
Common Stock and Warrants (the "Private Placement") completed in July 1996.

     Each Warrant  entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase one share
of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share,  subject to adjustment
in certain events,  at any time during the period  commencing on the date hereof
and  expiring on the fifth  anniversary  of the date  hereof.  The  Warrants are
subject to redemption by the Company at $.01 per Warrant at any time  commencing
12 months after the date hereof,  on not less than 30 days' prior written notice
to the holders of the Warrants,  provided that the average closing bid quotation
of the Common  Stock,  as  reported  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board or the  average
closing  sale price if listed on a  national  securities  exchange,  has been at
least 150% of the then current exercise price of the Warrants for each of the 20
consecutive business days ending on the third day prior to the date on which the
Company gives notice of redemption.  The Warrants will be exercisable  until the
close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Warrants".

     The Company will receive no proceeds from the sales of the Common Stock and
Warrants  by the  Selling  Securities  Holders.  The Common  Stock and  Warrants
offered  by this  Prospectus  may be  sold  from  time  to  time by the  Selling
Securities  Holders, or by transferees.  No underwriting  arrangements have been
entered into by the Selling Securities  Holders.  The distribution of the Common
Stock and Warrants by the Selling  Warrant Holders may be offered in one or more
transactions  that may  take  place on the  over-the-counter  market,  including
ordinary  broker's  transactions,  privately-negotiated  transactions or through
sales to one or more  dealers  for resale of such Common  Stock and  Warrants as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated  prices.  Usual and customary
or  specifically  negotiated  brokerage fees or  commissions  may be paid by the
Selling  Securities  Holders in connection with sales of the Warrants by Selling
Securities Holders. See "OFFERING BY SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS".







                                 ALT-FRONT COVER

<PAGE>


          [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

     Prior to this Securities Holders' Offering, there has been no public market
for the Common Stock or the  Warrants,  and there can be no  assurance  that any
such market for the Common Stock or the Warrants  will develop after the closing
of  this  Securities  Holders'  Offering,  or  that,  if  developed,  it will be
sustained.  The Company  intends to have the Common Stock and Warrants quoted on
the OTC  Bulletin  Board,  an  electronic  quotation  system  maintained  by the
National  Association Of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  under the trading
symbols  "AICI" and "AICIW,"  respectively.  See "RISK  FACTORS-Risk  Factor No.
25-Possible Effects Of SEC Rules On Market For Common Stock And Warrants".

   
     On ______ 1997,  the Company  completed  an initial  public  offering  (the
"Company  Offering") of 580,000 shares of Common Stock and 580,000 Warrants on a
"firm commitment basis" through I.A.R.  Securities Corp. and Worthington Capital
Group, Inc. (collectively,  the "Underwriters").  The Company Offering commenced
as a "best  efforts,  minimum/maximum"  offering on March 13, 1997.  The Company
Offering  continued  for a 60 day period and was extended for an  additional  30
days upon mutual  agreement of the Company and the  Underwriters.  At the end of
the 90 day offering period,  on June 11, 1997, the minimum offering had not been
subscribed  for and  all  funds  in the  escrow  account  were  returned  to the
investors.
    

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVESTMENT THEREIN INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS  REGARDING AN INVESTMENT
IN THE COMPANY AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION,  SEE "RISK FACTORS" PAGE (10)
AND "DILUTION" (PAGE 20).

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.





                  The date of this Prospectus is _______, 1997










                                 ALT-FRONT COVER


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The Company
   
     American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a general
contractor  and  a  manufacturer  that  focuses  primarily  on  three  types  of
construction  products:   mini-warehouses  and  self-storage  facilities;  metal
buildings  and  structural   steel   projects;   and  cold  storage,   including
refrigerated  and freezer,  buildings.  The  Company's  services  range from the
start,  or construction  design,  phase to the finish,  or erection,  phase of a
project,  including  general  construction,   construction  management,  design,
manufacture,  building, and turnkey services.  The Company selects,  coordinates
and manages  subcontractors for substantially all phases of the work, except for
design,  erection and  manufacture  of certain metal  building  components.  The
Company also  provides  oversight  and  supervision  of the entire  construction
process for each project.
    
     The Company intends to take advantage of its increased capital and improved
financial  condition  resulting  from its  Offering by (i)  increasing  business
volume through  increasing  bonding  capacity in order to access larger projects
and other new business, undertaking planned domestic and international marketing
programs,  and increasing  business  referrals from suppliers and other business
contacts,  and (ii)  increasing  operating  margins  and  profitability  through
decreasing  interest  expense (from  reduction of debt) and  decreasing  bonding
costs. See "BUSINESS-Business Plan And Strategy" for a more detailed description
of this strategy and each of these items. See also "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (281) 449-9000.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Texas in May 1985 and
changed its state of  incorporation  to Delaware in June 1994. In June 1996, the
Company  changed  its name to  American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  from
American International Construction Inc.

The Offering

     Securities Offered 500,100 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 Warrants to
purchase  one share of Common  Stock for $5.00 per share  during  the  five-year
period beginning on the date of this  Prospectus.  The Common Stock and Warrants
offered by the  Selling  Securities  Holders,  when  purchased  by  buyers,  are
identical to the Common Stock and Warrants offered by the Company in the Company
Offering pursuant to the Offering Prospectus.  See,  "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES"
and "OFFERING BY SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS".

Offering Price ..................       $ 5.00 per share of Common Stock
                                        $  .10 per Warrant

Warrant Exercise Price ..........       $5.00 per share of Common Stock, subject
                                        to adjustments in certain circumstances

Warrant Exercise Period .........       The  Period  commencing  on the  date of
                                        this    Prospectus   and   expiring   on
                                        __________, 2002.









                                      ALT-1
<PAGE>


Shares of Common
 Stock outstanding prior to
 Offering: ........................     2,900,100
   
Shares of Common Stock
 offered (1): .....................     580,000

Shares of Common Stock outstanding
  after the Offering(1): ..........     3,480,100

Warrants outstanding prior to
  Offering(1): ....................     3,000,000

    Warrants offered(1): ..........     580,000

Warrants outstanding after the
      Offering: ...................     3,580,000

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
 after the Offering assuming
 exercise of all Warrants offered in
 the Offering and all Warrants
 previously outstanding: ..........      7,060,100

- ---------------

(1)  Does not include (i) up to 580,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise of the Warrants included in the Offering, (ii) up to 87,000 shares
     of Common Stock included in the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option,  and
     (iii) up to 203,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the
     Underwriters'  Warrants and the warrants  issuable to the Underwriters upon
     the exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants.
    

Redemption Of THe Warrants ........     The  Warrants  are   redeemable  by  the
                                        Company  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant
                                        upon 30 days prior  written or published
                                        notice at any time  commencing 12 months
                                        after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
                                        prior to their  exercise or  expiration,
                                        provided  however,  that the closing bid
                                        quotation  for the Common Stock for each
                                        of  the  20  consecutive  business  days
                                        ending  on the  third  day  prior to the
                                        Company's  giving  notice of  redemption
                                        has been at  least  150  percent  of the
                                        then effective exercise price of the War
                                        rants.  The Warrants remain  exercisable
                                        during the  30-day  notice  period.  Any
                                        Warrantholder who does not exercise that
                                        holder's   Warrants   prior   to   their
                                        expiration  or  redemption,  as the case
                                        may be,  forfeits that holder's right to
                                        purchase  the  shares  of  Common  Stock
                                        underlying     the     Warrants.     See
                                        "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Common  Stock
                                        Purchase Warrants-Redemption".

                                      ALT-2


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




   
Use Of Proceeds .................       The Company  will not receive any of the
                                        proceeds  from the  sales of the  Common
                                        Stock  and   Warrants   by  the  Selling
                                        Securities  Holders.  In the event  that
                                        any   holder  of   Warrants   elects  to
                                        exercise Warrants, the proceeds from the
                                        exercise of the those  Warrants  will be
                                        utilized  by  the  Company  for  working
                                        capital purposes.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS"
                                        and  "OFFERING  BY  SELLING   SECURITIES
                                        HOLDERS".

Risk Factors .....................      The securities  offered hereby involve a
                                        high  degree  of  risk  and  substantial
                                        immediate dilution to new investors. See
                                        "CERTAIN RISK FACTORS" and "DILUTION".
    
OTC Bulletin Board Symbols              Common Stock - AICI    Warrants - AICIW

Summary Selected Financial Data
   

     The financial  statements included in this Prospectus set forth information
regarding the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1997,  1996
and 1995 (audited) and as of and for the three-month  period ended July 31, 1996
and  1997  (unaudited).  See  "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION".   The  summary  selected
financial data shown below is derived from, and is qualified in its entirety by,
those financial statements,  which are contained in the "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION"
section of this Prospectus.
    




                                      ALT-3


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




                                  RISK FACTORS

     THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS  BEING OFFERED  INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND, THEREFORE,  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED EXTREMELY SPECULATIVE.  THEY SHOULD NOT BE
PURCHASED  BY PERSONS  WHO CANNOT  AFFORD THE  POSSIBILITY  OF THE LOSS OF THEIR
ENTIRE INVESTMENT.  Prospective investors should consider carefully, among other
factors,  the risk  factors  and other  special  considerations  relating to the
Company and this offering set forth below.

Risk Factors Relating To The Business Of The Company
- ----------------------------------------------------
   

     1.  Substantial  Doubt About The  Company's  Ability To Continue As A Going
Concern Without Completion Of Public Offering.  The Company's  operating results
for each of the fiscal  years ended  April 30, 1996 and 1995,  and for the three
months ended July 31, 1997, resulted in a profit;  however, the Company incurred
operating  losses for each of the fiscal years ended April 30, 1997,  1994,  and
1993,  and there is no  assurance  that the  operations  of the Company  will be
profitable in the future.  As a result of the  Company's  losses during its last
completed  fiscal year  (approximately  $4.2 million,  including a non-recurring
charge of $1.7 million),  the Company's  working capital position and ability to
generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its operating and capital
requirements has further  deteriorated and these matters raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern without completion of
the Company Offering or an alternate substantial infusion of equity capital. The
Company  believes that it will be  successful in removing the threat  concerning
its ability to continue  as a going  concern by adhering to closer and  stricter
scrutiny of its contract bids and  utilizing the estimated  minimum net proceeds
of approximately $2.3 million from the Company Offering to achieve profitability
through  lower  interest  and  bonding  costs and  expanded  volume.  Management
believes  that  approximately  $1.0 to $1.2  million  of the  proceeds  from the
Company  Offering are  necessary to remove the threat  concerning  the Company's
ability to  continue  as a going  concern  and that if the  Company  Offering is
completed,  the estimated net proceeds from the Company Offering will enable the
Company to continue operating for the foreseeable future at its current level of
operations.  The  length of the  period  that these  proceeds  would  enable the
Company to continue  operating at its current  level of  operations is dependent
upon a number of  factors,  including  primarily  the  Company's  profitability.
Assuming the Company incurs,  during fiscal 1998 and 1999, additional net losses
(excluding non-cash,  non-recurring charges) at the same rate as for fiscal 1997
($2.2  million),  the minimum net proceeds would allow the Company to operate at
its current level of  operations  for  approximately  six months.  However,  the
Company has reported a profit for the first quarter of its 1998 fiscal year, and
management  does not believe  that the Company  will incur a net loss for fiscal
1998 and 1999,  combined.  There is no  assurance  that  management's  belief is
accurate and that the Company will not incur future  cumulative  net losses.  To
the extent that management's  belief is accurate,  then the minimum net proceeds
from the Company Offering would allow the Company to continue operations as long
as the Company had not sustained  future  cumulative net losses of approximately
$1.1 million. There is no assurance these results will occur even if the Company
Offering is consummated.  If this does not occur,  the Company will pursue other
sources of  financing,  but there is no assurance  any other source of financing
will be available.

     The  Company  is  current  in its  obligations  to all  lenders  and  major
suppliers  except  for the  Supplier  described  in Risk  Factor No. 3 below and
except  for  the  holders  (the  "Noteholders")  of  $300,000  principal  amount
unsecured  notes as described  in Risk Factor No. 3. The Supplier has  indicated
that it has no intent of accelerating  payment on any obligations as long as the
Company Offering is completed. The Supplier has not indicated what it will do if


                                      ALT-4


<PAGE>


     [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




the Company Offering is abandoned or otherwise  terminated  unsuccessfully.  The
Company  is  requesting  to the  Noteholders  that they  extend  their  notes or
otherwise wait for completion of the Company Offering before requiring  payment.
There is no assurance that the Noteholders will comply with this request.

     As a result of the losses incurred in the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,
the audit report of the Company's  independent  auditors for that year indicates
that there is substantial  doubt concerning the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern without a substantial  infusion of equity capital,  such as that
contemplated from the Company Offering.  The implication of this to investors is
that successful  completion of the Company  Offering (or an equity infusion from
another  source) is  necessary  for the  Company  to  continue  operations.  See
"BUSINESS-Business Plan And Strategy",  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS",  "FINANCIAL  INFORMATION",  and
Note 2 to the Financial Statements.
    
     2.  Limited  Financial  Resources,  Negative  Net  Worth,  And  Outstanding
Obligations.  The Company has limited financial resources  available,  which has
had an adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.  Its activities and operations
to date have  resulted in a negative net worth.  There is no assurance  that the
proceeds of the Company  Offering will be sufficient  to  successfully  develop,
produce,  and market the Company's services.  The Company may be forced to limit
its activities because of the lack of availability of adequate financing. In the
past, the Company's limited liquidity has limited the amount of credit available
from the Company's suppliers. If the Company were not to have adequate financing
available in the future, it is likely that this credit limitation would continue
and that the Company's  domestic and  international  marketing would be directly
affected,  which would  impair the  Company's  ability to increase  its business
volume.

     The Company's  negative net worth and  financial  condition in general have
prevented the Company from being able to obtain  performance  and payment bonds,
which has limited  the  Company's  ability to obtain  certain  projects.  If the
Company Offering is successfully completed, the Company believes that it will be
able to increase its bonding line and thereby increase the jobs available to it.
See  "BUSINESS-Business  Plan and  Strategy-Strengthen  Financial  Condition and
Increase Bonding Capacity".
   

     3.  Outstanding  Indebtedness.  As of July 31,  1997,  the Company owed its
major supplier of raw materials (the "Supplier") $2,665,000 for accounts payable
and an additional  $1,914,000 that is evidenced by a note (the "Note") and other
related  loan  documents.  The Company is  required  to make weekly  payments of
$11,537 for outstanding  principal and accrued  interest on the Note until April
30, 2001. If the Company Offering is successfully  completed,  of which there is
no  assurance,  the  Company  intends  to use  approximately  $1,000,000  of the
proceeds to reduce the accounts  payable to the Supplier.  Pursuant to the terms
of the Note,  it is an event of  default  if the  Company's  net  income  before
interest  expense is less than 1.5 percent of the Company's  total sales for any
fiscal year  beginning  with the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997.  The Supplier
has waived this requirement for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 and for the
period from May 1, 1997 through  December 31, 1997,  but the Company is required
to satisfy it for subsequent  periods.  Management  believes that if the Company
Offering is completed,  it will be able to satisfy the  requirement for the last
four  months  of  fiscal  1998 and  thereafter  while  the Note is  outstanding.
Nevertheless,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  satisfy  this
requirement.  As of July 31, 1997,  the Company also was in violation of certain
other  covenants for which the Supplier  granted a waiver and for which there is
no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to satisfy in the  future.  If all
these requirements are not satisfied as required in the future, the Company will
be required to obtain alternate  financing,  receive a waiver from the Supplier,
or default on the Note. See "BUSINESS- Indebtedness To Major Supplier".

                                      ALT-5


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




     As of July 31, 1997,  the Company  also owed an aggregate of  approximately
$322,000 to FCLT, L.P., a Texas limited  partnership  ("FCLT"),  pursuant to two
loans that are payable in June 1998,  are  collateralized  by the Company's land
and buildings,  and are guaranteed by the three  principal  stockholders  of the
Company.  Aggregate  monthly  payments  on  these  two  loans  are  $6,082.  See
"BUSINESS-Outstanding Bank Loans".

     The Company had other obligations of an aggregate of approximately $101,000
at July 31,  1997 that  require  aggregate  monthly  payments  of  approximately
$12,850.  The Company also is the obligor on an aggregate of $300,000  principal
amount of unsecured  notes together with interest of more than $30,700  thereon,
that  currently  are in default  that will be repaid  from the  proceeds  of the
Company Offering. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".
    
     4. Fluctuations In Industry Construction Activity.  Although most recently,
new construction projects for storage facilities,  warehouses and pre-engineered
metal buildings and freezer/refrigerated  facilities, as well as renovations and
remodeling  projects,  have occurred at a historically active rate, new projects
were not as numerous in prior years.  These  fluctuations  in industry  activity
result from numerous factors,  including general economic  conditions,  interest
rates and the general real estate market.  There can be no assurance that future
demand for the  Company's  services  will be adequate for the Company to operate
profitably.

     5. Uncertain  Markets And Market  Acceptance.  No assurance can be given of
market acceptance or profitability  from sales of the Company's current services
or that sales of future services will be profitable.  The Company's  industry is
extremely competitive and subject to numerous changes. See "BUSINESS".
   

     6. Competition.  The Company competes, in a highly competitive environment,
with many  companies in the  construction  and  erection of storage  facilities,
warehouses, manufacture of pre-engineered metal buildings,  freezer/refrigerated
facilities,  and other  construction  services.  Many of the  Company's  primary
competitors  not only have greater  resources  than the Company,  they also have
larger  administrative  staffs and more available service personnel.  The larger
competitors also may use their greater financial resources to develop and market
their  services.  The  presence  of  these  competitors  may  be  a  significant
impediment  to any  attempts  by the  Company to  develop  its  business.  Major
competitive factors include product knowledge,  experience,  past relationships,
quality  of  performance,   financial  condition,  reputation,  timeliness,  and
pricing.  The Company  believes  that it ranks  highly and  therefore  will have
certain competitive advantages in attempting to develop and market its services,
including  the  Company's  excellent  relationships  with its  past and  current
customers,  which has led to "repeat" business, the Company's product knowledge,
experience, past relationships,  quality of performance, reputation and pricing,
and the Company's ability to respond to customer requests more quickly than some
larger competitors. For the year ended April 30, 1997, approximately 43 percent,
and for the three months ended July 31, 1997,  approximately 47 percent,  of the
Company's  business  was derived  from  repeat  customers;  however  there is no
assurance  that this will  occur in the  future.  None of the  Company's  repeat
business is derived from long-term  contracts,  and all repeat business  results
from  separately  negotiated  contracts.  With  respect  to lower  rankings  for
competitive factors, the Company's  capitalization prior to the Company Offering
has placed it at a competitive disadvantage in the past but the Company believes
that as a result of the Company Offering it will increase its ability to compete
on the basis of financial  condition.  However,  there is no assurance that this
will   prove   correct.   See    "BUSINESS-Marketing"   and   "BUSINESS-Industry
Environment".
    
     7. Exposure To Construction Related Litigation.  The construction  industry
has a high incidence of litigation,  and as a participant in this industry,  the
Company is constantly exposed to the risk of litigation. Even though the Company
maintains insurance for these matters in amounts customary in the industry,  and


                                      ALT-6


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]


even if the  Company  prevails  in any such  litigation,  of  which  there is no
assurance,  the management time and out-of-pocket expense expended in commercial
litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company.
   

     8. Past Dependence On Major  Customers.  During the three months ended July
31 and the  fiscal  year  ended  April 30,  1997,  U-Haul,  Inc.  accounted  for
approximately $2.0 million and $7.3 million,  respectively, or 19 percent and 22
percent,  respectively, of the Company's total revenues. During the fiscal years
ended April 30, 1996 and 1995, U-Haul, Inc. accounted for approximately $8.1 and
$4.9  million,  respectively,  or  approximately  26  percent  and  20  percent,
respectively,  of the Company's  total  revenues.  The Company  negotiates  each
project with U-Haul  separately as there is no contract with U-Haul covering the
construction of future projects.  The loss of U-Haul, Inc.'s business could have
a materially  adverse  effect on the Company.  See  "BUSINESS-Reliance  On Major
Customers".

     9. Previous  Unprofitable  International  Operations.  The Company plans to
expand its business in  international  markets but a significant  portion of its
past experiences in international markets has been unprofitable. The past losses
from international  business occurred in situations in which the Company had set
up satellite  offices in other countries,  such as Guam and Puerto Rico, and the
cost of  operating  and  maintaining  these  offices  was too  great to  operate
profitably.  The Company has closed its offices in Puerto Rico and in Guam,  and
believes  that  it will be able  to  conduct  business  internationally  without
opening  satellite  offices.  The Company  currently  is doing a small amount of
business  internationally through a two-person international sales force located
in its Houston, Texas headquarters.
    
     10.  Availability  Of  Labor;  Possible  Effect Of  Subcontractors'  Use Of
Unionized Labor. In order to minimize overhead, the Company often contracts with
independent third parties to provide a substantial  portion of the labor for its
construction  projects.  Therefore,  the  Company's  ability  to  provide  these
services is  dependent  upon  outside  sources of workers and this may result in
delays in the completion of contracts due to the  unavailability  of such labor.
The Company is not currently experiencing,  and has not in the past experienced,
a shortage of labor.
   
 
     At the current time, the use of unionized labor by  subcontractors  engaged
by the  Company  does not  have a  significant  effect  on the  Company  because
subcontractors  tend to use unionized labor only in areas where there is a heavy
concentration of unionized  labor, and because in those areas other  contractors
in competition with the Company most often utilize unionized labor so that there
would be no competitive  advantages or disadvantages to the Company. There is no
assurance that this situation will remain constant in the future.

     11.  Effect  Of  Unfavorable  Weather.  Certain  aspects  of the  Company's
construction  activities cannot be performed in severely inclement weather, such
as continuous  rain and flooding.  Conditions of this nature can have a negative
impact on the Company's earnings as was experienced in spring 1997.
    
     12.  Dependence  On Key  Personnel.  The  success of the Company is largely
dependent  upon the  efforts  of John  Wilson,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a
director of the Company, Danny Clemons, President and a director of the Company,
R. L. Farrar, Vice President of Operations,  Treasurer, Secretary and a director
of the Company, and Jim Williams, Vice President of Finance, Assistant Secretary
and a director of the Company.  The loss of the services of any of these persons
or the loss of the services of Jimmy M. Rogers,  head of the  Company's  Thermal
System  Division,  could be  detrimental to the Company as there is no assurance





                                      ALT-7


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]



that  the  Company  could  replace  any  of  them  adequately  at an  affordable
compensation  level. See  "MANAGEMENT".  The Company has entered into employment
agreements    with    each   of   the    above    officers.    See    "EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION-Employments

Contracts And Termination Of Employment And Change-In-Control Arrangements". The
Company is the beneficiary for $500,000 of key-man term life insurance  coverage
on each of Messrs.  Wilson,  Clemons,  Farrar, Rogers and Williams.  There is no
assurance that these  insurance  policies will provide the Company with adequate
compensation in the event of the death of any of the insured.


     13. Government Regulation And Workers Compensation  Insurance.  The Company
is subject to government regulation of its business operations. In addition, the
Company's  construction  activities  must  meet with the  requirements  of local
building codes,  and the Company is required to provide workers  compensation or
alternate insurance coverage for the Company's employees.  Because of the nature
of the Company's business in construction  services,  the cost of this insurance
for the Company's  on-site employees is higher relative to the cost of insurance
coverage for the Company's office personnel. When construction work is performed
on behalf of the  Company by  subcontractors,  the  subcontractors,  and not the
Company, pay the direct costs of insurance for the construction  workers.  There
is no assurance that subsequent  changes in laws or regulations  will not affect
the Company's operations adversely.
   

     14.  Possible  Need For Future  Financing.  The Company  believes  that the
proceeds of this offering  will enable it to  accomplish  the purposes set forth
under "BUSINESS", although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
If the  proceeds of this  offering  are not  sufficient,  the  Company  would be
required  to seek  additional  financing  to enable it to conduct  its  business
operations.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain
such financing on acceptable  terms.  Any such  additional  financing may entail
substantial  dilution  of the equity of the  then-existing  stockholders  of the
Company.   The  availability  of  additional  financing  may  be  restricted  by
provisions in the underwriting  agreement with the Representative  that require,
for a period of 12 months after the Company  Offering,  that the Company  obtain
the  Representative's  permission  in order to issue  securities  for  financing
purposes.
    
     15. Broad  Discretion  To Allocate  Use Of  Proceeds.  The proceeds of this
offering have been  allocated  only  generally.  The specific uses of investors'
funds will  depend upon the  business  judgment  of  management,  upon which the
investors must rely, with only limited  information about management's  specific
intentions. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS".

     16. No Proceeds To Company From Sales By Selling  Securities  Holders.  The
Company  will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from  the sale by the  Selling
Securities  Holders of the 500,100 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 Warrants
being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this Prospectus
is a  part.  However,  in the  event  that  any of the  3,000,000  Warrants  are
exercised,  the Company  will  receive the  proceeds  from the exercise of those
warrants.

   
     17. Benefits Of The Offering To Current Stockholders.  Current stockholders
of the Company will benefit from the Securities Holders' Offering, including the
following:  (i) creation of a public trading market for the Common Stock,  which
is  intended  but for  which  there is no  assurance;  (ii) the sale of up to an
aggregate of 500,100 shares by the Selling Securities Holders at the time of the
Company  Offering;  and (iii) the substantial  unrealized  gain,  based upon the
difference  between the acquisition costs and the initial public offering price,
for  stockholders  who acquired their stock prior to the public  offering.  This
difference  is $5.00 per  share  for the  Selling  Securities  Holders,  who are



                                      ALT-8


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]


non-management,  non-employee  stockholders who received an aggregate of 500,100
shares as  partial  consideration  for  loaning  the  Company  an  aggregate  of
$300,000,  and may be considered to be as much as $4.95 for the shareholders who
founded the Company in 1985 and during the interim developed the business of the
Company to its current level.
    

     18. Potential  Conflicts Of Interest.  Potential  conflicts of interest may
arise between the Company and its officers and  directors.  Although each of the
Company's officers and directors is committed to devote full working time to the
business of the Company,  they also may be engaged in other business activities.
If these  business  activities  are of the  same  type as  those  engaged  in or
contemplated  by the Company,  conflicts  of interest  will arise in the area of
corporate  opportunities  or in the area of conflicting  time  commitments  with
respect to the officers and directors of the Company. Conflicts of interest also
will develop with respect to any contractual  relationships  that may be entered
into  between  the  Company  and  any  of  its  officers  and   directors.   See
"TRANSACTIONS  BETWEEN THE COMPANY  AND  RELATED  PARTIES-Conflicts  Of Interest
Policy".

     At the  present  time,  there are not any  material  conflicts  of interest
between the Company and any of its officers or  directors,  except to the extent
that their respective positions as large stockholders might present conflicts of
interest  and  except  to the  extent  that a  consulting  arrangement  with one
director might present conflicts of interest.  A previously existing conflict of
interest was resolved in May 1994 when AIC Management, Inc. merged with and into
the Company. At the time of the merger, AIC Management,  Inc. owned the land and
buildings that are utilized for the Company's  administrative offices as well as
its metal buildings  manufacturing  facility.  The shareholders and directors of
AIC Management,  Inc. at the time of the merger were Messrs. Clemons, Farrar and
Wilson,  who are the three largest  stockholders and three of the four directors
of the Company.

     The  Company  has  established  a policy  pursuant  to which  the  Board Of
Directors will consider transactions with officers,  directors, and shareholders
of the Company and their  respective  affiliates.  Pursuant to this policy,  the
Board Of Directors will not approve any  transaction  unless it determines  that
the terms of the  transaction  are no less  favorable  to the Company than those
available from unaffiliated parties. Because this policy is not contained in the
Company's  Certificate  Of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  the policy is subject to
change by the Board Of Directors, although it currently is not contemplated that
the policy will be changed. In addition,  in the event any conflicts of interest
arise with  respect to any  officer or  director  of the  Company,  the  Company
anticipates  that its  officers  and  directors  will  exercise  their  judgment
consistent with their fiduciary  duties arising under the applicable state laws.
There can be no assurance  that all  conflicts  of interest  will be resolved in
favor of the Company.

     19.  Lack Of  Outside  Directors.  At the  present  time,  only  one of the
Company's directors is not also an officer and employee of the Company. However,
this director also serves as a paid consultant to the Company, which may present
conflicts of interest.  See above,  "Risk Factor No.  18-Potential  Conflicts Of
Interest".

Risk Factors Concerning The Company Offering And The Securities Offered
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   

     20. Lack of Experience  Of  Worthington  Capital  Group,  Inc.  Worthington
Capital  Group,  Inc.,  formerly  known as M.D.  Walsh & Co.,  was licensed as a
broker/dealer in July 1991 and has not participated in public offerings prior to
the Company  Offering.  In  addition,  Worthington  Capital  Group,  Inc. is not
permitted to make markets in securities  including the securities offered by the
Company.  The limited  experience of  Worthington  Capital  Group,  Inc. and its
inability to make markets may adversely  affect the  development of a market for


                                      ALT-9


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]


the Common Stock and/or Warrants. See below, "Risk Factor No. 24-No Assurance Of
Market For  Common  Stock Or  Warrants"  and "Risk  Factor No.  26-Underwriters'
Influence On Possible Market For Common Stock And Warrants".

     21. Significant Dilution To Investors.  An investor in the Company Offering
will, immediately after the Offering, incur significant dilution from the amount
of his initial investment, as compared to the book value per share of the Common
Stock  purchased.  Dilution to new  investors  in the Company  Offering  will be
$____, or ___ percent,  per share of Common Stock.  It appears that  significant
dilution  also will be the case for any exercise of Warrants in the  foreseeable
future,  although this cannot be certain because the amount of any such dilution
will  depend on the  future  business  operations  and other  activities  of the
Company. See "DILUTION".

     22.  Control  By  Present  Stockholders  And  Management.  Each of  Messrs.
Clemons, Farrar, and Wilson, who are officers and directors of the Company, will
own 20.3 percent and,  and Mr.  Williams,  who is an officer and director of the
Company,  will own 3.9 percent of the Company's  outstanding Common Stock, after
the Company Offering. Also after the Company Offering, Management of the Company
as a group will own  approximately  64.9  percent of the  outstanding  shares of
Common  Stock and will  remain  in  effective  control  of the  Company  because
Management  will own  enough  shares in the  aggregate  that it would be able to
elect  all the  directors  of the  Company,  and the  investors  in the  Company
Offering, voting by themselves as a group, would not be able to elect any of the
directors of the Company.  See  "PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDERS"  and  "DESCRIPTION  OF
SECURITIES".
    
     23. No Dividends.  Since its  inception,  the Company has paid no dividends
with respect to its Common Stock and it does not contemplate paying dividends in
the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company  currently  is  prohibited  from  paying
dividends  by its  agreements  with a  supplier  to  whom  it is  indebted.  See
"BUSINESS-Indebtedness To Major Supplier".
   

     24. No Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants. There currently is
no  public  market  for  the  Common  Stock  or  Warrants   (collectively,   the
"Securities")  being  offered,  and no assurance can be given that a market will
develop.  Although  Worthington  Capital Group is not permitted to make a market
for the Company's Securities,  I.A.R. Securities Corp. and another broker-dealer
participating  in the Offering have  indicated  that they will make a market for
the  Securities.  However,  they  are  not  required  to do so and  there  is no
assurance  that a market will develop.  If a trading market does develop for any
of  the  Securities,   the  prices  may  be  highly  volatile.  Neither  of  the
Underwriters in the Company Offering is obligated to make a market in any of the
Securities upon completion of this offering, and, even if an Underwriter makes a
market  following  the  Company  Offering,  there is no  assurance  that it will
continue  to do so in the  future.  In  addition,  if a  market  for  any of the
Securities  does develop,  and the Securities  are traded below certain  prices,
many brokerage firms may not effect transactions in the Securities, and sales of
the  Securities  will be subject to Securities And Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")
Rule 15g-9.  See below,  "Risk  Factor No.  25-Possible  Effects Of SEC Rules On
Market For Common Stock And Warrants".  Trading in the Securities,  if any, will
be limited to the OTC Bulletin Board or the "pink sheets" used by members of the
NASD.  If a market does not develop for the  Securities,  it may be difficult or
impossible for  purchasers to resell the  Securities.  The Company  withdrew its
application  to list its  securities on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market  ("NASDAQ")
because NASDAQ indicated that the application would not be approved. There is no
assurance that any of the Securities can ever be sold at the offered price or at
any price.
    


                                     ALT-10


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

   

     25. Possible  Effects Of SEC Rules On Market For Common Stock And Warrants.
If the  Company's  Securities  are  traded for less than $5 per  security,  then
unless the  Company's net tangible  assets exceed  $2,000,000 or the Company has
had  average  revenue  of at least  $6,000,000  for the last  three  years,  the
respective security (a "Low-Priced  Security") will be subject to SEC Rule 15g-9
concerning  sales of low-priced  securities or "penny stock" unless the security
is otherwise exempt from Rule 15g-9. Pursuant to Rule 15g-9, prior to concluding
a sale, a broker-dealer  must make a special  suitability  determination for the
purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's  written  representations  and agreement
concerning  the  transaction.   In  addition,   Rule  15g-9  generally  requires
broker-dealers to provide customers for whom they are effecting  transactions in
a Low-Priced Security, before the transactions,  with a standard risk disclosure
document  describing the customer's  right to disclosures of the (i) current bid
and ask  quotations,  if any, (ii)  compensation  of the  broker-dealer  and the
salesperson in the transaction, and (iii) monthly account statements showing the
market value of such stock held in the customer's  account.  If the Common Stock
or Warrants  individually  trade at a price in excess of $5 per  security,  then
these rules will not apply to transactions in the respective security trading at
a price in excess of $5. To the extent that the  respective  security  becomes a
Low-

Priced Security, these rules will apply and would be expected to have a negative
effect on the  desire of  brokers  to sell the  Company's  Securities,  would be
expected to have a negative  effect on the  brokers'  ability to do so, and also
would be expected to have a negative  effect on the ability of purchasers in the
Company Offering to sell the Company's securities in the secondary market.

     26.  Underwriters'  Influence  On  Possible  Market  For  Common  Stock And
Warrants.  A  significant  amount of the  Securities  to be sold in the  Company
Offering  may  be  sold  to  customers  of  the  Underwriters.  These  customers
subsequently  may  engage  in  transactions  for the  sale or  purchase  of such
Securities through or with the Underwriters. Although it has no legal obligation
or commitment to do so, one of the  Underwriters  may from time to time become a
market  maker,  and  one  or  both  of the  Underwriters  otherwise  may  effect
transactions in such Securities. (As indicated in Risk Factor No. 20, one of the
Underwriters   is  not  permitted  to  make  markets  in  any   securities.)  An
Underwriter, if it participates in the market, may be the sole or primary market
maker, it may effect a large  proportion of all  transactions in the Securities,
and it may for these or other  reasons be a dominating  influence in the market,
if one develops, for the Securities.  The prices and liquidity of the Securities
may be  significantly  affected  by the  degree,  if any,  of the  Underwriter's
participation in such market. In these  situations,  the price of the Securities
as quoted by an Underwriter may not be subject to an independent  market for the
Securities.

     27. Shares Eligible For Future Sales.  The Company has a total of 2,900,100
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding that are "restricted  securities".
Restricted  securities  may be sold in a registered  public  offering  under the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  or in  open-market
transactions  in  compliance  with  Rule 144  adopted  under the 1933 Act if the
conditions of Rule 144 are satisfied. Generally, Rule 144 provides that, subject
to current information being publicly available concerning the Company,  after a
person has held the restricted  securities for a period of one year, that person
may sell,  in any  three-month  period,  an amount of up to one  percent  of the
Company's  outstanding Common Stock. Persons who have not been affiliates of the
Company for at least three  months and who have held their  shares for more than
two years are not  subject to any  limitations  on the sale of their  restricted
securities.  Under  Rule  144,  and  subject  to the  sales  volume  limitations
described  above,  2,400,000  shares of Common  Stock are  eligible  for resale;
however,  the  holders  of  2,257,401  of  these  shares  have  agreed  with the
Underwriters  not to sell any of these shares until March 13, 1999 without first
obtaining the prior written consent of the Underwriters.  The holders of 142,599
of the  2,400,000  shares  currently  eligible  for resale  have agreed with the
Underwriters  not to sell any of these shares until March 13, 1998 without first
obtaining the written consent of the Underwriters.  In addition, the sale by the
Selling  Securities  Holders  of  500,100  shares of  restricted  Common  Stock,
3,000,000 Warrants, and  the 3,000,000 shares  of Common Stock underlying those

                                     ALT-11


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]


Warrants is being  registered  pursuant to the  registration  statement of which
this  Prospectus is a part.  Although the sale of the  securities by the Selling
Securities  Holders is being registered,  the Selling Securities Holders may not
sell any of these  Securities  until March 13, 1998 without first  obtaining the
prior  written  consent  of the  Underwriters.  Sales  under Rule 144 and by the
Selling Securities Holders, whenever they are made, may have a depressive effect
on the price of the Common Stock.

     28.  Possible  Issuance Of Additional  Shares Of Common Stock And Preferred
Stock. Subject to the Representative's right to approve any additional issuances
of Common Stock,  preferred  stock,  and other securities of the Company for one
year after the effective date of the Offering,  under the Company's  Certificate
Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company has the power to issue
up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, of which
2,900,100  were  issued and  outstanding  as of October 31, 1997 and of which an
additional  3,000,000  are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of previously
outstanding Warrants,  without stockholder approval under certain circumstances.
If this were to occur,  of which there is no present  intention,  there would be
additional equity dilution to the investors in the Company  Offering.  Under the
Company's  Certificate Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company
also has the power to issue all the 1,000,000  authorized and unissued shares of
the Company's $1.00 par value preferred stock without stockholder approval under
certain  circumstances.  The Board Of  Directors of the Company has the right to
fix the rights, privileges and preferences of any class of preferred stock to be
issued in the future. Any class of preferred stock that may be authorized in the
future may have rights,  privileges, and preferences senior to the Common Stock.
The  creation of a class of  preferred  stock with  rights  senior to the Common
Stock could be authorized  by the Board Of Directors of the Company  without the
approval of the holders of the Common Stock and may adversely  affect the rights
of the holders of Common Stock. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".
    
     29.  Arbitrary  Determination Of Offering Price Of Units And Exercise Price
Of  Warrants.  The price at which the Units are being  offered to the public and
the price at which the Warrants are  exercisable for shares of Common Stock have
been determined arbitrarily.  The offering price and exercise price were arrived
at after negotiations  between the Company and the Representative and were based
upon the  Company's  and the  Representative's  assessment  of the  history  and
prospects of the Company, the background of the Company's management and current
conditions  in  the  securities  markets.   Each  of  these  factors  was  given
approximately equal weight.  There is no relationship between the offering price
or the exercise  price and the Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any
other economic or recognized criteria of value. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".

     30.  Registration Or Exemption  Required To Exercise  Warrants.  Holders of
Warrants have the right to exercise their Warrants to purchase Common Stock only
if a  registration  statement  relating to those  shares is then in effect or an
exemption from  registration is available and only if those shares are qualified
for sale,  or are  deemed  to be exempt  from  qualification,  under  applicable
securities  laws of the state of  residence of the holder of those  shares.  The
Company  intends to have a  registration  statement  in effect at times that the
Warrants are eligible for exercise,  although there can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to do so.  However,  the  Company  will not be required to
honor the exercise of the  Warrants  if, in its opinion,  the issuance of Common
Stock would be  unlawful  because of the  absence of an  effective  registration
statement or for other  reasons.  If the Company were unable to cause a required
registration  statement  to be  effective  during a period of time when  holders
wished  to  exercise,  the  market  value of the  Warrants  could  be  adversely
affected.
   

     31. Prior Offering Period Expired Without Obtaining Minimum Offering. There
is no  assurance  that the  Company  Offering  will be  completed.  The  Company
Offering which originally was made on a "bes t efforts, minimum/maximum  basis",


                                     ALT-12


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




first  commenced on March 13, 1997. The Offering was terminated on June 11, 1997
upon the expiration of the 90 day offering  period,  and all funds were returned
to investors, because the minimum offering amount was not received.
    

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS
   

     The  Company  will not receive  any  proceeds  from the sale of the Selling
Securities  Holders' Common Stock and Warrants.  In the event that any holder of
Warrants  elects to exercise  Warrants,  the proceeds from the exercise of those
Warrants will be utilized by the Company for working capital purposes.

     The net  proceeds to the Company from the sale of Common Stock and Warrants
in the Company Offering pursuant to the Offering  Prospectus are estimated to be
$2,387,200  ($2,773,219 if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised
in full) after  deducting  selling  commissions and other unpaid expenses of the
Company  Offering.  Total selling  commissions equal to ten percent of the gross
offering  proceeds  from the Common Stock and  Warrants,  together  with a three
percent  non-accountable  expense allowance,  will be allowed to the Underwriter
upon  consummation  of the  Company  Offering.  Other  expenses  of the  Company
Offering,   estimated  to  be  $570,000,  include  the  non-accountable  expense
allowance, printing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, blue sky fees and costs,
transfer  agent fees,  SEC and NASD filing fees and other  miscellaneous  costs.
Approximately $295,000 of the total offering expenses will have been paid by the
Company  prior to closing the  Company  Offering,  leaving  $275,000 of offering
expenses  and  $295,000  of  selling  commissions  to be paid from the  offering
proceeds.   The  $2,387,200  of  net  proceeds  are  expected  to  be  allocated
substantially as follows and applied in the following order of priority,  during
the 12 month period following the offering(1):


                                                        Offering
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                                   Approximate
                                                                   Percentage
                                             Approximate             Of Net
                                               Amount               Proceeds

Domestic and International
  Marketing Program ...................       $100,000                 4.2%

Repayment of Unsecured Notes (2) ......        345,000                14.5%

Upgrade Computer Software Systems ......        50,000                 2.1%

Reduction of Trade Account
  to Major Supplier ....................     1,000,000                41.9%

Other Working Capital (3) ..............       892,200                37.3%
                                            ----------                ----

                  TOTAL NET PROCEEDS         $2,387,200               100%
                                            ===========               ====

    
                                     ALT-13


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]


- -------------------

(1)  See  "BUSINESS-Business  Plan And Strategy"  for a  description  of how the
     proposed  allocation  of proceeds of the  Company  Offering  applies to the
     Company's plans.

   

(2)  The Company intends to repay the $300,000 of indebtedness and approximately
     $45,000 of accrued  interest  on notes  issued in July 1996 in order to pay
     for costs of the Company Offering and to provide immediate working capital.
     This indebtedness  accrues interest at 10 percent per annum and was due and
     payable  upon the earliest to occur of April 24, 1997 or the closing of any
     public  debt or equity  financing  of the  Company  or the  closing  of any
     transaction in which the Company's  securities are exchanged for securities
     of another  entity  (whether  by merger or  otherwise).  This  indebtedness
     currently  is in  default,  and the  Company  is  requesting  that the debt
     holders  agree to extend the due date of their  notes until  completion  of
     this Offering. There is no assurance that they will agree to do so.

(3)  The  Company's  working  capital  will be utilized  for  general  corporate
     purposes  and  operating  expenses,  including  payment of $55,000  for the
     Representative's consulting fee. If the Underwriters' over-allotment option
     in the Company  Offering is exercised in part or in full,  the net proceeds
     from that exercise will be applied to working capital.
    
     Although the amounts set forth above indicate management's present estimate
     of the  Company's use of the net proceeds  from the Company  Offering,  the
     Company may  reallocate  the  proceeds or utilize  the  proceeds  for other
     corporate  purposes based on the contingencies  described below. The actual
     expenditures  may vary from the  estimates in the table because of a number
     of factors,  including  whether the Company has been operating  profitably,
     what other  obligations  have been  incurred  by the  Company,  whether the
     Company  desires to expand its existing  operations,  and other  changes in
     circumstances.  Although no alternate  plans  currently  exist,  other uses
     could include additional funds for increased marketing, expanded operations
     or  additional  payment on  accounts.  If the  Company's  need for  working
     capital increases, the Company could seek additional funds through loans or
     other financing.  No such arrangements exist or are currently contemplated,
     and  there can be no  assurance  that they may be  obtained  in the  future
     should the need arise.  If the use of the proceeds of the Company  Offering
     in the manner described above proves  impractical or it is otherwise deemed
     by Management to be in the Company's best interests to utilize the proceeds
     in another  manner,  the  Company  may apply the  proceeds  of the  Company
     Offering in such  manner as it deems  appropriate  under the then  existing
     circumstances.   The  Company  has  no  present  intention,  agreements  or
     understandings to make any material acquisitions of businesses,  assets, or
     technologies.



                                     ALT-14




<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]




                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has not paid any cash  dividends to date.  As  indicated  under
"BUSINESS-Indebtedness  To Major  Supplier",  the Company's Note to the Supplier
prohibits  the  payment  of any  dividends  until the Note is paid in full.  The
Company  currently  intends to retain its future  earnings,  if any, to fund the
development  and growth of its  business  and,  therefore,  does not  anticipate
paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the future.

                           SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS

     The Company is registering the sale of Common Stock and Warrants by persons
who  received  an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of Common  Stock and  3,000,000
Warrants (the "Selling Securities Holders") in the Private Placement pursuant to
exemptions  from  registration  under  federal  and state  securities  laws.  In
addition,  the Company is  registering  the  exercise  of those  Warrants by the
persons who purchase those Warrants from the Selling Securities Holders pursuant
to this Prospectus and, in the alternative, the sale of Common Stock received by
the Selling  Securities Holders upon the exercise of the Warrants by the Selling
Securities  Holders.  The Selling  Securities Holders may sell their Warrants or
Common  Stock at such  prices as they are able to obtain in the  market,  if any
market develops.  The Company will receive no proceeds from the sale of Warrants
or Common Stock by the Selling  Securities  Holders.  The  following  table sets
forth  the name of each  Selling  Securities  Holder,  the  number  of  Warrants
beneficially  owned  by  each  Selling  Securities  Holder  before  the  Company
Offering,  the number of Warrants proposed to be sold by each Selling Securities
Holder,  the number of Warrants  owned after the Company  Offering  assuming the
sale of all the Warrants offered by the Selling Securities  Holders,  the number
of shares of Common  Stock owned by the Selling  Securities  Holders  before the
Offering,  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be sold by the  Selling
Securities  Holders  assuming they exercise  their  Warrants,  and the number of
shares owned by the Selling Securities Holders after the Offering.















                                     ALT-15


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]



                                                                              Number Of Shares
                            Number of                       Number Of         Of Common Stock        Number of   Number Of Shares
                         Warrants Owned     Warrants      Warrants Owned      Owned Before          Shares To Be   Owned After
           Name          Before Offering   to Be Sold     After Offering       Offering(1)            Sold (2)       Offering
- -------------------      ---------------   -----------    ---------------     ---------------      -------------  ---------------

<S>                           <C>            <C>              <C>                <C>                    <C>              <C>
Norman Goldstein              40,000         40,000           0                  46,668                 46,668           0
Glen Nortman                  20,000         20,000           0                  23,334                 23,334           0
Maria Quacinella              80,000         80,000           0                  93,336                 93,336           0
Richard Bower                 10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Mogul Capital Corp.          150,000        150,000           0                 175,005                175,005           0
Euro Pharmaceuticals
  Distributors Ltd.          750,000        750,000           0                 875,025                875,025           0
John Donnadio                 10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
LTA Holding Corp.             10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Frank Signorile               10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Abe Heyman                    10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Maria Capello                 10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Geneva Partners               10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Al Abramovitch                10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Princess Export
  Associates, Inc.            50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
E.P. Ong                      10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Mordecai Goldzweig            10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Irwin and Michelle Raymer     10,000         10,000           0                  11,667                 11,667           0
Tammy L. Gross                60,000         60,000           0                  70,002                 70,002           0
Randy Bobkin                 190,000        190,000           0                 221,673                221,673           0
Elull Development Corp.       50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
Christopher Mackie            50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
Dunkirk Capital Corp.        500,000        500,000           0                 583,350                583,350           0
J.A.A.M. Corp.               325,000        325,000           0                 379,177                379,177           0
Gary Lyle Brustein            75,000         75,000           0                  87,503                 87,503           0
Ronald J. Drucker             50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0

Patrick Colombo, Jr.          50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
Robert Zarin                  75,000         75,000           0                  87,502                 87,502           0
Jay G. Goldman                75,000         75,000           0                  87,503                 87,503           0
Rifky Weiner                 200,000        200,000           0                 233,340                233,340           0
Zycor Corp.                   50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
Ronald J. Brescia             50,000         50,000           0                  58,335                 58,335           0
                           ---------         ------           -                  ------                 ------           -
           TOTAL           3,000,000      3,000,000           0               3,500,100              3,500,100           0
</TABLE>

- ----------------------------

(1)  Because the Warrants  currently are  exercisable,  the shares issuable upon
     the  exercise of the  Warrants  are  considered  beneficially  owned by the
     Selling  Securities  Holders.  The number of shares underlying the Warrants
     shown for each Selling  Securities  Holder under "Number Of Warrants Before
     Offering" are included in the "Number Of Share Of Common Stock Owned Before
     Offering."


                                     ALT-16


<PAGE>


           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]



(2)  The number of shares of Common  Stock to be sold  assumes  that the Selling
     Securities  Holders  exercise all their  Warrants and elect to sell all the
     shares of Common Stock  received  upon the exercise of the Warrants and all
     the shares of Common  Stock  received  in the Private  Placement.  Upon the
     exercise  of the  Warrants by the Selling  Securities  Holders,  they would
     receive  restricted  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to an exemption  from
     registration  under Rule 506 under the  Securities  Act and those shares of
     Common  Stock  could  be   transferred   only   pursuant  to  an  effective
     registration statement or an exemption from registration.

                               CONCURRENT OFFERING
   

     The  registration  statement  of which  this  Prospectus  forms a part also
covers up to 580,000  shares of Common Stock and 580,000  Warrants being offered
by the Company in the offering made pursuant to the Offering Prospectus.
    











                                     ALT-17

<PAGE>


   
=============================================  =================================

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE
ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED        AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL
IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF  GIVEN OR MADE,          CONSOLIDATED INC.
SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY
THE  COMPANY.   THIS  PROSPECTUS   SHALL  NOT
CONSTITUTE   AN   OFFER   TO   SELL   OR  THE       
SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY NOR  SHALL          Redeemable Common
THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES IN ANY       Stock Purchase Warrants
STATE IN WHICH SUCH  OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR          580,000 Warrants
SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO  REGISTRATION
OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF       
ANY SUCH STATE.


              TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                        Page
                                        ----
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY ......................  6
RISK FACTORS ............................ 10
USE OF PROCEEDS ......................... 19
DIVIDEND POLICY ......................... 20
DILUTION ................................ 21            --------------------
BUSINESS ................................ 23
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA..... 33                PROSPECTUS
  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS
  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF                 ---------------------
  OPERATIONS............................. 35
MANAGEMENT............................... 39
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION................... 41
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS................... 44
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND
  RELATED PARTIES........................ 46
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH
  ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
  FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE................... 49
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES................ 50
UNDERWRITING ............................ 54
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
  POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION.... 58
LEGAL MATTERS............................ 58
EXPERTS.................................. 58
CONCURRENT OFFERING...................... 59          I.A.R. Securities Corp.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION................... 59
FINANCIAL INFORMATION....................F-1         Worthington Capital Group

UNTIL  ______,  1997,  ALL DEALERS  EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  REGISTERED  SECURITIES,
WHETHER   OR  NOT   PARTICIPATING   IN   THIS
DISTRIBUTION  MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS.   THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS                      , 1997
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH RESPECT
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

==============================================  ================================
<PAGE>




=============================================  =================================

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE
ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED        AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL
IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF  GIVEN OR MADE,          CONSOLIDATED INC.
SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY
THE  COMPANY.   THIS  PROSPECTUS   SHALL  NOT
CONSTITUTE   AN   OFFER   TO   SELL   OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY NOR  SHALL    500,100 Shares Of Common Stock
THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES IN ANY     3,000,000 Redeemable Common
STATE IN WHICH SUCH  OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR       Stock Purchase Warrants
SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO  REGISTRATION
OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
ANY SUCH STATE.


              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        Page
                                        ----
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY......................  6
RISK FACTORS............................ 10
USE OF PROCEEDS......................... 19
DIVIDEND POLICY......................... 20
DILUTION................................ 21           ---------------------
BUSINESS................................ 23
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.... 33                PROSPECTUS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
   ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION                    ---------------------
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS............... 35
MANAGEMENT.............................. 39
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.................. 41
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.................. 44
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE
   COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES.......... 46
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH
  ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
  DISCLOSURE............................ 49
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES............... 50
SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS.............. 54
CONCURRENT OFFERING..................... 55
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
  POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION... 58
LEGAL MATTERS........................... 58
EXPERTS................................. 58
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.................. 59
FINANCIAL INFORMATION...................F-1

UNTIL ________,  1997, ALL DEALERS  EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  REGISTERED  SECURITIES,
WHETHER   OR  NOT   PARTICIPATING   IN   THIS
DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS.   THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS                       , 1997
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH RESPECT
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

=============================================  =================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART II



                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

   
     The  following  is an  itemization  of  all  expenses  (subject  to  future
contingencies)  incurred or to be incurred by the Registrant in connection  with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being offered.

         Registration and filing fee...............................   $ 10,530
         Transfer agent's fee*.....................................      3,000
         Printing and engraving*...................................     28,000
         Accounting fees and expenses*.............................    140,000
         Legal fees and expenses*..................................    195,000
         Blue sky fees and expenses*...............................     50,000
         NASD filing fee............................................     3,224
         Underwriter's non-accountable expense allowance............    88,740
         Standard & Poor's listing..................................     2,380
         Miscellaneous*.............................................    49,126
                                                                      --------
                  Total*                                              $570,000
                                                                      ========
    
- --------------------
*  Estimated

Item 14.  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     The Delaware  General  Corporation  Law provides for  indemnification  by a
corporation of costs incurred by directors,  employees, and agents in connection
with an action,  suit,  or proceeding  brought by reason of their  position as a
director,  employee,  or agent. The person being  indemnified must have acted in
good faith and in a manner that the person  reasonably  believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

     In addition to the general indemnification  section,  Delaware law provides
further  protection  for  directors  under  Section  102(b)(7)  of  the  General
Corporation Law of Delaware.  This section was enacted in June 1986 and allows a
Delaware  corporation to include in its Certificate Of Incorporation a provision
that eliminates and limits certain personal liability of a director for monetary
damages for certain breaches of the director's  fiduciary duty of care, provided
that any such  provision  does not (in the words of the  statute)  do any of the
following:

          "eliminate  or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
          breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to the corporation
          or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
          faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing
          violation  of law,  (iii)  under  section  174 of this Title
          [dealing   with  willful  or  negligent   violation  of  the
          statutory provision  concerning  dividends,  stock purchases
          and redemptions], or (iv) for any transaction from which the
          director  derived  an  improper  personal  benefit.  No such
          provision  shall  eliminate  or  limit  the  liability  of a
          director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date
          when such provision becomes effective..."

                                      II-1

<PAGE>


     The Board Of  Directors  is  empowered  to make  other  indemnification  as
authorized by the Certificate Of Incorporation,  Bylaws or corporate  resolution
so  long  as  the  indemnification  is  consistent  with  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law.  Under the  Company's  Bylaws,  the  Company  is  required  to
indemnify  its  directors to the full extent  permitted by the Delaware  General
Corporation Law, common law and any other statutory provisions.

Item 15.  Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.

     In July 1996,  the Company sold an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of Common
Stock,  3,000,000  Warrants,  and $300,000  aggregate  face amount of promissory
notes in reliance  upon  exemptions  pursuant  to Sections  4(2) and 4(6) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). These securities were
sold solely to accredited  investors in 300 units at a price of $1,000 per unit.
Each unit consisted of 1,667 shares of Common Stock,  10,000  Warrants,  and one
promissory note in the face amount of $1,000.


     In January  1997,  pursuant to the  Company's  1994 Stock Option Plan,  the
Company  granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 172,000 shares of the
Company's  Common Stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share to 52 persons who
were  employed by the Company.  These grants were made  pursuant to an exemption
from registration  under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701
under the Securities Act.

Item 16.  Exhibits.

     The  following  is a  complete  list  of  Exhibits  filed  as  part of this
Registration Statement, which Exhibits are incorporated herein.


Number            Description

    1.1        Revised form of Underwriting Agreement between and among American
               International Consolidated Inc. ("Registrant"), I.A.R. Securities
               Corp. and Worthington Capital Group, Inc.
       

    2.1        Agreement   And  Plan  Of   Merger  of   American   International
               Construction,   Inc.,   a   Texas   Corporation,   and   American
               International Construction Inc., a Delaware Corporation.(1)

    2.2        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               AIC Management, Inc.(1)

    2.3        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Thermal Systems, Inc.(1)

    2.4        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Building Systems, Inc.(1)

    3.1(a)     Certificate Of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary Of
               State on June 7, 1994.(1)

    3.1(b)     Certificate  of Amendment  To The  Certificate  of  Incorporation
               filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 26, 1996. (5)


                                      II-2

<PAGE>

    3.2        Bylaws.(1)

    4.1(a)     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(1)

    4.1(b)     Specimen Common Stock Purchase Warrant. (5)

    4.2        Revised form of Underwriter's Warrant

    4.3        Revised  form  of  Warrant  Agreement   concerning  Common  Stock
               Purchase Warrants.

    5.1        Opinion of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               concerning  legality of issuance of Common Stock,  Warrants,  and
               underlying securities. (5)

    10.1A      Loan  Agreement  effective  April 24, 1996  between and among the
               Company,  Metal Building  Components,  Inc.  ("MBCI"),  Danny Roy
               Clemons,  Ralph  Leroy  Farrar,  Judith Ann  Farrar,  Jimmy Wayne
               Williams, Shirley Beth Williams, and John Thomas Wilson. (5)

    10.1B      Letter  Agreement  dated October 8, 1996 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996.(5)

    10.1C      Letter Agreement dated December 31, 1996 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996.(5)

    10.1D      Letter   Agreement   dated  September  19,  1997  modifying  Loan
               Agreement dated April 24, 1996. 

    10.1E      Letter  Agreement dated November 3, 1997 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996. 

    10.2       Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 3, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

    10.3       Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 5, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

    10.4A      Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

    10.4B      Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

    10.5       Employee Stock Option Plan.(1)

    10.8       Revised Form of Executive  Service  Agreement between the Company
               and each of John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and
               Jim W. Williams.(3)

    10.8A      Schedule Identifying Material Differences Among Executive Service
               Agreements between the Company and each of John T. Wilson,  Danny
               R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and Jim W. Williams.(1)

    10.9       Executive  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company and Jimmy M.
               Rogers dated November 16, 1994.(1)

    10.10      Agreement  dated  May 23,  1996  between  the  Company  and  U.S.
               Storage\Westheimer, Ltd. concerning site preparation for the U.S.
               Storage mini-warehouse facilities in Houston, Texas.(5)

    10.11      Agreement  dated  May 23,  1996  between  the  Company  and  U.S.
               Storage\Westheimer,  Ltd. concerning the construction of the U.S.
               Storage mini-warehouse facilities in Houston, Texas.(5)

    10.12      Form of Conveyance,  Transfer And  Assignment Of Corporate  Stock
               Separate From A Certificate executed by each of Messrs.  Clemons,
               Farrar and Wilson transferring their respective  interests in the
               U.S. Storage, Inc. and U.S. Storage Management Services,  Inc. to
               the Company.(5)


                                      II-3

<PAGE>

     16        Letter to Securities and Exchange  Commission  from the Company's
               former independent accountant, MELTON & MELTON, L.L.P.(2)

     21        List of subsidiaries of Registrant. (1)

     23.1      Consent of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               (included in Opinion in Exhibit 5.1).

     23.2      Consent of HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP.

     24        Power of Attorney (5)

     27        Financial Data Schedule

- ---------------------

(1)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form
     S-1 filed with the Securities And Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") on December
     12, 1994, File No. 33-87336.

(2)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  1  to
     Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 24, 1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(3)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  2  to
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on February 15, 1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(4)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  3  to
     Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 16,  1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(5)  Previously filed.

Item 17.  Undertakings.

1. The Company hereby undertakes:

     (a)  to file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
          post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:


          (1)  to include any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
               Securities Act of 1933;

          (2)  to reflect in the  Prospectus  any facts or events  arising after
               the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement (or the most
               recent post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or
               in  the  aggregate,   represent  a  fundamental   change  in  the
               information set forth in the Registration Statement; and

          (3)  to include any material  information  with respect to the plan of
               distribution   not  previously   disclosed  in  the  Registration
               Statement  or any  material  change  to such  information  in the
               Registration Statement.

     (b)  That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
          Act of 1933, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be
          a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
          therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time shall be
          deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

     (c)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
          of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
          termination of the offering.

                                      II-4

<PAGE>


2.   The Company hereby  undertakes to provide to the Underwriter at the closing
     specified in the Underwriting  Agreement certificates in such denominations
     and  registered  in such names as  required  by the  Underwriter  to permit
     prompt delivery to each purchaser.

3.   Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may
     be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons of the Company
     pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Company has been
     advised that in the opinion of the Securities And Exchange Commission, such
     indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and
     is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
     against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses
     incurred  or paid by a  director,  officer or a  controlling  person of the
     Company in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding) is
     asserted by such  director,  officer or a controlling  person in connection
     with the  securities  being  registered,  the Company  will,  unless in the
     opinion  of its  counsel,  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

4.   The Company hereby undertakes that:

     (a)  for  purposes of  determining  any  liability  under the 1933 Act, the
          information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of the
          Registration  Statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a
          form of prospectus  filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
          (4) or  497(h)  under  the 1933 Act  shall be deemed to be part of the
          Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (b)  for the purpose of determining  any liability under the 1933 Act, each
          post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus  shall be
          deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to the securities
          offered  therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time
          shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

5.   The Company  hereby  undertakes to  supplement  the  prospectus,  after the
     expiration  of the  subscription  period,  to set forth the  results of the
     subscription  offer,  the  transactions  by  the  underwriters  during  the
     subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed  securities to be purchased
     by the underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If
     any public  offering by the  underwriters  is to be made on terms different
     from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus,  a post-effective
     amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.






                                      II-5



<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly caused this Post Effective  Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Houston, State of Texas, on November 12, 1997.

                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.


                             By:  /s/ John T. Wilson
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  John T. Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


    Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  this  Post
Effective  Amendment to the Registration  Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        Signatures                       Title                                   Date
        ----------                       -----                                   ----

<S>                           <C>                                               <C>     
/s/ John T. Wilson            Chief Executive Officer and                        November 12, 1997
- ---------------------         Director                                            
John T. Wilson             


/s/ Danny R. Clemons          President/Mini-Warehouse Division                  November 12, 1997
- ---------------------         and Director                                        
Danny R. Clemons             


/s/ Ralph L. Farrar           President/Metal Buildings Division,
- ----------------------        Secretary and Director                             November 12, 1997
Ralph L. Farrar                                                                   


/s/ Jim W. Williams           Chief Financial Officer,
- -----------------------       Vice President/Finance, Principal
Jim W. Williams               Accounting Officer, and
                              Assistant Secretary                                November 12, 1997
                                                                                  

/s/ Louis S. Carmisciano      Director 
- ------------------------                                                         November 12, 1997
Louis S. Carmisciano                                                               

</TABLE>
    
                                                            II-6

<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

         (Attached To And Made A Part Of Post Effective Amendment No. 1
                          To The Registration Statement
 On Form S-1 For American International Consolidated Inc. Dated March 11, 1997)

    The  following  is a  complete  list  of  Exhibits  filed  as  part  of this
Registration Statement:

Number            Description
- ------            -----------

    1.1        Revised form of Underwriting Agreement between and among American
               International Consolidated Inc. ("Registrant"), I.A. Rabinowitz &
               Co. and Worthington Capital Group, Inc.(5)

       


    1.2        Form of Fund Escrow Agreement between and among  Registrant,  the
               Underwriters,   and   American   Securities   Transfer  &  Trust,
               Incorporated.(5)

    2.1        Agreement   And  Plan  Of   Merger  of   American   International
               Construction,   Inc.,   a   Texas   Corporation,   and   American
               International Construction Inc., a Delaware Corporation.(1)

    2.2        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               AIC Management, Inc.(1)

    2.3        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Thermal Systems, Inc.(1)

    2.4        Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Building Systems, Inc.(1)

    3.1(a)     Certificate Of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary Of
               State on June 7, 1994.(1)

    3.1(b)     Certificate  of Amendment  To The  Certificate  of  Incorporation
               filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 26, 1996.(5)

    3.2        Bylaws.(1)

    4.1(a)     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(1)

    4.1(b)     Specimen Common Stock Purchase Warrant.(5)

    4.2        Revised form of Underwriter's Warrant.

    4.3        Revised  form  of  Warrant  Agreement   concerning  Common  Stock
               Purchase Warrants.

    5.1        Opinion of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               concerning  legality of issuance of Common Stock,  Warrants,  and
               underlying securities.(5)



                                      EX-1



<PAGE>

    10.1A      Loan  Agreement  effective  April 24, 1996  between and among the
               Company,  Metal Building  Components,  Inc.  ("MBCI"),  Danny Roy
               Clemons,  Ralph  Leroy  Farrar,  Judith Ann  Farrar,  Jimmy Wayne
               Williams, Shirley Beth Williams, and John Thomas Wilson.(5)

    10.1B      Letter  Agreement  dated October 8, 1996 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996.(5)

    10.1C      Letter Agreement dated December 31, 1996 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996.(5)

    10.1D      Letter   Agreement   dated  September  19,  1997  modifying  Loan
               Agreement dated April 24, 1996. 

    10.1E      Letter  Agreement dated November 3, 1997 modifying Loan Agreement
               dated April 24, 1996. 


    10.2       Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 3, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

    10.3       Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 5, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

    10.4A      Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

    10.4B      Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

    10.5       Employee Stock Option Plan.(1)

    10.8       Revised Form of Executive  Service  Agreement between the Company
               and each of John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and
               Jim W. Williams.(3)

    10.8A      Schedule Identifying Material Differences Among Executive Service
               Agreements between the Company and each of John T. Wilson,  Danny
               R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and Jim W. Williams.(1)

    10.9       Executive  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company and Jimmy M.
               Rogers dated November 16, 1994.(1)

    10.10      Agreement  dated  May 23,  1996  between  the  Company  and  U.S.
               Storage\Westheimer, Ltd. concerning site preparation for the U.S.
               Storage mini-warehouse facilities in Houston, Texas.(5)

    10.11      Agreement  dated  May 23,  1996  between  the  Company  and  U.S.
               Storage\Westheimer,  Ltd. concerning the construction of the U.S.
               Storage mini-warehouse facilities in Houston, Texas.(5)




                                      EX-2


<PAGE>



    10.12      Form of Conveyance,  Transfer And  Assignment Of Corporate  Stock
               Separate From A Certificate executed by each of Messrs.  Clemons,
               Farrar and Wilson transferring their respective  interests in the
               U.S. Storage, Inc. and U.S. Storage Management Services,  Inc. to
               the Company.(5)

    16         Letter to Securities and Exchange  Commission  from the Company's
               former independent accountant, MELTON & MELTON, L.L.P.(2)

    21         List of subsidiaries of Registrant. (1)

    23.1       Consent of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               (included in Opinion in Exhibit 5.1).

    23.2       Consent of HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP.

    24         Power of Attorney (5)

    27         Financial Data Schedule

- ---------------------

(1)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form
     S-1 filed with the Securities And Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") on December
     12, 1994, File No. 33-87336.

(2)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  1  to
     Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 24, 1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(3)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  2  to
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on February 15, 1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(4)  Incorporated   by  reference   from  the  Company's   Amendment  No.  3  to
     Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 16,  1995,
     File No. 33-87336.

(5)  Previously filed.


                                      EX-3


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.

                       580,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                               580,000 Redeemable
                         Common Stock Purchase Warrants


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                 November , 1997

I.A.R. Securities Corp.
99 Wall Street
New York, New York 10004

Worthington Capital Group, Inc.
71 Clinton Road
Garden City, New York 11562

Dear Sirs:

     American  International  Consolidated  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  hereby  confirms its agreement with I.A.R.  Securities  Corp.,  and
Worthington Capital Group, Inc. ("you" or the "Underwriters"), as follows:

     1. Description of the Securities.

     The  Company  proposes  to issue and sell to the  Underwriters,  on a "firm
commitment"  basis,  580,000  shares (the  "Shares") of common stock,  $.001 par
value per share ("Common Stock"),  and 580,000  redeemable common stock purchase
warrants  ("Warrants") of the Company (the Shares,  together with such Warrants,
being sometimes referred to as the "Securities").  The Company proposes to grant
to the  Underwriters  an option to  purchase up to 87,000  additional  shares of
Common Stock and 87,000 Warrants (the "Additional Securities").  The offering of
the Securities and the Additional  Securities  contemplated hereby may sometimes
be referred to as the "Offering."

          (a) The Warrants.

     Pursuant to and subject to certain  conditions  set forth in the  agreement
(the "Warrant  Agreement")  between the Company,  the  Underwriters and American
Securities  Transfer & Trust Co.,  each Warrant will be  exercisable  during the
period  commencing  on the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement,  as
defined in Paragraph 2(a) hereof (the "Effective Date"), and expiring five years
thereafter,  subject to prior redemption by the Company (as described below), at
an initial  exercise  price  (subject to  adjustment as set forth in the Warrant
Agreement)  equal to $5.00 per share.  The shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
the exercise of Warrants are hereinafter referred to as "Warrant Shares."


<PAGE>




     As more fully  provided  in the Warrant  Agreement,  the  Warrants  will be
redeemable  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant,  commencing  12  months  after  the
Effective Date and prior to their  expiration  upon not less than 30 days' prior
written notice to the holders of the Warrants,  provided the average closing bid
quotations of the Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market (including
the Electronic Bulletin Board) if traded thereon, or if not traded thereon,  the
average closing sale price if listed on a national securities exchange (or other
reporting system that provides last sales prices), has been at least 150% of the
then current  Warrant  exercise  price  (initially  $7.50 per share,  subject to
adjustment), for a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third day
prior to the date on which the Company  gives notice of  redemption,  subject to
the  right of the  holder to  exercise  his  purchase  rights  thereunder  until
redemption.

          (b) Underwriters' Securities.

     The  Company  will sell to the  Underwriters,  for  nominal  consideration,
warrants to  purchase  up to one share of Common  Stock and one Warrant for each
ten shares of Common Stock and ten Warrants sold in the Offering,  excluding the
Additional  Securities  (a maximum of 58,000  shares of Common  Stock and 58,000
Warrants)  at a price  equal to $6.00  per  share of  Common  Stock and $.12 per
Warrant  (which   Warrants  shall  be  exercisable  at  $5.00  per  share)  (the
"Underwriters'  Warrants").  The Underwriters' Warrants,  shares of Common Stock
and Warrants  underlying the  Underwriters'  Warrants and shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants underlying the Underwriters' Warrants are
hereinafter  referred to collectively  as the  "Underwriters'  Securities."  The
Underwriters' Warrants shall be non-exercisable and non-transferable (other than
to officers  and  directors  of the  Underwriters  and to members of the selling
group and their  officers or partners)  for a period of 12 months  following the
Effective Date. Thereafter,  the Underwriters' Warrants shall be exercisable and
transferable for a period of four years (provided such transfer is in accordance
with the  Securities  Act and any  other  applicable  securities  laws).  If the
Underwriters' Warrants are not exercised during their term, they shall, by their
terms,  automatically  expire. The Underwriters'  Securities shall be registered
for sale to the public and shall be included in the Registration Statement filed
in connection with the Offering.

     2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

     The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters that:

          (a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission"),  a  registration  statement,  and  one or  more  amendments
thereto,  on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 9583),  including in each such registration


                                        2

<PAGE>



statement   and  each  such   amendment  any  related   preliminary   prospectus
("Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the  registration of the Securities  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the  "Act").  The Company  will,  if  required,  file a
further amendment to said registration  statement in the form to be delivered to
you and will not, before the registration statement becomes effective,  file any
other amendment  thereto to which you shall have reasonably  objected in writing
after  having  been  furnished  with a copy  thereof.  Except as the context may
otherwise require,  such registration  statement,  as amended,  on file with the
Commission at the time such registration  statement becomes effective (including
the  prospectus,  financial  statements,  exhibits and all other  documents,  as
amended,  filed as a part  thereof),  is  hereinafter  called the  "Registration
Statement," and the prospectus,  in the form filed with the Commission  pursuant
to Rule 424(b) of the General Rules and Regulations of the Commission  under the
Act (the "Regulations") or, if no such filing is made, the definitive prospectus
used in the Offering,  is hereinafter  called the  "Prospectus." The Company has
delivered  to you  copies  of each  Preliminary  Prospectus  as  filed  with the
Commission and has consented to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by
the Act.

          (b) The Commission has not issued any orders  preventing or suspending
the use of any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  and,  as of the  date  filed  with the
Commission,  each Preliminary Prospectus conformed in all material respects with
the  requirements  of the Act and did not  include  any  untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be stated  therein
and  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that this
representation  and warranty does not apply to  statements or omissions  made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information  furnished to the Company by or
on your  behalf for use in such  Preliminary  Prospectus  and  except  that this
representation  and warranty does not apply to statements or omissions that have
been cured in a subsequent preliminary prospectus or in the Prospectus.

          (c) When the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective under the Act
and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  to  and  including  the  Closing  Date
(hereinafter  defined) and the Option Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and for
such longer  periods as a Prospectus  is required to be delivered in  connection
with the sale of the Securities by the Underwriters,  the Registration Statement
and Prospectus,  and any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto,  will contain
all material  statements  which are required to be stated  therein in accordance
with the Act and the Regulations,  and will in all material  respects conform to
the  requirements of the Act and the  Regulations,  and neither the Registration
Statement nor the  Prospectus,  nor any amendment or  supplement  thereto,  will
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material


                                        3

<PAGE>



fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
in light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading;
provided,  however,  that this  representation  and  warranty  does not apply to
statements or omissions  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with written
information  furnished  to the  Company  by  you  for  use  in the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus,  or in any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto. It
is understood  that the statements  set forth in the Prospectus  with respect to
(i) the amounts of the selling concession and reallowance;  (ii) the identity of
counsel  to the  Underwriters  under  the  heading  "Legal  Matters";  (iii) the
statements with respect to the public offering of the Securities set forth under
the heading  "Underwriting,"  including the information  concerning the National
Association   of  Securities   Dealers,   Inc.   ("NASD")   affiliation  of  the
Underwriters;  (iv) the stabilization legend in the Prospectus and (v) any other
information  in  the  prospectus   concerning   the   Underwriters,   constitute
information supplied by you for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

          (d) The  Company is, and at the  Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date  will  be, a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company does not have any
subsidiaries.  The Company is duly  qualified  and in good standing as a foreign
corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which its  ownership  or  leasing  of any
properties  or the  character of its  operations  requires  such  qualification,
except those  jurisdictions  in which the failure to so qualify would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the business or  operations  of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  taken as a whole ("Material Adverse Effect"). The Company has all
requisite  corporate  powers and  authority,  and all necessary  authorizations,
approvals,   orders,  licenses,   certificates  and  permits  of  and  from  all
governmental  regulatory officials and bodies to own or lease its properties and
conduct its business as described in the Prospectus  except where the failure to
have any such  authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates  or
permits  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  and the  Company is doing
business  and has  been  doing  business  during  the  period  described  in the
Registration  Statement in  compliance  with all such  material  authorizations,
approvals, orders, licenses,  certificates and permits and all material federal,
state and local laws, rules and regulations concerning the business in which the
Company  is  engaged,   except  where  the  failure  to  comply  with  any  such
authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates or permits or any such
laws,  rules or  regulations  would  not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The
disclosures  in the  Registration  Statement  concerning the effects of federal,
state and local regulation on the Company's business as currently  conducted and
as contemplated are correct in all material  respects and do not omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein in light of the circumstances  under
which such  disclosures  were made.  The  Company  has all  corporate  power and


                                        4

<PAGE>



authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and  carry  out the  provisions  and
conditions  hereof,  and all  consents,  authorizations,  approvals  and  orders
required in connection  therewith  have been obtained or will have been obtained
prior to the initial Closing Date.

          (e) This  Agreement has been duly and validly  authorized and executed
by the Company.  The Securities  (including  the Shares and the  Warrants),  the
Warrant Shares underlying such Warrants,  and the Underwriters'  Securities have
been duly  authorized  (and, in the case of the Shares and such Warrant  Shares,
have  been  duly  reserved  for  issuance)  and,  when  issued  and  paid for in
accordance with this Agreement  (and, in the case of such Warrant  Shares,  upon
exercise  of such  Warrants  and payment to the  Company of the  exercise  price
therefor  pursuant to the terms of the Warrant  Agreement),  the Shares and such
Warrant  Shares  will be  validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable;  the
Securities,  Additional  Securities,  Warrant  Shares (other than  Underwriters'
Securities), and Underwriters' Securities are not and will not be subject to the
preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company and conform and at all times
up to and including their issuance will conform in all material  respects to all
statements  with regard  thereto  contained in the  Registration  Statement  and
Prospectus; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization,
issuance  and sale of the  Securities,  Additional  Securities,  Warrant  Shares
(other than  Underwriters'  Securities)  and  Underwriters'  Securities has been
taken,  and this  Agreement  constitutes  a valid and binding  obligation of the
Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms,  to issue and sell,  upon
exercise in accordance with the terms thereof, the number and kind of securities
called for thereby.

          (f)  The  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not result in a breach or
violation of any of the terms or provisions  of, or constitute a default  under,
the Certificate of  Incorporation  or by-laws,  in each case as amended,  of the
Company or of any evidence of indebtedness,  lease,  contract or other agreement
or  instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of
its  properties  is  bound,  or under  any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation,
judgment,  order  or  decree  of any  government,  professional  advisory  body,
administrative  agency or court,  domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over
the Company or its properties,  in each case except for any breach, violation or
default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or result in the creation
or  imposition  of any  material  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company; and no consent, approval,  authorization or
order  of any  court  or  governmental  or other  regulatory  agency  or body is
required for the  consummation  by the Company of the  transactions  on its part
herein contemplated, except such as may be required under the Act or under state
securities or blue sky laws or under the rules and  regulations of the NASD, and


                                        5

<PAGE>



except where the breach, violation or failure to obtain such consent,  approval,
authorization or order would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (g)  Subsequent to the date hereof,  and prior to the Closing Date and
the Option Closing Date, except as otherwise described in or contemplated by the
Prospectus, the Company will not issue or acquire any equity securities.

          (h) The consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto included
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present the consolidated
financial  position  and  the  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  at the
respective  dates and for the respective  periods to which they apply;  and such
financial  statements have been prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

          (i) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement,  the Company is
not, and at any Closing Date the Company will not be, in violation or breach of,
or default  in, the due  performance  and  observance  of any term,  covenant or
condition  of any  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  note,  loan or credit
agreement,  or any other  agreement or instrument  evidencing an obligation  for
borrowed  money,  or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which the  Company  may be bound or to which any of the  property or
assets of the  Company  is  subject,  which  violations,  breaches,  default  or
defaults,  singularly or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
The Company  does not have and at the Closing  Date and the Option  Closing Date
the Company will not have taken any action in violation of the provisions of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  by-laws,  in each  case as  amended,  of the
Company,  or any  statute  or any  order,  rule or  regulation  of any  court or
regulatory   authority  or  governmental   body  having   jurisdiction  over  or
application  to the  Company  or its  business  or  properties,  except  for any
violations  that,  singularly  or in the  aggregate,  would not have a  Material
Adverse Effect.

          (j) The Company has,  and at the Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date will have, good and marketable title to all properties and assets described
in the  Prospectus  as  owned  by it,  free and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances,  claims,  security  interests,  restrictions  and  defects  of any
material nature  whatsoever,  except such as are described or referred to in the
Prospectus  and  liens  for  taxes  not yet due  and  payable  or such as in the
aggregate will not have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  All of the material leases
and  subleases  under which the Company is the lessor or sublessor of properties
or assets or under which the  Company  holds  properties  or assets as lessee as
described  in the  Prospectus  are,  and will on the Closing Date and the Option
Closing  Date be, in full  force and  effect,  and  except as  described  in the


                                        6

<PAGE>



Prospectus,  the  Company is not and will not be in default in respect of any of
the terms or provisions of any of such leases or subleases  (except for defaults
which would not have a Material Adverse Effect),  and no claim has been asserted
by anyone  adverse  to rights of the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  as  lessor,
sublessor,  lessee or sublessee  under any of the leases or subleases  mentioned
above,  or  affecting  or  questioning  the  right of the  Company  to  continue
possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any such lease or
sublease, except as described or referred to in the Prospectus or such as in the
aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect,  and the Company  (including
through  wholly owned  subsidiaries)  owns or leases all such  properties as are
necessary to its operations as now conducted and, except as otherwise  stated in
the  Prospectus,  as proposed  to be  conducted  as set forth in the  Prospectus
(except  where the  failure  to own or lease  such  properties  would not have a
Material Adverse Effect).

          (k) The  authorized,  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the
Company as of the date  referenced  in the  Prospectus  is, and the  authorized,
issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on the Closing Date will be,
as set forth in the Prospectus under "Capitalization" (in each case based on the
assumptions  set forth therein);  the shares of issued and  outstanding  capital
stock of the Company set forth  thereunder  have been (or as of the Closing Date
or the Option  Closing Date will be) duly  authorized and validly issued and are
(or as of the Closing  Date or the Option  Closing  Date will be) fully paid and
non-assessable;  except as set forth in the Prospectus,  no options, warrants or
other  rights  to  purchase,  agreements  or  other  obligations  to  issue,  or
agreements or other rights to convert any obligation into, any shares of capital
stock of the Company have been  granted or entered into by the Company;  and the
Common  Stock,  the Warrants  and all such  options and warrants  conform in all
material  respects,   to  all  statements  relating  thereto  contained  in  the
Registration Statement and Prospectus.

          (l) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company does not own or
control any capital stock or securities of, or have any proprietary interest in,
or otherwise participates in any other corporation,  partnership, joint venture,
firm,  association or business organization (other than those direct or indirect
subsidiaries  of  the  Company  disclosed  in  Exhibit  22 to  the  Registration
Statement);  provided,  however,  that this provision shall not be applicable to
the investment, if any, of the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities sold
by the  Company or other funds  thereof in  interest-bearing  savings  accounts,
certificates  of  deposit,  money  market  accounts,  United  States  government
obligations or other short-term obligations.

          (m)  HEIN +  ASSOCIATES,  LLP,  who  have  reported  on the  financial
statements of the Company which have been filed with the Commission as a part of


                                        7

<PAGE>



the  Registration  Statement,  are independent  accountants  with respect to the
Company as required by the Act and the Regulations.

          (n)  Subsequent to the  respective  dates as of which  information  is
given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  and except as may otherwise
be indicated or contemplated  herein or therein,  the Company has not (i) issued
any  securities or incurred any liability or  obligation,  direct or contingent,
for  borrowed  money;  or (ii) entered  into any  transaction  other than in the
ordinary course of business;  or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any
other  distribution  on or in respect of its capital stock;  provided,  however,
that this provision shall not be applicable to any transaction  between or among
the Company and its subsidiaries.

          (o) There is no litigation or  governmental  proceeding  pending or to
the  knowledge  of  the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  threatened  against,  or
involving the  properties or business of the Company which might have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  except as referred to in the  Prospectus.  Further,  except as
referred  to  in  the  Prospectus,  there  are  no  pending  actions,  suits  or
proceedings related to environmental matters or related to discrimination on the
basis of age, sex,  religion or race, nor is the Company charged with or, to its
knowledge,  under investigation with respect to any violation of any statutes or
regulations of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over its business or
operations,  which violations might have a Material Adverse Effect, and no labor
disturbances  by the  employees of the Company exist or, to the knowledge of the
Company, have been threatened.

          (p) The Company has,  and at the Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date will  have,  filed all  necessary  federal,  state and  foreign  income and
franchise tax returns or has requested  extensions  thereof  (except in any case
where the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect),  and has
paid all taxes which it  believes  in good faith were  required to be paid by it
except for any such taxes that  currently,  or on the Closing Date or the Option
Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  are  being  contested  in good  faith or as
described in the Prospectus.

          (q) The Company has not at any time (i) made any  contribution  to any
candidate  for  political   office,   or  failed  to  disclose  fully  any  such
contribution,  in  violation  of law,  or (ii) made any  payment  to any  state,
federal,  foreign  governmental or professional  regulatory  agency,  officer or
official  or  other  person  charged  with  similar   public,   quasi-public  or
professional regulatory duties, other than payments or contributions required or
allowed by applicable law.

          (r) Except as set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  neither  the
Company nor any officer, director, employee or agent of the Company has made any


                                        8

<PAGE>



payment  or  transfer  of any funds or assets of the  Company or  conferred  any
personal benefit by use of the Company's assets or received any funds, assets or
personal benefit in violation of any law, rule or regulation,  which is required
to be stated in the  Registration  Statement or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading.

          (s) On the Closing Date and the Option  Closing Date,  all transfer or
other taxes, if any (other than income tax),  which are required to be paid, and
are due and payable,  in connection with the sale and transfer of the Securities
by the Company to the Underwriters  will have been fully paid or provided for by
the Company as the case may be, and all laws  imposing such taxes will have been
fully complied with in all material respects.

          (t) There are no contracts or other documents of the Company which are
of a  character  required  to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus  or filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement  which have not
been so described or filed.

          (v) The Company  maintains a system of  internal  accounting  controls
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in
accordance  with   management's   general  or  specified   authorizations;   (2)
transactions  are  recorded as  necessary  to permit  preparation  of  financial
statements in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and to
maintain  accountability  for assets; and (3) access to assets is permitted only
in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations.

          (w) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no holder of any securities
of the  Company  has  the  right  (which  has not  been  effectively  waived  or
terminated) to require  registration of any securities  because of the filing or
effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement,  except  as  set  forth  in the
Prospectus.

          (x) The Company  has not taken and at the  Closing  Date will not have
taken,  directly or  indirectly,  any action  designed to cause or result in, or
which has constituted or which might  reasonably be expected to constitute,  the
stabilization  or  manipulation of the price of the Common Stock or the Warrants
to facilitate the sale or resale of such securities.

          (y) To the  Company's  knowledge,  there are no claims for services in
the  nature  of a  finder's  origination  fee  with  respect  to the sale of the
Securities hereunder, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

          (z) No right of  first  refusal  exists  with  respect  to any sale of
securities by the Company.


                                        9

<PAGE>



          (aa) No  statement,  representation,  warranty or covenant made by the
Company in this  Agreement or made in any  certificate  or document  required by
this Agreement to be delivered to the Underwriters  was, when made, or as of the
Closing Date or the Option Closing Date will be materially inaccurate, untrue or
incorrect.

     3. Covenants of the Company.

     The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters that:

          (a) It will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, two conformed
copies  of each  Registration  Statement  and of each  amendment  or  supplement
thereto, including all financial statements and exhibits.

          (b) The Company has  delivered  to the  Underwriters,  and each of the
Selected Dealers (as hereinafter defined) without charge, as many copies as have
been reasonably requested of each Preliminary  Prospectus  heretofore filed with
the  Commission in  accordance  with and pursuant to the  Commission's  Rule 430
under the Act and will deliver to the Underwriters and to others whose names and
addresses  are  furnished  by the  Underwriters  or a Selected  Dealer,  without
charge,  on the Effective  Date,  and  thereafter  from time to time during such
reasonable  period as you may request if, in the  reasonable  opinion of counsel
for the  Underwriters,  the  Prospectus  is required by law to be  delivered  in
connection  with sales by the  Underwriters  or a dealer,  as many copies of the
Prospectus  (and,  in  the  event  of  any  amendment  of or  supplement  to the
Prospectus,  of such amended or supplemented Prospectus) as the Underwriters may
reasonably  request for the purposes  contemplated  by the Act. The Company will
take all necessary  actions to furnish to whomever directed by the Underwriters,
when and as requested by the Underwriters,  all necessary  documents,  exhibits,
information,  applications, instruments and papers as may be reasonably required
in order to permit or facilitate the sale of the Securities.

          (c) The Company  has  authorized  the  Underwriters  to use,  and make
available  for use by  prospective  dealers,  the  Preliminary  Prospectus,  and
authorizes the Underwriters,  all dealers selected by you in connection with the
distribution of the Securities  (the "Selected  Dealers") to be purchased by the
Underwriters  and all dealers to whom any of such  Securities may be sold by the
Underwriters or by any Selected Dealer,  to use the Prospectus during the period
that the Prospectus is current, as from time to time amended or supplemented, in
connection  with the sale of the  Securities in accordance  with the  applicable
provisions of the Act, the  applicable  Regulations  and  applicable  state law,
until  completion  of the  distribution  of the  Securities  and for such longer
period as you may  reasonably  request if the  Prospectus is required  under the


                                       10

<PAGE>



Act,  the  applicable  Regulations  or  applicable  state law to be delivered in
connection  with sales of the  Securities  by the  Underwriters  or the Selected
Dealers.

          (d) The Company  will use its best  efforts to cause the  Registration
Statement to become effective and will notify the Underwriters immediately,  and
confirm  the  notice in  writing:  (i) when the  Registration  Statement  or any
post-effective  amendment thereto becomes effective;  (ii) of the receipt of any
comments  from the  Commission  regarding the  Registration  Statement or of the
receipt of any stop order or of the initiation,  or to the best of the Company's
knowledge,  the  threatening,  of any  proceedings  for that purpose;  (iii) the
suspension  of  the  qualification  of  the  Securities  and  the  Underwriters'
Warrants, or underlying securities,  for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or
of the initiating, or to the best of the Company's knowledge the threatening, of
any  proceeding  for that purpose;  and (iv) of the receipt of any comments from
the  Commission.  If the  Commission  shall enter a stop order at any time,  the
Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the lifting of such order as
promptly as practicable.

          (e) During the time when a prospectus  relating to the  Securities  is
required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to
comply  with  all  requirements  imposed  upon it by the Act and the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"), as now and hereafter  amended and by
the  Regulations,  as from time to time in force,  as  necessary  to permit  the
continuance  of  sales  of or  dealings  in the  Securities  or  the  Additional
Securities in accordance  with the provisions  hereof and the Prospectus and the
Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Registration  Statement effective
so long as a Prospectus is required to be delivered in connection  with the sale
of the  Securities  by the  Underwriters  or by dealers  effecting  transactions
therein in connection with the initial public offering  thereof.  If at any time
when a prospectus  relating to the Securities is required to be delivered  under
the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which,  in the  reasonable
opinion  of  counsel  for the  Company  or  counsel  for the  Underwriters,  the
Prospectus as then amended or supplemented (or the prospectus contained in a new
registration  statement  filed  by the  Company  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3(q)),
includes an untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or
if, in the  reasonable  opinion of either such  counsel,  it is necessary at any
time  to  amend  the  Prospectus  (or  the  prospectus  contained  in  such  new
registration  statement)  to comply with the Act,  the  Company  will notify you
promptly and prepare and file with the  Commission an  appropriate  amendment or
supplement  in  accordance  with  Section 10 of the Act and will  furnish to you
copies thereof.


                                       11

<PAGE>



          (f) The Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation  with you,
at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify
the Securities for offering and sale under the securities  laws or blue sky laws
of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably designate;  provided,  however, that
in  connection  therewith  the  Company  shall not be  required  to qualify as a
foreign  corporation  or to file a general  consent to service of process in any
jurisdiction  or to make any changes in its capital  structure or certificate of
incorporation  or in any other material aspects of its business or to enter into
any material  agreement  with any Blue Sky  commissioner.  In each  jurisdiction
where such qualification  shall be effected,  the Company will, unless you agree
that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable,  use it best efforts
to file  and  make  such  statements  or  reports  at such  times  as are or may
reasonably  be  required  by the  laws of such  jurisdiction  to  continue  such
qualification  until none of the Warrants  held by persons in that  jurisdiction
are outstanding.

          (g) The Company will make generally  available  (within the meaning of
Section 11(a) of the Act and the Regulations) to its security  holders,  as soon
as practicable,  but in no event later than the first day of the eighteenth full
calendar  month  following  the  Effective  Date,  an earnings  statement of the
Company,  which will be in  reasonable  detail  but which  need not be  audited,
covering a period of at least twelve months  beginning after the Effective Date,
which earnings statements shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the
Act and the  Regulations  as then in effect.  The  Company  may  discharge  this
obligation in accordance with Rule 158 of the Regulations.

          (h) During the period of five years  commencing on the Effective  Date
(unless the Company shall no longer have a class of equity securities registered
under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange  Act),  the Company will furnish to
its stockholders an annual report (including financial statements audited by its
independent  public  accountants),  in  accordance  with  Rule  14a-3  under the
Exchange Act, and, at its expense,  furnish to the  Underwriters  (i) within 105
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company,  a  consolidated  balance
sheet of the Company and its  consolidated  subsidiaries  and a separate balance
sheet of each  subsidiary  of the Company the accounts of which are not included
in such  consolidated  balance  sheet  as of the end of such  fiscal  year,  and
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows of
the  Company  and its  consolidated  subsidiaries  and  separate  statements  of
operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows of each of the subsidiaries of
the  Company  the  accounts  of  which  are not  included  in such  consolidated
statements,  for the  fiscal  year then ended all in  reasonable  detail and all
certified  by  independent  accountants  (within  the meaning of the Act and the
Regulations),  (ii)  within 50 days  after  the end of each of the  first  three


                                       12

<PAGE>



fiscal  quarters of each fiscal year,  similar  balance  sheets as of the end of
such fiscal quarter and similar statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity
and cash flows for the fiscal quarter then ended, all in reasonable  detail, and
subject  to year  end  adjustment,  all  certified  by the  Company's  principal
financial officer or the Company's  principal  accounting officer as having been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a consistent  basis,  (iii) as soon as  available,  each report  furnished to or
filed  with the  Commission  or any  securities  exchange  and each  report  and
financial statement furnished to the Company's stockholders generally,  and (iv)
as soon as available,  such other material as the  Underwriters may from time to
time reasonably request regarding the financial  condition and operations of the
Company; provided,  however, that the Underwriters shall use such other material
only in connection  with their  activities as  Underwriters  hereunder and shall
otherwise keep such other material confidential.

          (i) For a period of eighteen months from the initial Closing Date, the
Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified
public accountants to review (but not audit), the Company's financial statements
for each of the first three  quarters  prior to the  announcement  of  quarterly
financial information, the filing of the Company's 10-Q quarterly report and the
mailing,if any, of quarterly financial information to stockholders.

          (j) Prior to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, the Company
will not,  directly or  indirectly,  without your prior written  consent,  which
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,  issue any press release or other
public  announcement or hold any press conference with respect to the Company or
its activities with respect to the Offering (other than trade releases issued in
the ordinary  course of the Company's  business  consistent  with past practices
with respect to the Company's operations and other than as required by law).

          (k) The Company will deliver to you prior to filing,  any amendment or
supplement  to the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  proposed to be filed
after the Effective  Date and will not file any such  amendment or supplement to
which you shall reasonably object after being furnished such copy.

          (l) During the period of 120 days  commencing on the date hereof,  the
Company will not at any time take,  directly or indirectly,  any action designed
to, or which will  constitute or which might  reasonably be expected to cause or
result  in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the price of the  Securities  to
facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.

          (m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received
by it  substantially  in the manner set forth  under  "Use of  Proceeds"  in the
Prospectus.

                                       13

<PAGE>




          (n)  Counsel  for the  Company,  the  Company's  accountants,  and the
officers and directors of the Company will, respectively,  furnish the opinions,
the  letters and the  certificates  referred to in  subsections  of  Paragraph 9
hereof,  and,  if the  Company  shall  file any  amendment  to the  Registration
Statement  relating  to the  offering  of the  Securities  or any  amendment  or
supplement  to the  Prospectus  relating  to  the  offering  of  the  Securities
subsequent  to the Effective  Date,  such counsel,  such  accountants,  and such
officers and  directors,  respectively,  will,  at the time of such filing or at
such  subsequent  time  as you  shall  specify,  so  long  as  Securities  being
registered  by such  amendment  or  supplement  are  being  underwritten  by the
Underwriters, furnish to you such opinions, letters and certificates, each dated
the date of its delivery,  of the same nature as the  opinions,  the letters and
the certificates referred to in said Paragraph 9, as you may reasonably request,
or, if any such opinion or letter or  certificate  cannot be furnished by reason
of the fact  that  such  counsel  or such  accountants  or any such  officer  or
director  believes  that the same  would be  inaccurate,  such  counsel  or such
accountants  or such  officer or director  will  furnish an accurate  opinion or
letter or certificate with respect to the same subject matter.

          (o) The Company will comply in all material  respects  with all of the
provisions of any undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

          (p) The Company will  reserve and keep  available  for  issuance  that
maximum number of its  authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock which are
issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  and  issuable  upon  exercise of the
Underwriters'  Warrants (including the underlying  securities)  outstanding from
time to time.

          (q) The  Company  will  timely  prepare  and file at its sole cost and
expense one or more post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement or a
new registration  statement as required by law as will permit Warrant holders to
be  furnished  with a  current  prospectus  in the event and at such time as the
Warrants  are  exercised,  and the  Company  will use its best  efforts  and due
diligence to have the same be declared  effective (with the intent that the same
be declared  effective as soon as the Warrants become  exercisable)  and to keep
the same  effective so long as the Warrants  are  outstanding.  The Company will
deliver  a draft  of each  such  post-effective  amendment  or new  registration
statement  to the  Underwriters  at least ten days  prior to the  filing of such
post-effective amendment or registration statement.

          (r) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
will timely  deliver and supply to its Warrant  agent  sufficient  copies of the
Company's  current  Prospectus,  as will enable such Warrant  agent to deliver a


                                       14

<PAGE>



copy of such  Prospectus  to any Warrant or other holder  where such  Prospectus
delivery is by law required to be made.

          (s) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
shall continue to employ the services of a firm of independent  certified public
accountants  reasonably  acceptable to the  Underwriters  in connection with the
preparation  of the  financial  statements  to be included  in any  registration
statement to be filed by the Company  hereunder,  or any amendment or supplement
thereto.  During the same period, the Company shall employ the services of a law
firm(s)  reasonably  acceptable to the Underwriters in connection with all legal
work of the Company, including the preparation of a registration statement to be
filed by the Company hereunder, or any amendment or supplement thereto.

          (t) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
shall  continue  to  appoint a  Warrant  agent  for the  Warrants,  who shall be
reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters.

          (u) The Company  agrees that it will,  upon the Effective  Date, for a
period of no less than three years,  engage a designee of the Underwriters as an
advisor  (the  "Advisor")  to its Board of Directors  where such  Advisor  shall
attend meetings of the Board,  receive all notices and other  correspondence and
communications  sent by the  Company to members  of its Board of  Directors  and
receive  cash  compensation  equal  to  the  entitlement  of  other  non-officer
Directors.  In addition, such Advisor shall be entitled to receive reimbursement
for all reasonable costs incurred in attending such meetings including,  but not
limited to (if reasonably  required in connection  with any meeting held outside
the New York City metropolitan  area),  food,  lodging and  transportation.  The
Company further agrees that, during said three year period, it shall schedule no
less than four (4) formal and "in person"  meetings of its Board of Directors in
each such year and such meetings  shall be held  quarterly each year and advance
notice of such  meetings  identical to the notice  given to  directors  shall be
given to the Advisor.  Further, during such three year period, the Company shall
give  notice to the  Underwriters  with  respect to any  proposed  acquisitions,
mergers,   reorganizations  or  other  similar  transactions.  In  lieu  of  the
Underwriters'  right to designate an Advisor,  the  Underwriters  shall have the
right during such three-year  period,  in its sole discretion,  to designate one
person for  election as a Director of the Company and the Company  will  utilize
its best  efforts to obtain the election of such person who shall be entitled to
receive the same  compensation,  expense  reimbursements  and other benefits set
forth above.

          The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold the  Underwriters  and such
Advisor or Director harmless against any and all claims, actions, damages, costs
and  expenses,   and  judgments   arising  solely  out  of  the  attendance  and


                                       15

<PAGE>


participation  of your  designee at any such meeting  described  herein.  In the
event the Company maintains a liability  insurance policy affording coverage for
the acts of its officers and directors,  it agrees, if possible,  to include the
Underwriters' designee as an insured under such policy.

          (v) Upon the initial Closing Date, the Company shall have entered into
an  agreement  with the  Underwriters  in form  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Underwriters  (the "Consulting  Agreement"),  pursuant to which the Underwriters
will be retained as a  management  and  financial  consultant  for a  three-year
period  commencing  as of the initial  Closing  Date,  and will be paid a fee of
$1,527.78 a month for a term of three  years,  all of which  ($55,000)  shall be
paid upon the initial Closing Date.

          (w) The Common  Stock and Warrants  shall be quoted on the  Electronic
Bulletin Board  maintained by the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,
Inc., not later than the initial Closing Date.  Thereafter,  (unless the Company
is acquired)  the Company will effect and use its best efforts to maintain  such
listing or cause such securities to be listed on a national  securities exchange
or in an inter-dealer  quotation system for at least five years from the date of
this  Agreement  (or  until  such  earlier  date on  which  no  Warrants  remain
outstanding).

          (x)  The  Company  will  apply  for  listing  in  Standard  and  Poors
Corporation  Reports or Moodys OTC Guide and shall use its best  efforts to have
the Company  included in one of such  publications  for at least five years from
the initial  Closing  Date  (unless  the Common  Stock is listed on the New York
Stock  Exchange or the American  Stock  Exchange or unless the Company  shall no
longer have a class of equity securities registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g)
of the Exchange Act).

          (y) The Company has  obtained  from each  person who is  currently  an
officer  or  director  of the  Company or a  beneficial  owner of more than five
percent  of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  a  written  agreement,  in form  and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory to you and your counsel,  to the effect that
such person shall not offer,  sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly,  without your prior written consent (or pursuant to such
other  agreement with respect to the sale of capital stock as may be required by
state "Blue Sky" laws in order to qualify the Offering in any such  State),  any
shares of the Common  Stock owned by such person or any  securities  convertible
into, or exchangeable for, or warrants to purchase or acquire,  shares of Common
Stock,  for a period of twenty-four  months from the Effective  Date,  except as
otherwise  set  forth  in the  Prospectus.  For a period  of one  year  from the
Effective  Date,  the  Company  shall not issue  any  shares of Common  Stock or
preferred  stock or any  warrants,  options or other  rights to purchase  Common
Stock or preferred stock without the consent of the Underwriters, except for (i)


                                       16

<PAGE>


the Securities,  (ii) the Underwriters'  Securities,  (iii) Warrant Shares, (iv)
securities  issuable upon the exercise of other options or warrants  outstanding
as of the initial  Closing Date, (v) options to purchase  shares of Common Stock
pursuant to the Company's  stock option plan and shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of such options.

          (z) The Company will use its best efforts to obtain, as soon after the
initial Closing Date as is reasonably possible, liability insurance covering its
officers and directors.

          (aa)  The  Company  agrees  that  it will  employ  the  services  of a
financial public relations firm reasonably  acceptable to the Underwriters for a
period of at least twelve months following the Effective Date.

     4.  Sale,  Purchase  and  Delivery  of  Securities;  Closing  Date;  Public
Offering.

          (a) On the basis of the  warranties,  representations  and  agreements
herein  contained,  and  subject  to the  satisfaction  of  all  the  terms  and
conditions  of this  Agreement,  the  Company  agrees  to issue  and sell to the
Underwriters,  and the  Underwriters  agree to purchase  from the  Company,  the
Securities  at a price of $5.00 per share of Common  Stock and $.10 per Warrant,
less, in the case of each such Security, an underwriting discount of ten percent
(10%) of the price for such Security.  The  Underwriters  may allow a concession
not  exceeding  $. per share of  Common  Stock and $. per  Warrant  to  Selected
Dealers who are members of the NASD, and to certain  foreign  dealers,  and such
dealers may reallow to NASD members and to certain  foreign dealers a concession
not exceeding $. per share of Common Stock and $ per Warrant.

          (b) Delivery of the Securities  and payment  therefor shall be made at
10:00 A.M., New York time on each Closing Date, as hereinafter  defined,  at the
offices of the  Underwriters or such other location as may be agreed upon by you
and the Company.  Delivery of certificates for the Common Stock and Warrants (in
definitive  form and registered in such names and in such  denominations  as you
shall request by written notice to the Company  delivered at least four business
days'  prior to the Closing  Date),  shall be made to you for the account of the
purchasers of the Securities  against  payment of the purchase price therefor by
certified  or bank check or wire  transfer  payable in New York  Clearing  House
funds to the order of the  Company.  The  Company  will  make such  certificates
available for  inspection at least one business day prior to the Closing Date at
such place as you shall designate.

          (c) The "Closing  Date" shall be _______,  1997 or such other date not
later  than  the  fourth  business  day  following  the  effective  date  of the


                                       17

<PAGE>


Registration Statement as you shall determine and advise the Company by at least
three full business days' notice.

          (d) The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection with
the issuance and delivery of the  Securities by the Company to the  Underwriters
shall be borne by the Company.  The Company will pay and hold the  Underwriters,
and  any  subsequent  holder  of the  Securities,  harmless  from  any  and  all
liabilities  with  respect to or  resulting  from any failure or delay in paying
federal and state stamp taxes,  if any, which are payable in connection with the
original  issuance or sale to the Underwriters of the Securities or any portions
thereof.

          (e) As soon, on or after the Effective Date, as the Underwriter  deems
advisable, the Underwriter shall make a public offering of the Securities (other
than to  residents  of or in any  jurisdiction  in  which  qualification  of the
Securities  is required  and has not become  effective)  at the  initial  public
offering  prices  and upon the  other  terms set  forth in the  Prospectus.  The
Underwriters  may from time to time  increase  or decrease  the public  offering
prices of the Securities  after the  distribution  thereof has been completed to
such extent as the Underwriters, in their sole discretion, deem advisable.

     5. Sale,  Purchase and Delivery of Additional  Securities;  Option  Closing
Date.

          (a) The  Underwriter  shall have the option (the "Option") to purchase
from the Company,  87,000 shares of Common Stock and 87,000 Warrants. The Option
to purchase the Additional Securities shall be exercisable at the same price per
Security as set forth in  Paragraph  4(a) above.  Additional  Securities  may be
purchased solely for the purpose of covering  over-allotments made in connection
with  the  distribution  and  sale  of the  Securities  as  contemplated  by the
Prospectus.

          (b) The Option to purchase  all or part of the  Additional  Securities
covered  thereby is  exercisable by you at any time and from time to time before
the  expiration  of a period of 45 calendar  days from the date of the Effective
Date (the "Option  Period") by written notice to the Company,  setting forth the
number of Additional  Securities  for which the Option is being  exercised,  the
name or names in which the certificates for such Additional Securities are to be
registered and the denominations of such certificates. Upon each exercise of the
Option,  the Company  shall sell to the  Underwriters  the  aggregate  number of
Additional Securities specified in the notice exercising such Option.

          (c)  Delivery  of the  Additional  Securities  with  respect  to which
Options shall have been  exercised and payment  therefor  shall be made at 10:00
A.M., New York time on the Option Closing Date, as hereinafter  defined,  at the


                                       18

<PAGE>


offices of the  Underwriters or at such other locations as may be agreed upon by
you and the Company. Delivery of certificates for Additional Securities shall be
made to you for the account of the Underwriters  against payment of the purchase
price  therefor by certified or bank check or wire transfer in New York Clearing
House Funds to the order of the Company.  The Company will make certificates for
Additional  Securities to be purchased at the Option  Closing Date available for
inspection  at least one business day prior to such Option  Closing Date at such
place as you shall designate.

          (d) The "Option  Closing  Date" shall be the date not later than three
business  days after the end of the  Option  Period as you shall  determine  and
advise the Company,  by at least three full business  days' notice,  unless some
other time is agreed upon between you and the Company.

          (e)  The  obligations  of the  Underwriters  to  purchase  and pay for
Additional Securities at such Option Closing Date shall be subject to compliance
as of such date with all the conditions  specified in Paragraph 9 herein and the
delivery to you of opinions,  certificates  and letters,  each dated such Option
Closing Date,  substantially  similar in scope to those specified in Paragraph 9
herein.

          (f) The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection with
the  issuance and delivery of the  Additional  Securities  by the Company to the
Underwriters  shall be borne by the  Company.  The Company will pay and hold the
Underwriters, and any subsequent holder of Additional Securities,  harmless from
any and all  liabilities  with respect to or resulting from any failure or delay
in paying federal and state stamp taxes, if any, which are payable in connection
with  the  original  issuance  or  sale  to the  Underwriter  of the  Additional
Securities or any portion thereof.

     6. Warrant Solicitation Fee.

     The Company  agrees to pay the  Underwriters  a fee of five percent (5%) of
the  aggregate  exercise  price of the  Warrants if: (i) the market price of the
Common Stock is greater  than the exercise  price of the Warrants on the date of
exercise;  (ii) the  exercise of the  Warrants is  solicited  by a member of the
NASD;  (iii) the  Warrants  are not held in a  discretionary  account;  (iv) the
disclosure  of  compensation  arrangements  was  made  both  at the  time of the
Offering  and  at  the  time  of  the  exercise  of the  Warrant;  and  (v)  the
solicitation  of the Warrant is not in  violation of  Regulation  M  promulgated
under the Exchange  Act.  The Company  agrees not to solicit the exercise of any
Warrants  other than through the  Underwriters  and will not authorize any other
dealer to engage in such  solicitation  without the prior written consent of the
Underwriters which will not be unreasonably  withheld.  The Warrant solicitation
fee will not be paid in a non- solicited transaction. Any request for exercise


                                       19

<PAGE>


will be presumed to be  unsolicited  unless the customer  states in writing that
the  transaction  was solicited and designates in writing the  broker/dealer  to
receive   compensation  for  the  exercise.   No  Warrant  solicitation  by  the
Underwriters will occur for a period of 12 months from the Effective Date.

     7. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters.

     The Underwriters represent and warrant individually to the Company that:

          (a) Each Underwriter is a member in good standing of the NASD, and has
complied with all NASD  requirements  concerning net capital and compensation to
be received in connection with the Offering.

          (b) To the Underwriters'  knowledge,  there are no claims for services
in the nature of a finder's or  origination  fee with respect to the sale of the
Securities hereunder, which the Company is, or may become, obligated to pay.

     8. Payment of Expenses.

          (a) The  Company  will  pay and  bear all  costs,  fees  and  expenses
incident to and in connection  with: (i) the issuance,  sale and delivery of the
Securities,  including  all  expenses  and  fees  incident  to the  preparation,
printing and filing  (including the mailing and  distribution of preliminary and
final  prospectuses)  of the  Registration  Statement  (including  all  exhibits
thereto),  each  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Prospectus,  and  amendments and
post-effective  amendments thereof and supplements  thereto,  and this Agreement
and related documents,  Preliminary and Final Blue Sky Memoranda,  including the
cost of preparing and copying all copies thereof in quantities deemed reasonably
necessary by the Underwriters;  (ii) advertising costs and expenses,  including,
but not limited to, the costs and expenses in  connection  with the "road show,"
memorabilia and "tombstones" in publications selected by the Underwriters; (iii)
the printing,  engraving, issuance and delivery of the Shares, Warrants, Warrant
Shares,  Additional  Securities,   Underwriters'  Warrants  and  the  securities
underlying  the  Underwriters'  Warrant,  including  any transfer or other taxes
payable thereon in connection with the original issuance thereof (excluding such
transfer or other taxes as may be payable in connection with the issuance of the
securities  underlying the  Underwriters'  Warrants other than to the registered
holder of the  Underwriters'  Warrants  or in  connection  with the  issuance of
Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants other than to the  registered  holder
of such Warrants); (iv) the qualification of the Common Stock and Warrants under
the state or foreign  securities or "Blue Sky" laws selected by the Underwriters
and the Company, and disbursements and reasonable fees of $40,000 to counsel for


                                       20

<PAGE>


the  Underwriters in connection  therewith plus the filing fees for such states;
(v) fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the Company;  (vi) all
reasonable  traveling and lodging expenses  incurred by us and/or our counsel in
connection  with visits to, and examination  of, the Company's  premises;  (vii)
other  expenses and  disbursements  incurred on behalf of the Company (viii) the
filing  fees  payable to the  Commission  and the NASD;  (ix) any listing of the
Common Stock and Warrants on a securities exchange or on Nasdaq.

          (b) In  addition  to the  expenses to be paid and borne by the Company
referred to in Paragraph 8(a) above,  the Company shall reimburse you at closing
for expenses incurred by you in connection with the Offering (for which you need
not make any accounting),  in the amount of 3% of the price to the public of the
Securities   and   Additional   Securities   sold  in  the  Offering.   This  3%
non-accountable  expense  allowance  shall cover the fees of your legal counsel,
but shall not include any  expenses for which the Company is  responsible  under
Paragraph 8(a) above,  including the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of your
legal counsel with respect to Blue Sky matters.

     9. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.

     The  obligations  of  the   Underwriters  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  shall be subject to the continuing  accuracy in
all  material  respects of the  representations  and  warranties  of the Company
contained herein (except those representations and warranties that speak as of a
specific  date) and the accuracy in all material  respects of the  statements of
the Company and its  officers  and  directors  made  pursuant to the  provisions
hereof,  as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing
Date,  and to the  performance  by the Company in all  material  respects of its
covenants and agreements hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

          (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date following the date of this Agreement,
or such later date and time as shall be  consented  to in writing by you and, on
or  prior  to the  Closing  Date or the  Option  Closing  Date,  no  stop  order
suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement and no proceedings
for  that  purpose  shall  have  been  instituted  or to your  knowledge  or the
knowledge of the Company, shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and
any request on the part of the Commission for additional  information shall have
been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters
and after the date hereof no  amendment or  supplement  shall have been filed to
the Registration Statement or Prospectus without your prior consent, which shall
not have been unreasonably withheld or delayed.


                                       21

<PAGE>



          (b) The  Underwriters  shall not have  advised  the  Company  that the
Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto  contains  an untrue  statement  of a fact which,  in the  Underwriters'
reasonable  opinion,  is  material,  or  omits  to  state a fact  which,  in the
Underwriters'  reasonable  opinion,  is  material  and is  required to be stated
therein  or is  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

          (c) Between the time of the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
and the  Closing  Date,  there  shall be no  litigation  instituted  against the
Company or any of its officers or  directors  and between such dates there shall
be no proceeding  instituted or, to the Company's knowledge,  threatened against
the Company or any of its officers or directors before or by any federal,  state
or  county  commission,   regulatory  body,   administrative   agency  or  other
governmental  body,  domestic or foreign,  in which  litigation or proceeding an
unfavorable ruling, decision or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (d) The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein
and in each  certificate  and document  contemplated  under this Agreement to be
delivered  to you shall be true and  correct  in all  material  respects  at the
Closing Date as if made at the Closing Date,  and all  covenants and  agreements
contained herein to be performed on the part of the Company,  and all conditions
contained  herein to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company at or prior to
the Closing Date shall be fulfilled or complied with in all material respects.

          (e) At the  Closing  Date,  you shall  have  received  the  opinion of
Bearman  Talesnick & Clowdus,  P.C.,  counsel to the  Company,  dated as of such
Closing  Date,   addressed  to  the  Underwriters  and  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriters, to the effect that:

               (i) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all requisite
corporate  power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business
as described in the Registration Statement.  The Company is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in all  jurisdictions
where its  ownership,  leasing,  licensing  or use of property and assets or the
conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where failure
to be so qualified or in good standing will not have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (ii) The Company has all requisite  corporate power and authority
to  execute,  deliver and perform the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Consulting
Agreement  (to be entered  into as of the  initial  Closing  Date),  the Warrant


                                       22

<PAGE>


Agreement  and the  Underwriters'  Warrants and to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated   thereby.   The  execution,   delivery  and   performance  of  the
Underwriting Agreement,  the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the
Underwriters'  Warrants by the Company,  the  consummation by the Company of the
transactions  therein  contemplated  and the  compliance by the Company with the
terms of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Consulting  Agreement,  the Warrant
Agreement  and the  Underwriters'  Warrants  have  been duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate action,  the Underwriting  Agreement has been duly executed
and delivered by the Company, and each of the Consulting Agreement,  the Warrant
Agreement  and the  Underwriters'  Warrants  will have been  duly  executed  and
delivered by the Company as of the Closing Date. The Underwriting  Agreement is,
and,  as of each  Closing  Date each of the  Consulting  Agreement,  the Warrant
Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrants will be, a valid and binding obligation
of the Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms,  except  insofar as
enforceability of indemnification and contribution  provisions may be limited by
applicable law or policy or equitable  principles,  and except as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy,  reorganization,  moratorium,  insolvency or other
laws affecting the  enforceability  of creditors'  rights generally and rules of
law  governing  specific  performance,  injunctive  relief  and other  equitable
remedies.

               (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting
Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the Underwriters'
Warrants by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
therein or herein contemplated will not, with or without the giving of notice or
the lapse of time,  or both,  (A) result in a violation  of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or  by-laws  of the  Company,  in each  case as the  same  may be
amended, (B) to the best of such counsel's knowledge,  result in a breach of, or
conflict  with,  any terms or provisions of or  constitute a default  under,  or
result in the  modification  or  termination  of, or result in the  creation  or
imposition of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, any indenture,  mortgage, note,
contract,  commitment or other  material  agreement or instrument  known to such
counsel to which the  Company  is a party or by which the  Company or any of its
properties  or assets are bound or affected,  except where any of the  foregoing
would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  (C) to the best of such  counsel's
knowledge,  violate any existing applicable law, rule or regulation or judgment,
order or  decree  known to such  counsel  of any  governmental  agency or court,
domestic  or  foreign,  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Company  or  any of its
properties  or  business,  which  judgment,  order or decree is  binding  on the
Company or to which any of its business or operations  is subject,  except where
any such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect;  or (D) to the best
of such  counsel's  knowledge,  have any material  adverse effect on any permit,
certification,  registration,  approval, consent, license or franchise necessary


                                       23

<PAGE>


for the Company to own or lease and operate  its  properties  and to conduct its
business or the ability of the Company to make use thereof;

               (iv) To the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  no authorization,
approval,  consent,  order,  registration,  license  or  permit  of any court or
governmental  agency or body  (other  than under the Act,  the  Regulations  and
applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws) is required for the authorization,
issuance,  sale and delivery of the Securities,  the Additional Securities,  the
Warrant  Shares  or the  Underwriters'  Warrants,  and the  consummation  by the
Company of the  transactions  contemplated by the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the
Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or the Underwriters' Warrants;

               (v) Such counsel has been advised by the staff of the  Commission
that the  Registration  Statement  was declared  effective  under the Act by the
Commission on , 1997;  to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order
suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued by
the Commission,  and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
pending or threatened under the Act;

               (vi) The  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  as of the
Effective  Date (except for the financial  statements  and other  financial data
included therein or omitted therefrom,  as to which such counsel need express no
opinion),  comply as to form in all material  respects with the  requirements of
the Act and  Regulations  and,  to the  best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  the
conditions for use of a  registration  statement on Form S-1 have been satisfied
by the Company;

               (vii)  The  description  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus,  other than in the section  entitled  "Underwriting"  as to which no
opinion  need  be  provided,  of  statutes,  regulations,  contracts  and  other
documents  have been reviewed by us, and,  based upon such review,  are accurate
summaries of such statutes,  regulations,  contracts and other  documents in all
material  respects and, to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  there are no
material  contracts or documents of a character  required to be described in the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  or to be filed as  exhibits  to the
Registration Statement, which are not so described or filed as required.

               (viii) Each share of Common Stock  outstanding  as of the date of
the  Prospectus or immediately  prior to the initial  Closing Date has been duly
authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and  nonassessable.  To the best
of such counsel's  knowledge,  none of the Common Stock outstanding as of either
such date or time has been issued in violation of the  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder of the Company. The authorized Common Stock conforms in all material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration  Statement and


                                       24

<PAGE>


Prospectus. To the best of such counsel's knowledge,  except as set forth in the
Prospectus,  no  holders  of any of the  Company's  securities  has any  rights,
"demand," "piggyback" or otherwise (which has not been waived or terminated), to
have  such  securities  registered  under  the Act,  except  as set forth in the
Prospectus;

               (ix) The  issuance  and sale of the  Securities,  the  Additional
Securities, the Warrants, the Warrant Shares and the Underwriters' Warrants have
been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for and delivered in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof,  the Common Stock  comprising the Securities,  the
Additional  Securities and the Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid
and  nonassessable.  Neither the Securities  nor the  Additional  Securities are
subject to statutory  preemptive  rights of any stockholder of the Company.  The
certificates representing the Securities are in proper legal form;

               (x) The Warrants and the Underwriters'  Warrants constitute,  and
the Warrants  underlying the Underwriters'  Warrants,  when issued and delivered
upon exercise of the Underwriters'  Warrants,  will constitute valid and binding
obligations  of the Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with their  respective
terms,  to issue and sell,  upon  exercise  thereof and payment  pursuant to the
terms  thereof,  the numbers and types of securities  of the Company  called for
thereby.  All  corporate  action  required  to be taken  for the  authorization,
issuance  and sale of the  Securities  has  been  duly and  validly  taken.  The
Warrants and the Underwriters'  Warrants conform in all material respects to the
descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (xi) Good title to the  Securities,  free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  equities,  security  interests and claims  (except those that may
arise from actions or inactions of the  Underwriters),  has been  transferred to
the  Underwriters,  provided that the  Underwriters  purchased the Securities in
good faith and without notice of any such lien, encumbrance, equity, security or
claim or any other  adverse  claim  within the  meaning of the New York  Uniform
Commercial  Code  ("NYUCC")  to the extent  that the NYUCC is  identical  to the
Colorado Uniform Commercial Code ("COUCC");

               (xii)  Assuming  that the  Underwriters  exercise  the  Option to
purchase the Additional  Securities and make payment therefor in accordance with
the  terms  of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  upon  issuance  of the  Additional
Securities to the  Underwriters  pursuant  hereto,  good title to the Additional
Securities,  free  and  clear of any  liens,  encumbrances,  equities,  security
interests  and claims  (except those that may arise from actions or inactions of
the Underwriters), will have been transferred to the Underwriters, provided that


                                       25

<PAGE>


the Underwriters  purchased the Additional  Securities in good faith and without
notice of any such lien,  encumbrance,  equity,  security  or claim or any other
adverse  claim  within the  meaning of the NYUCC to the extent that the NYUCC is
identical to the COUCC.

               (xiii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, other than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus,  there are no claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings,  arbitrations,  investigations or inquiries before any governmental
agency, court or tribunal, or before any private arbitration  tribunal,  pending
or  threatened  against  the Company or to which its  properties  or business is
subject, which, individually or in the aggregate,  would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

               In addition,  such counsel  shall state that during the course of
the preparation of the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  such counsel
participated  in  conferences  with  officers of the  Company,  and,  while such
counsel are not passing upon,  has not verified or  independently  investigated,
and does  not  assume  any  responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or
fairness of the statements or documents contained in the Registration  Statement
or the  Prospectus,  during the  course of such  preparation  and the  foregoing
conferences, no facts came to such counsel's attention which caused such counsel
to believe  that (A) the  Registration  Statement  (except  as to the  financial
statements and other financial data contained therein,  as to which such counsel
need  express  no  opinion),  as of the  Effective  Date,  contained  any untrue
statement of a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made, not  misleading,  or that (B) the  Prospectus  (except as to the financial
statements and other financial data contained therein,  as to which such counsel
need express no opinion),  as of its date,  contained any untrue  statement or a
material fact or omitted to state any material  fact  necessary in order to make
the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

               In rendering such opinions, such counsel may limit their opinions
to matters  governed by the federal laws of the United  States,  the laws of the
State of New York (to the extent that New York law is similar to  Colorado  law)
and the general  corporation  laws of the State of Delaware,  and may rely as to
matters of fact,  to the extent they deem proper,  on  certificates  and written
statements  of  officers  of the  Company  and  certificates  or  other  written
statements of officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of
documents  respecting  the corporate  existence or good standing of the Company,
provided that copies of any such statements or  certificates  shall be delivered
to counsel to the Underwriters.

          (f)  On or  prior  to  the  initial  Closing  Date,  counsel  for  the
Underwriters shall have been furnished such documents,  certificates and options


                                       26

<PAGE>



as they may  reasonably  require for the purpose of enabling  them to review the
matters  referred to in  subparagraph  (e) of this  Paragraph  9, or in order to
evidence   the   accuracy,   completeness   or   satisfaction   of  any  of  the
representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

          (g) Prior to the Closing Date:

               (i) There  shall  have  been no  material  adverse  change in the
condition or prospects or the business  activities,  financial or otherwise,  of
the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (ii) There shall have been no  transaction,  outside the ordinary
course of business, entered into by the Company from the latest date as of which
the  financial  condition  of the  Company  is  set  forth  in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus which is material to the Company, which is (x) required
to be  disclosed  in the  Prospectus  or  Registration  Statement  and is not so
disclosed, and (y) likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (iii) The  Company  shall not be in  default  under any  material
provision of any instrument relating to any outstanding indebtedness,  except as
described in the Prospectus and except such as will not have a Material  Adverse
Effect;

               (iv) No material  amount of the assets of the Company  shall have
been  pledged,  mortgaged  or otherwise  encumbered,  except as set forth in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (v) No action,  suit or  proceeding,  at law or in equity,  shall
have  been  pending  or to its  knowledge  threatened  against  the  Company  or
affecting any of its properties or businesses  before or by any court or federal
or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set
forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (vi) No stop order  shall have been  issued  under the Act and no
proceedings  therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company's  knowledge,
threatened by the Commission; and

               (vii) Each of the  representations  and warranties of the Company
contained in this Agreement and in each  certificate  and document  contemplated
under this Agreement to be delivered to you was, when  originally made and is at
the time such certificate is dated, true and correct in all material respects.

          (h) Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
at the Closing Date, you shall have received a certificate of the Company signed


                                       27

<PAGE>


by the Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  and the  principal  financial
officer of the  Company,  dated as of the Closing  Date,  to the effect that the
conditions  set forth in  subparagraph  (g) above  have  been  satisfied  in all
material  respects and that, as of the Closing  Date,  the  representations  and
warranties  of the Company set forth in Paragraph 2 herein are true and correct,
as if  made  on and as of the  Closing  Date,  in  all  material  respects.  Any
certificate  signed by any  officer of the Company  and  delivered  to you or to
counsel for the Underwriters  shall be deemed a  representation  and warranty by
the Company to the Underwriters as to the statements made therein.

          (i) At the time this  Agreement is executed,  and at the Closing Date,
you shall have received a letter,  addressed to the Underwriters and in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory in all material  respects to you and counsel
for the  Underwriters,  from HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP, dated as of the date of this
Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A
hereto.

          (j) All  proceedings  taken  in  connection  with  the  authorization,
issuance or sale of the Securities,  Additional  Securities,  Warrant Shares and
the  Underwriters'   Securities  as  herein  contemplated  shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory  in form and  substance to you and to counsel to the  Underwriters,
and the Underwriters shall have received from such counsel an opinion,  dated as
each  Closing  Date  with  respect  to  such  of  these  proceedings  as you may
reasonably require.

          (k)  The  obligation  of  the  Underwriters  to  purchase   Additional
Securities  hereunder  is subject to the  accuracy  of the  representations  and
warranties of the Company  contained herein on and as of the Option Closing Date
in all material respects and to the satisfaction on and as of the Option Closing
Date of the conditions set forth herein in all material respects.

          (l) On the Closing Date there shall have been duly tendered to you for
your  account  the  appropriate  number of shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants
constituting the Securities.

     10. Indemnification and Contribution.

          (a) Subject to the conditions  set forth below,  the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the  Underwriters,  each of their agents and counsel
and each person,  if any, who controls the Underwriters  ("controlling  person")
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act,  against  any and all losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,  actions and
expenses or liability,  joint or several,  whatsoever (including but not limited
to  any  and  all  expense  whatsoever  reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending against any litigation,  commenced or threatened,  or any
claim whatsoever), joint or several, to which it or such controlling persons may

                                       28

<PAGE>



become  subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or under any other statute or at
common law or  otherwise,  arising out of or based upon any untrue  statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  Registration
Statement or any Preliminary  Prospectus or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented);  in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any
new  registration  statement  and  prospectus  in which is included  the Warrant
Shares of the Company  issued or issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants,  or
Warrant Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants;
or in any  application  or other  document  or  written  communication  (in this
Paragraph 10 collectively called "application") executed by the Company or based
upon information  furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to
qualify the Securities,  Additional  Securities,  Warrant Shares,  Underwriters'
Warrants and Underwriters' Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed
with the  Commission  or any  securities  exchange;  or the  omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements  therein not  misleading  (in light of the  circumstances
under  which they were  made),  unless such  statement  or omission  was made in
reliance upon or in conformity  with  information  furnished to the Company with
respect to the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter  expressly for use
in any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any
amendment or  supplement  thereof,  or in any  application,  as the case may be.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Company shall have no liability  under this
Paragraph 10(a) with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of any material fact contained in or any omission or alleged omission to state a
material  fact  required  to  be  stated  in  any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereof or
necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading or in any  application
made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information  furnished to
the Company by you  expressly  for use in the  preparation  of such  Preliminary
Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus with respect to the Underwriter
or  directly  relating  to the  transactions  effected  or to be effected by the
Underwriter in connection with the Offering. In addition, the Company shall have
no liability under this Paragraph 10(a) if any such untrue statement or omission
made  in a  Preliminary  Prospectus,  is  corrected  in the  Prospectus  and the
Underwriter  failed to deliver to the person or persons  alleging the  liability
upon  which  indemnification  is  being  sought,  at or  prior  to  the  written
confirmation of such sale, a copy of the  Prospectus.  This indemnity will be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

          (b) The Underwriters  agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company
and each of the  officers  and  directors  of the  Company  who have  signed the
Registration  Statement,  each of its agents and counsel, and each other person,
if any, who controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or


                                       29

<PAGE>


Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company to the Underwriter in Paragraph 10(a), but only with respect to
any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
in or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact required to be
stated in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus
or any  amendment or  supplement  thereof or  necessary  to make the  statements
therein not  misleading  or in any  application  made in reliance  upon,  and in
conformity with, written  information  furnished to the Company by you expressly
for use in the  preparation of such  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus with respect to the Underwriter or directly  relating to
the  transactions  effected or to be effected by the  Underwriter  in connection
with the Offering. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability
which the Underwriter may otherwise have.

          (c) If any  action is  brought  against  any  indemnified  party  (the
"Indemnitee")  in respect of which indemnity may be sought against another party
pursuant to the foregoing (the  "Indemnitor"),  the Indemnitor  shall assume the
defense of the action,  including the employment and fees of counsel (reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnitee)  and payment of expenses.  Any Indemnitee  shall
have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees
and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such  Indemnitee  unless
the  employment  of such counsel  shall have been  authorized  in writing by the
Indemnitor  in  connection  with the defense of such action.  If the  Indemnitor
shall have  employed  counsel to have charge of the defense or shall  previously
have assumed the defense of any such action or claim,  the Indemnitor  shall not
thereafter be liable to any Indemnitee in investigating,  preparing or defending
any such action or claim.  Each Indemnitee  shall promptly notify the Indemnitor
of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings or any other action against
the Indemnitee in respect of which indemnification is to be sought.

          (d) In order to provide for just and equitable  contribution under the
Act in any case in which: (i) the Underwriter makes a claim for  indemnification
pursuant to Paragraph 10 hereof,  but it is judicially  determined (by the entry
of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent  jurisdiction and the time
to appeal has  expired or the last  right of appeal has been  denied)  that such
indemnification  may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that
this  Paragraph  10  provides  for   indemnification   of  such  case;  or  (ii)
contribution  under the Act may be required on the part of the  Underwriters  in
circumstances  for which  indemnification  is provided  under this Paragraph 10,
then, and in each such case, the Company and the  Underwriters  shall contribute
to the aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities to which they may be
subject  (after any  contribution  from others) in such  proportion  so that the


                                       30

<PAGE>


Underwriters  are responsible for the portion  represented by dividing the total
compensation  received  by the  Underwriters  herein or in  connection  with the
Offering  by the  total  purchase  price of all  Securities  sold in the  public
offering and the Company is  responsible  for the remaining  portion;  provided,
that in any such  case,  no  person  guilty  of a  fraudulent  misrepresentation
(within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  person   who  was  not   guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.

          The  foregoing  contribution  agreement  shall  in no way  affect  the
contribution liabilities of any persons having liability under Section 11 of the
Act other than the Company and the  Underwriters.  As used in this Paragraph 10,
the term  "Underwriters"  includes  any officer,  director,  or other person who
controls  any  Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, and the
word "Company" includes any officer, director or person who controls the Company
within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the  Act.  If the  full  amount  of the
contribution  specified  in this  paragraph is not  permitted  by law,  then the
Underwriters and each person who controls the Underwriters  shall be entitled to
contribution  from  the  Company  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  law.  No
contribution shall be requested with regard to the settlement of any matter from
any party who did not consent in writing to the settlement.

          (e)  Within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  receipt  by any party to this
Agreement (or its  representative)  of notice of the commencement of any action,
suit or  proceeding,  such party will,  if a claim for  contribution  in respect
thereof is made against  another party (the  "contributing  party"),  notify the
contributing  party of the commencement  thereof,  but the omission so to notify
the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability it may have to any
other party other than for contribution hereunder.

          In case any such action,  suit or  proceeding  is brought  against any
party, and such party notifies a contributing party or his or its representative
of the  commencement  thereof  within  the  aforesaid  fifteen  (15)  days,  the
contributing  party will be entitled to  participate  therein with the notifying
party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing
party shall not be liable to any party  seeking  contribution  on account of any
settlement  of any claim,  action or  proceeding  effected by such party seeking
contribution  without  the  written  consent  of such  contributing  party.  The
indemnification provisions contained in this Paragraph 10 are in addition to any
other rights or remedies  which either party hereto may have with respect to the
other or hereunder.

     11. Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive Delivery.


                                       31

<PAGE>



     The respective  indemnity and  contribution  agreements by the Underwriters
and  the  Company   contained  in  Paragraph  10  hereof,   and  the  covenants,
representations  and warranties of the Company and the Underwriters set forth in
this Agreement,  shall remain operative and in full force and effect  regardless
of (i) any investigation made by the Underwriters or on their behalf or by or on
behalf of any person who  controls  any  Underwriter,  or by the  Company or any
controlling person of the Company or any director or any officer of the Company,
(ii)  acceptance of any of the  Securities  and payment  therefor,  or (iii) any
termination of this Agreement, and shall survive the delivery of the Securities;
and any  successor  of the  Underwriters  or the  Company,  or of any person who
controls you or the Company or any other indemnified  party, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to the benefit of such respective  indemnity and  contribution
agreements.   The  respective  indemnity  and  contribution  agreements  by  the
Underwriters  and the  Company  contained  in  Paragraph  10  above  shall be in
addition to any liability which the  Underwriters  and the Company may otherwise
have.

     12. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

          (a) This  Agreement  shall become  effective  at 10:00 A.M.,  New York
time,  on the first full  business  day  following  the day on which you and the
Company receive notification that the Registration Statement became effective.

          (b) This Agreement may be terminated by the  Underwriters by notifying
the Company at any time on or before the initial  Closing  Date, if any domestic
or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your
reasonable opinion will in the immediate future materially  disrupt,  securities
markets in the United States;  or if trading in securities  generally on the New
York Stock  Exchange,  the American Stock Exchange,  or in the  over-the-counter
market in the United  States  shall have been  suspended,  or minimum or maximum
prices for trading in  securities  generally  shall have been fixed,  or maximum
ranges  for   prices  for   securities   shall  have  been   required,   on  the
over-the-counter  market by the NASD or Nasdaq or by order of the  Commission or
any other  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction;  or if a moratorium in
foreign  exchange  trading  by major  international  banks or  persons  has been
declared in the United  States;  or if the Company  shall have  sustained a loss
material  or  substantial  to the  Company  taken  as a whole  by  fire,  flood,
accident, hurricane,  earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious
act  which,  whether or not such loss shall  have been  insured,  will,  in your
reasonable opinion,  make it inadvisable to proceed with the offering,  sale and
delivery  of the  Securities;  or if there  shall have been a  material  adverse
change in the conditions of the United States securities  market in general,  as
in your  reasonable  judgment  would make it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with the
offering, sale and delivery of the Securities.


                                       32

<PAGE>




          (c) If you elect to  terminate  this  Agreement  as  provided  in this
Paragraph  12, the Company  shall be notified  promptly by you by  telephone  or
facsimile, confirmed by letter.

          (d) Anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if
this  Agreement  shall  terminate  or shall not be  carried  out within the time
specified  herein by reason of any failure on the part of the Company to perform
any  undertaking,  or to satisfy any  condition  of this  Agreement  by it to be
performed or satisfied,  the sole liability of the Company to the  Underwriters,
in addition to the  obligations  assumed by the Company  pursuant to Paragraph 8
herein,  will be to reimburse the  Underwriters on an accountable  basis for the
following:  (i) reasonable  Blue Sky counsel fees and expenses to the extent set
forth in Paragraph 8(a)(iv);  (ii) Blue Sky filing fees to that same extent; and
(iii) such other  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  actually  incurred by the
Underwriters (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel),
to the extent set forth in Paragraph 8(a), in connection with this Agreement and
the proposed  offering of the  Securities,  but in no event to exceed the sum of
$100,000  less such amounts as shall have already been paid  pursuant to Section
8(b)  or  otherwise.  The  Company  shall  not in any  event  be  liable  to the
Underwriters for the loss of anticipated  profits from the transactions  covered
by this Agreement.

          Anything in this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,  if this
Agreement  shall be  terminated  by you because you have  exercised  your rights
pursuant to Paragraph 12(b) above,  the Company shall not be under any liability
to you except, on an accountable  basis, for the portion of the  non-accountable
expense allowance referred to in Paragraph 8(b) for which expenses have actually
been paid or  incurred by you,  and any  balance  will be returned by you to the
Company.

     13. Notices.

     All  communications  hereunder,  except  as herein  otherwise  specifically
provided, shall be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, shall be mailed,
delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the  Underwriters at the addresses set
forth on the first  page  hereof,  with a copy  thereof  to Thomas  Rose,  Esq.,
Schneck  Weltman  Hashmall LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York
10019,  and, if sent to the Company,  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed
and confirmed to the Company at 14603 Chisman, Houston, Texas, 77039, Attention:
John Wilson,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  with a copy thereof to Alan Talesnick,
Esq.,  Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus,  P.C., 1200 Seventeenth  Street,  Suit 2600,
Denver Colorado 80202.


                                       33

<PAGE>


     14. Parties.

     This  Agreement  shall inure  solely to the benefit of and shall be binding
upon, the Underwriters,  the Company and the controlling persons,  directors and
officers  referred to in Paragraph 10 hereof,  and their respective  successors,
legal  representatives  and  assigns,  and no  other  person  shall  have  or be
construed  to have any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or claim  under or in
respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  No
purchaser  of  any  of  the  Securities  or  Additional   Securities   from  the
Underwriters  shall be deemed a  successor  or  assign by reason  merely of such
purchase.

     15. Construction.

     This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York,  without giving effect to the
rules  governing  conflict  of  laws,  and  shall  supersede  any  agreement  or
understanding,  oral or in writing,  express or implied, between the Company and
you relating to the sale of any of the Securities.

     16. Jurisdiction and Venue.

     The  Company  agrees  that the  courts of the State of New York  shall have
jurisdiction over any litigation arising from this Agreement, and venue shall be
proper in the Southern District of New York.

     17. Counterparts.

     This agreement may be executed in counterparts.

     If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between you and the
Company,  please so  indicate  in the  space  provided  below for that  purpose,
whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.


                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          John Wilson,
                                          Chief Executive Officer

Accepted as of the date first
above written:

I.A.R. Securities Corp.                WORTHINGTON CAPITAL GROUP, INC.


By:                                    By:
   -----------------------------          --------------------------------------



                                       34







              NO SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES
                    UNDERLYING THIS WARRANT MAY BE MADE UNTIL
                  THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                    OR OF A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO
                  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT"),
               COVERING THIS WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES UNDERLYING
             THIS WARRANT, OR UNTIL THE COMPANY IS IN RECEIPT OF AN
                 OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY
                STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM
              THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. TRANSFER OF
               THIS WARRANT IS RESTRICTED UNDER PARAGRAPH 2 BELOW.





                        UNDERWRITERS' WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                     COMMON STOCK AND/OR REDEEMABLE WARRANTS


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                            (a Delaware corporation)



                          Dated:               , 1997






     THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT,  for  value  received,   I.A.R.   Securities  Corp.,
("Rabinowitz") (collectively the "Underwriters"), or its registered assigns (the
"Holder") is the owner of options (the "Underwriter's  Option") to purchase from
American   International   Consolidated,   Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), during the period and at the prices hereinafter specified, up to [ ]
shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the  "Common
Stock"),  and [ ] redeemable  common stock purchase  warrants (the  "Warrants"),
(collectively with the Common Stock, the "Securities").


<PAGE>



     This Underwriter's  Option is issued pursuant to an Underwriting  Agreement
dated , 1997,  between the Company and the  Underwriters  in  connection  with a
public offering through the  Underwriters  (the "Public  Offering"),  of 580,000
shares of  Common  Stock  and  580,000  Warrants.  The  Warrants  will be issued
pursuant to and subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in an  agreement
between the Company,  the Underwriters and American  Securities Transfer & Trust
Company (the "Warrant Agreement").

     1. Exercise of the Underwriter's Option.

     (a)  The  rights  represented  by  this   Underwriter's   Option  shall  be
exercisable at the prices and during the period specified below,  upon the terms
and subject to the conditions as set forth herein:

          (i) During the period from              , 1997 to              , 1998,
inclusive, the Holder shall have no right to purchase any Securities hereunder.

          (ii) Between            , 1998 and            , 2002,  inclusive,  the
Holder  shall have the option to purchase  shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants
hereunder at a price of $6.00 per share and $.12 per Warrant (which Warrants are
exercisable at $5.00 per share), respectively,  the purchase price of the Common
Stock and price of the Warrants  being % of the public  offering  prices for the
Securities  set  forth  in the  Prospectus  forming  a part of the  registration
statement  on Form S-1 (File No.  333-9583)  of the  Company,  as  amended  (the
"Registration Statement").

                                        2

<PAGE>



          (iii)  After              , 2002,  the  Holder  shall have no right to
purchase any  Securities  hereunder and this  Underwriter's  Option shall expire
effective at 5:00 p.m., New York time on such date.

     (b) The rights represented by this Underwriter's Option may be exercised at
any time  within the period  above  specified,  in whole or in part,  by (i) the
surrender of this Underwriter's Option (with the purchase form at the end hereof
properly  executed) at the  principal  executive  office of the Company (or such
other  office or agency of the Company as it may  designate by notice in writing
to the  Holder  at the  address  of the  Holder  appearing  on the  books of the
Company);  (ii) payment to the Company of the exercise  price then in effect for
the  number  of  shares  of  Common   Stock  and   Warrants   specified  in  the
above-mentioned  purchase form together with applicable stock transfer taxes, if
any; and (iii)  delivery to the Company of a duly executed  agreement  signed by
the person(s)  designated in the purchase form to the effect that such person(s)
agree(s) to be bound by the provisions of Paragraph 5 and subparagraphs (b), (c)
and (d) of Paragraph 6 hereof. This Underwriter's Option shall be deemed to have
been exercised,  in whole or in part to the extent specified,  immediately prior
to the close of business on the date this  Underwriter's  Option is  surrendered
and  payment  is  made in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Paragraph  1, and the person or persons in whose name or names the  certificates
for the Securities  shall be issuable upon such exercise shall become the holder


                                        3

<PAGE>


or holders of record of such  Common  Stock and  Warrants at that time and date.
The Common  Stock and  Warrants so  purchased  shall be  delivered to the Holder
within a reasonable time, not exceeding ten (10) business days, after the rights
represented by this Underwriter's Option shall have been so exercised.

     2. Restrictions on Transfer.

     This  Underwriter's  Option  shall not be  transferred,  sold,  assigned or
hypothecated,  other  than by will  or  pursuant  to the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution,  except to a partner of the underwriter  when the underwriter is a
partnership  or to a  stockholder,  officer or  director of the  underwriter  or
beneficiary  of a trust  which is a  stockholder  of such  underwriter  when the
underwriter  is a  corporation;  however  after one year such transfer may occur
providing the option is exercised  immediately  upon transfer.  If not exercised
immediately upon transfer the option shall lapse.  Such transfer may be effected
by the Holder by (i)  completing  and  executing  the  transfer  form at the end
hereof and (ii) surrendering this Underwriter's  Option with such duly completed
and executed transfer form for cancellation,  accompanied by funds sufficient to
pay any  transfer  tax,  at the office or agency of the  Company  referred to in
Paragraph 1 hereof,  accompanied by a certificate  (signed by a duly  authorized
representative  of the  Holder),  stating  that each  transferee  is a permitted
transferee  under this  Paragraph 2;  whereupon the Company shall issue,  in the
name  or  names  specified  by  the  Holder   (including  the  Holder),   a  new


                                        4

<PAGE>


Underwriter's Option or Underwriter's  Options of like tenor and representing in
the  aggregate  rights to  purchase  the same number of  Securities  as are then
purchasable  hereunder.  The Holder acknowledges that this Underwriter's  Option
may  not be  offered  or  sold  except  pursuant  to an  effective  registration
statement  under the Act or an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company
that an exemption from registration under the Act is available.

     3. Covenants of the Company

     (a) The Company  covenants  and agrees that all Common Stock  issuable upon
the  exercise of this  Underwriter's  Option  will,  upon  issuance  thereof and
payment  therefor in  accordance  with the terms  hereof,  and all Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  underlying  this  Underwriter's  Option,
will upon the issuance thereof and payment therefor in accordance with the terms
of  the  Warrant  Agreement,   be  duly  and  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  and no personal  liability  will attach to the holder  thereof by
reason of being such a holder, other than as set forth herein.

     (b) The Company  covenants  and agrees that during the period  within which
this Underwriter's  Option may be exercised,  the Company will at all times have
authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide
for the exercise of this Underwriter's Option and the Warrants included therein.

     (c) The Company  covenants  and agrees  that for so long as the  Securities
shall be outstanding  (unless the Securities shall no longer be registered under


                                        5

<PAGE>


Paragraph 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of Common Stock  issuable
upon  the  exercise  of the  Underwriter's  Option  and the  Warrants  contained
therein,  to be quoted by the OTC  Bulletin  Board  maintained  by the  National
Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  or listed on a national  securities
exchange.

     4. No Rights of Stockholder.

     This Underwriter's Option shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights
or other rights as a stockholder of the Company, either at law or in equity, and
the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed  in this  Underwriter's
Option and are not  enforceable  against  the  Company  except to the extent set
forth herein.

     5. Registration Rights.

     (a) During the period of four years from              , 1998,  the  Company
shall advise the Holder,  whether the Holder holds this Underwriter's  Option or
has exercised this Underwriter's Option and holds Common Stock and Warrants,  or
Common Stock underlying the Warrants (the "Warrant  Shares"),  by written notice
at least 30 days  prior to the  filing of any  post-effective  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement or of any new registration  statement or  post-effective
amendment thereto under the Act, covering any securities of the Company, for its
own  account or for the  account of others,  and upon the  request of the Holder
made during such four-year period, include in any such post-effective  amendment


                                        6

<PAGE>


or registration statement such information as may be required to permit a public
offering of any of the Common Stock or Warrants issuable  hereunder,  and/or the
Warrant Shares (the "Registerable  Securities");  provided,  that this Paragraph
5(a) shall not apply to any  registration  statement filed pursuant to Paragraph
5(b) hereof or to registrations of shares in connection with an employee benefit
plan or a merger,  consolidation or other  comparable  acquisition or solely for
registration  of  non-convertible  debt or preferred  equity  securities  of the
Company; and provided,  further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder
shall  have  no  right  to  include  any  Registrable   Securities  in  any  new
registration  statement or  post-effective  amendment  thereto  unless as of the
effective  date  thereof the  Registration  Statement  (as it may  hereafter  be
amended or  supplemented)  or any new  registration  statement  under  which the
Registrable  Securities are registered  shall have ceased to be effective or the
prospectus  contained  in such  Registration  Statement  shall have ceased to be
current. The Company shall supply prospectuses in order to facilitate the public
sale or other disposition of the Registerable  Securities,  use its best efforts
to  register  and qualify any of the  Registerable  Securities  for sale in such
states in which the Common Stock and Warrants are offered and sold in the Public
Offering as such Holder reasonably  designates and do any and all other acts and
things  which may be necessary  to enable such Holder to  consummate  the public
sale  of the  Registerable  Securities,  provided  that,  without  limiting  the
foregoing,  the Company  shall not be  obligated  to execute or file any general


                                        7

<PAGE>


consent to service  of  process  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction, and furnish indemnification in
the manner provided in Paragraph 6 hereof. The Holder shall furnish  information
reasonably  requested  by the  Company in  accordance  with such  post-effective
amendments or  registration  statements,  including its intentions  with respect
thereto,  and shall  furnish  indemnification  as set forth in  Paragraph 6. The
Company shall continue to advise the Holders of the  Registerable  Securities of
its  intention to file a  registration  statement or amendment  pursuant to this
Paragraph 5(a) until the earliest of (i) , 2001; or (ii) such time as all of the
Registerable  Securities  have been  registered and sold under the Act; or (iii)
all  of  the  Registrable  Securities  have  been  otherwise  transferred,   new
certificates  for them not bearing a legend  restricting  further transfer shall
have been delivered by the Company and subsequent  public  distribution  of them
shall not require  registration or  qualification of them under the Act, or (iv)
in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company, the Registrable  Securities may
be offered and sold by the holders  thereof without being  registered  under the
Act and such securities, upon receipt by the purchasers thereof pursuant to such
sale,  will not  constitute  "restricted  securities" as such term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Act.

     (b) If any  fifty-one  (51%) percent  holder (as defined  below) shall give
notice to the Company at any time during the two (2) year period  beginning  one
(1) year from , 1997 to the effect  that such holder  desires to register  under


                                        8

<PAGE>


the Act any  Registerable  Securities,  under such  circumstances  that a public
distribution (within the meaning of the Act) of any such Registerable Securities
will be  involved  (and  the  Registration  Statement  or any  new  registration
statement  under which such  Registerable  Securities are registered  shall have
ceased to be effective or the Prospectus  contained therein shall have ceased to
be current),  then the Company will as promptly as practicable  after receipt of
such notice,  but not later than thirty (30) days after  receipt of such notice,
at  the  Company's  option,  file a  post-effective  amendment  to  the  current
Registration  Statement or a new registration  statement  pursuant to the Act to
the end that the  Registerable  Securities may be publicly sold under the Act as
promptly as practicable  thereafter and the Company will use its best efforts to
cause such  registration  to become  and remain  effective  as  provided  herein
(including  the taking of such steps as are  reasonably  necessary to obtain the
removal of any stop order);  provided,  that such fifty-one (51%) percent holder
shall furnish the Company with appropriate  information in connection  therewith
as the Company may reasonably request; and provided,  further,  that the Company
shall not be required to file such a  post-effective  amendment or  registration
statement  pursuant  to this  Paragraph  5(b) on more  than  one  occasion;  and
provided,  further,  that, the registration  rights of the 51% holder under this
Paragraph 5(b) shall be subject to the "piggyback"  registration rights of other
holders  of  securities  of  the  Company  to  include  such  securities  in any


                                        9

<PAGE>


registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to this
Paragraph  5(b).  The Company  will  maintain  such  registration  statement  or
post-effective  amendment  current  under the Act for a period of at least  nine
months from the effective date thereof. The Company shall supply prospectuses in
order to facilitate the public sale of the Registerable Securities, use its best
efforts to register and qualify any of the  Registerable  Securities for sale in
such states in which the Common  Stock and  Warrants are offered and sold in the
Public Offering as such holder reasonably designates and furnish indemnification
in the manner provided in Paragraph 6 hereof,  provided that,  without  limiting
the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general
consent to service  of  process  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

     (c) The Holder may, in accordance  with  Paragraphs  5(a) or (b), at his or
its option,  and subject to the  limitations set forth in Paragraph 1(a) hereof,
request the registration of any of the Registerable  Securities in a filing made
by the Company prior to the  acquisition of the Securities upon exercise of this
Underwriter's  Option.  The Holder may  thereafter  exercise this  Underwriter's
Option at any time or from time to time  subsequent to the  effectiveness  under
the Act of the  registration  statement in which the Common Stock underlying the
Underwriter's Options and Warrants were included.

     (d) The term "51%  holder," as used in this  Paragraph 5, shall include any
owner  or  combination  of  owners  of  Underwriter's  Options  or  Registerable


                                       10

<PAGE>



Securities if the aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock and Warrant Shares
included in and underlying the Underwriter's Options and Registerable Securities
held of record by it or them,  would  constitute a majority of the  aggregate of
such shares of Common  Stock and Warrant  Shares  underlying  the  Underwriter's
Option and Registrable  Securities as of the date of the initial issuance of the
Underwriter's Option.

     (e) The following provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall also be applicable:

          (i) Within  ten (10) days  after  receiving  any  notice  pursuant  to
Paragraph  5(b),  the  Company  shall  give  notice  to  the  other  Holders  of
Underwriter's Options or Registerable  Securities,  advising that the Company is
proceeding with such  post-effective  amendment or registration  and offering to
include therein the Registerable Securities of such other Holders, provided that
they shall furnish the Company with all  information in connection  therewith as
shall be necessary or appropriate and as the Company shall reasonably request in
writing.  Following  the  effective  date of such  post-effective  amendment  or
registration,  the Company shall, upon the request of any Holder of Registerable
Securities,   forthwith   supply  such  number  of   prospectuses   meeting  the
requirements  of the Act, as shall be reasonably  requested by such Holder.  The
Company shall use its best efforts to qualify the  Registerable  Securities  for
sale in such states in which the Common  Stock and Warrants are offered and sold
in the Public  Offering as the 51% holder  shall  reasonably  designate  at such


                                       11

<PAGE>


times as the registration  statement is effective under the Act,  provided that,
without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute or
file any  general  consent  to  service  of  process  or to qualify as a foreign
corporation to do business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

          (ii) The  Company  shall  bear the  entire  cost  and  expense  of any
registration  of  securities   initiated  by  it  under  Paragraph  5(a)  hereof
notwithstanding  that the Registerable  Securities subject to this Underwriter's
Option may be included in any such  registration.  The Company shall also comply
with  the one  request  for  registration  made by the 51%  holder  pursuant  to
Paragraph  5(b) hereof at the  Company's  own expense and without  charge to any
holder of the Registerable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Holder
whose  Registerable  Securities are included in any such registration  statement
pursuant  to this  Paragraph  5 shall,  however,  bear  the fees of any  counsel
retained by him and any transfer taxes or underwriting  discounts or commissions
applicable to the  Registerable  Securities sold by him pursuant thereto and, in
the case of a  registration  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) hereof,  any additional
registration  or  "blue  sky"  or  state  securities  fees  attributable  to the
registration or qualification of such Holder's Registerable Securities.

          (iii) If the underwriter or managing  underwriter in any  underwritten
offering made pursuant to Paragraph 5(a) hereof shall advise the Company that it
declines to include a portion or all of the Registerable Securities requested by


                                       12

<PAGE>


the Holders to be included in the registration  statement,  then distribution of
all or a specified portion of the Registerable Securities shall be excluded from
such  registration  statement  (in case of an  exclusion as to a portion of such
Registerable  Securities,  such  portion to be  allocated  among such Holders in
proportion to the respective numbers of Registerable  Securities requested to be
registered by each such Holder). In such event the Company shall give the Holder
prompt notice of the number of Registerable  Securities  excluded.  Further,  in
such event the Company shall,  commencing six (6) months after the completion of
such  underwritten  offering,  file and use its best  efforts  to have  declared
effective,  at its sole expense  (subject to the  provisions  of Paragraph 5), a
registration statement relating to such excluded securities.

          (iv)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein, the
Company  shall  have the right at any time  after it shall  have  given  written
notice  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) or 5(b)  (irrespective  of whether a written
request for inclusion of any  Registerable  Securities  shall have been made) to
elect  not to file or to  delay  any such  proposed  registration  statement  or
post-effective  amendment thereto,  or to withdraw the same after the filing but
prior to the  effective  date  thereof.  In addition,  the Company may delay the
filing of any  registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment  requested
pursuant  to  Paragraph  5(b)  hereof by not more than 120 days if the  Company,
prior  to  the  time  it  would  otherwise  have  been  required  to  file  such
registration statement or post-effective  amendment thereto,  determines in good
faith that the

                                       13

<PAGE>



filing of the registration  statement would require the disclosure of non-public
material information that, in its judgment,  would be detrimental to the Company
if so disclosed or would otherwise  adversely  affect a financing,  acquisition,
disposition, merger or other material transaction.

          (v) If a registration  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) hereof  involves an
underwritten offering, the Company shall have the right to select the investment
banker or  investment  bankers  and  manager  or  managers  that  will  serve as
underwriter with respect to the underwritten offering. No Holder of Registerable
Securities  may  participate in any  underwritten  offering under this Agreement
unless  such  holder  completes  and  executes  all  questionnaires,  powers  of
attorney,  indemnities,  underwriting  agreements and other  documents  required
under the terms of such  underwritten  offering,  in each case,  in the form and
upon terms  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Company  and the  underwriters.  The
requested  registration  pursuant to Paragraph  5(b) hereof shall not involve an
underwritten  offering unless the Company shall first give its written  approval
of each underwriter that  participates in the offering,  such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld.

     6. Indemnification.

     (a) Whenever pursuant to Paragraph 5, a registration  statement relating to
any Registerable Securities is filed under the Act, amended or supplemented, the
Company  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  Holder  of the  Registerable
Securities covered by such registration statement, amendment or supplement (such


                                       14

<PAGE>


holder hereinafter  referred to as the "Distributing  Holder"),  each person, if
any, who controls (within the meaning of the Act) the Distributing  Holder,  and
each officer,  employee,  partner or agent of the  Distributing  Holder,  if the
Distributing  Holder is a broker or dealer,  and each  underwriter  (within  the
meaning of the Act) of such  securities  and each  person,  if any, who controls
(within the meaning of the Act) any such underwriter and each officer, employee,
agent or partner of such  underwriter  against  any losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities,  joint or  several,  to which  the  Distributing  Holder,  any such
underwriter  or any other person may become  subject under the Act or otherwise,
insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any such  registration  statement or
any preliminary  prospectus or final  prospectus  constituting a part thereof or
any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the
omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under
which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading;  and will  reimburse  the
Distributing Holder and each such underwriter or such other person for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Distributing Holder, or underwriter
or such other person,  in connection  with  investigating  or defending any such
loss, claim, damage,  liability or action;  provided,  however, that the Company


                                       15

<PAGE>


will not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage  or  liability  arises  out of or is based  upon an untrue  statement  or
alleged  untrue   statement  or  omission  or  alleged  omission  made  in  said
registration statement,  said preliminary  prospectus,  said final prospectus or
said  amendment or supplement  in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written
information furnished by such Distributing Holder, any other Distributing Holder
or any such underwriter for use in the preparation thereof, or (ii) such losses,
claims,  damages  or  liabilities  arise out of or are based  upon any actual or
alleged untrue statement or omission made in or from any preliminary prospectus,
but corrected in the final prospectus, as amended or supplemented.

     (b) Whenever pursuant to Paragraph 5 a registration  statement  relating to
the  Registerable   Securities  is  filed  under  the  Act,  or  is  amended  or
supplemented,  the  Distributing  Holder will  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its  officers  who have  signed  said
registration  statement and such  amendments and supplements  thereto,  and each
person, if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Act) against
any  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  to which the Company or any such
director,  officer or  controlling  person may become  subject  under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any  untrue or alleged  untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any such  registration  statement or


                                       16

<PAGE>


any preliminary  prospectus or final prospectus  constituting a part thereof, or
any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the
omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  in
each case to the extent,  but only to the extent that such untrue  statement  or
alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged  omission  was made in said
registration statement,  said preliminary  prospectus,  said final prospectus or
said  amendment or supplement  in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written
information  furnished by such  Distributing  Holder for use in the  preparation
thereof;  and will  reimburse  the  Company  or any such  director,  officer  or
controlling person for any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by them
in connection  with  investigating  or defending any such loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or action.

     (c) Promptly after receipt by an  indemnified  party under this Paragraph 6
of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified  party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying  party, give the
indemnifying  party notice of the commencement  thereof;  but the omission to so
notify the  indemnifying  party will not relieve it from any liability  which it
may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Paragraph 6.

     (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,  and
it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof, the indemnifying


                                       17

<PAGE>


party will be entitled to  participate  in, and, to the extent that it may wish,
jointly with any other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified,  to assume the
defense thereof with counsel reasonably  satisfactory to such indemnified party,
and after notice from the indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its
election to so assume the defense thereof,  the  indemnifying  party will not be
liable to such  indemnified  party under this Paragraph 6 for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     7. Adjustments of Warrant Price and Number of Shares of Common Stock.

     (a) Computation of Adjusted Price. Except as hereinafter  provided, in case
the  Company  shall,  at any  time  after  the  date of  closing  of the sale of
securities  pursuant to the initial  public  offering  ("IPO") of the  Company's
securities (the "Closing Date"), issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (other
than the issuances or sales  referred to in Paragraph 7(f) hereof and other than
private offerings  pursuant to exemptions from federal and state securities laws
to  parties  other  than  the  Company's  officers,   directors,   five  percent
shareholders  or  Affiliates as such is defined in the Act, the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations  thereunder of each of them), including shares held in
the  Company's  treasury  and shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
any options,  rights or warrants to subscribe  for shares of Common Stock (other


                                       18

<PAGE>


than the issuances or sales of Common Stock  pursuant to rights to subscribe for
such Common Stock  distributed  pursuant to Paragraph 7(j) hereof) and shares of
Common  Stock  issued  upon the direct or  indirect  conversion  or  exchange of
securities for shares of Common Stock,  for a consideration  per share less than
the "Market Price" (as defined in Paragraph 7(a)(vi) hereof) per share of Common
Stock on the trading day immediately preceding such issuance then forthwith upon
such issuance or sale, the Warrant Price in respect of the Common Stock issuable
upon  exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option (but not the exercise  price of the
Warrants  underlying the Underwriter's  Option,  which shall be adjusted only in
accordance  with the Warrant  Agreement)  shall (until  another such issuance or
sale) be reduced to the price  (calculated to the nearest full cent)  determined
by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or
sale by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such issuance or sale
multiplied by the Warrant Price  immediately prior to such issuance or sale plus
(2) the  consideration  received by the Company upon such issuance or sale,  and
the  denominator of which shall be the product of (x) the total number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding  immediately after such issuance or sale, multiplied
by (y) the Warrant Price immediately  prior to such issuance or sale;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall the Warrant Price be adjusted  pursuant to this
computation  to an amount in excess of the Warrant  Price in effect  immediately


                                       19

<PAGE>


prior to such  computation,  except in the case of a combination  of outstanding
shares of Common Stock,  as provided by Paragraph 7(c) hereof.  For the purposes
of this Paragraph 7, the term "Warrant  Price" shall mean the exercise price per
share of Common Stock and Warrants  issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's
Option (initially $ per Share and $ per Warrant),  as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 7.

     For the  purposes of any  computation  to be made in  accordance  with this
Paragraph 7(a), the following provisions shall be applicable:

          (i) In case of the  issuance  or sale of shares of Common  Stock for a
consideration  part or all of  which  shall  be  cash,  the  amount  of the cash
consideration  therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the
Company  for such  shares  (or,  if shares of Common  Stock are  offered  by the
Company for subscription,  the subscription  price, or, if such securities shall
be sold to underwriters  or dealers for public  offering  without a subscription
offering, the public offering price) before deducting therefrom any compensation
paid or  discount  allowed  in the sale,  underwriting  or  purchase  thereof by
underwriters or dealers or others performing  similar services,  or any expenses
incurred in connection therewith.

          (ii) In case of the issuance or sale  (otherwise than as a dividend or
other  distribution on any stock of the Company) of shares of Common Stock for a


                                       20

<PAGE>


consideration  part or all of which shall be other than cash,  the amount of the
consideration  therefor  other than cash shall be deemed to be the value of such
consideration  as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company.

          (iii)  Shares of Common  Stock  issuable  by way of  dividend or other
distribution  on any stock of the  Company  shall be deemed to have been  issued
immediately  after the opening of business on the day  following the record date
for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution and shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

          (iv) The  reclassification  of  securities  of the Company  other than
shares of Common Stock into securities including shares of Common Stock shall be
deemed  to  involve  the   issuance  of  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  a
consideration  other than cash immediately prior to the close of business on the
date fixed for the  determination  of security  holders entitled to receive such
shares,  and the value of the  consideration  allocable to such shares of Common
Stock shall be determined  as provided in  subparagraph  (ii) of this  Paragraph
7(a).

          (v) The number of shares of Common  Stock at any one time  outstanding
shall  include  the  aggregate  number of shares  issued  or  issuable  upon the
exercise of options,  rights,  warrants and upon the  conversion  or exchange of
convertible or exchangeable securities.

                                       21

<PAGE>



          (vi) As used herein,  the phrase  "Market  Price" at any date shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price,  or, in case no such  reported sale
takes place on such day,  the average of the last  reported  sale prices for the
last three trading days, in either case as officially  reported by the principal
securities  exchange on which the Common  Stock is listed or admitted to trading
or as reported in the NASDAQ Stock Market, or, if the Common Stock is not listed
or  admitted  to trading on any  national  securities  exchange or quoted on the
NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  the closing bid  quotation  as furnished by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ or a similar organization
if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such information, or if the Common Stock is not
quoted on NASDAQ,  as  determined  in good faith by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors of the Company,  based on the best information available to it for the
day  immediately  preceding  such issuance or sale,  the day of such issuance or
sale and the day immediately after such issuance or sale. If the Common Stock is
listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities exchange and also quoted
on the NASDAQ Stock Market,  the Market Price shall be determined as hereinabove
provided  by  reference  to the  prices  reported  in the NASDAQ  Stock  Market;
provided  that if the Common  Stock is listed or  admitted to trading on the New
York Stock  Exchange,  the  Market  Price  shall be  determined  as  hereinabove
provided by reference to the prices reported by such exchange.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     (b) Options,  Rights, Warrants and Convertible and Exchangeable Securities.
Except in the case of the  Company  issuing  rights to  subscribe  for shares of
Common Stock distributed pursuant to Paragraph 7(j) hereof, if the Company shall
at any time  after  the  Closing  Date  issue  options,  rights or  warrants  to
subscribe for shares of Common Stock, or issue any securities  convertible  into
or  exchangeable  for  shares  of Common  Stock,  in each  case  other  than the
issuances or sales referred to in Paragraph 7(f) hereof, for a consideration per
share less than the Market Price on the trading day  immediately  preceding such
issuance, or (ii) without consideration, the Warrant Price in effect immediately
prior to the issuance of such options,  rights or warrants,  or such convertible
or  exchangeable  securities,  as the case may be,  shall be  reduced to a price
determined  by  making  a  computation  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Paragraph 7(a) hereof, provided that:

          (i) The aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock,  as the
case may be,  issuable  under all the  outstanding  options,  rights or warrants
shall be deemed to be issued  and  outstanding  at the time all the  outstanding
options,  rights or warrants were issued,  and for a consideration  equal to the
minimum purchase price per share provided for in the options, rights or warrants
at the time of issuance,  plus the consideration  (determined in the same manner
as consideration  received on the issue or sale of shares in accordance with the
terms of  Paragraph  7(a)  hereof),  if any,  received  by the  Company  for the


                                       23

<PAGE>


options, rights or warrants, and if no minimum price is provided in the options,
rights or warrants,  then the  consideration  shall be equal to zero;  provided,
however, that upon the expiration or other termination of the options, rights or
warrants, if any thereof shall not have been exercised,  the number of shares of
Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding  pursuant to this  subparagraph
(b) (and for the purposes of subparagraph (v) of Paragraph 7(a) hereof) shall be
reduced by such number of shares as to which  options,  warrants  and/or  rights
shall have expired or terminated unexercised, and such number of shares shall no
longer be deemed to be issued and  outstanding,  and the  Warrant  Price then in
effect shall  forthwith be readjusted and thereafter be the price which it would
have been had  adjustment  been made on the basis of the issuance only of shares
actually  issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise  of those  options,  rights or
warrants as to which the exercise  rights  shall not have expired or  terminated
unexercised.

          (ii) The aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion or exchange of any convertible or exchangeable  securities shall
be  deemed  to be  issued  and  outstanding  at the  time  of  issuance  of such
securities,  and for a consideration  equal to the consideration  (determined in
the same  manner  as  consideration  received  on the issue or sale of shares of
Common Stock in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 7(a) hereof)  received by
the  Company  for such  securities,  plus  the  minimum  consideration,  if any,


                                       24

<PAGE>


receivable  by the Company upon the  conversion or exchange  thereof;  provided,
however,  that upon the expiration or other  termination of the right to convert
or exchange such  convertible or exchangeable  securities  (whether by reason of
redemption  or  otherwise),  the  number  of  shares  deemed  to be  issued  and
outstanding  pursuant  to  this  subparagraph  (ii)  (and  for  the  purpose  of
subparagraph  (v) of Paragraph  7(a) hereof)  shall be reduced by such number of
shares as to which the  conversion  or  exchange  rights  shall have  expired or
terminated  unexercised,  and such number of shares shall no longer be deemed to
be issued and outstanding,  and the Warrant Price then in effect shall forthwith
be  readjusted  and  thereafter  be the  price  which  it  would  have  been had
adjustment  been made on the basis of the issuance  only of the shares  actually
issued or issuable  upon the  conversion  or exchange  of those  convertible  or
exchangeable  securities as to which the conversion or exchange rights shall not
have expired or terminated  unexercised.  No adjustment will be made pursuant to
this  subparagraph  (ii) upon the issuance by the Company of any  convertible or
exchangeable securities pursuant to the exercise of any option, right or warrant
exercisable therefor, to the extent that adjustments in respect of such options,
rights  or  warrants  were   previously  made  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this subparagraph 7(b).

          (iii) If any change shall occur in the price per share provided for in
any of the options,  rights or Warrants  referred to in subparagraph (i) of this


                                       25

<PAGE>


Paragraph 7(b), or in the price per share at which the securities referred to in
subparagraph (ii) of this Paragraph 7(b) are convertible or exchangeable,  or if
any such option,  rights or warrants are  exercised at a price  greater than the
minimum purchase price provided for in such options,  rights or warrants, or any
such   securities   are  converted  or  exercised  for  more  than  the  minimum
consideration  receivable by the Company upon such  conversion or exchange,  the
options,  rights or warrants or conversion or exchange  rights,  as the case may
be,  shall be deemed to have expired or  terminated  on the date when such price
change became effective in respect of shares not theretofore  issued pursuant to
the exercise or conversion or exchange thereof,  and the Company shall be deemed
to have issued upon such date new options,  rights or warrants or convertible or
exchangeable  securities  at the new price in  respect  of the  number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of such options, rights or warrants or the conversion
or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities;  provided,  however,
that no  adjustment  shall be made  pursuant  to this  subparagraph  (iii)  with
respect to any change in the price per share provided for in any of the options,
rights or warrants  referred to in  subparagraph  (i) of this Paragraph 7, or in
the price per share at which the securities  referred to in subparagraph (ii) of
this Paragraph 7(b) are convertible or  exchangeable,  which change results from
the application of the  anti-dilution  provisions  thereof in connection with an
event for which,  subject to subparagraph  (iv) of Paragraph 7(f), an adjustment
to the Warrant Price and the number of securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants will be required to be made pursuant to this Paragraph 7.


                                       26

<PAGE>




     (c)  Subdivision  and  Combination.  In case the Company  shall at any time
after the Closing  Date  subdivide or combine the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock,  the Warrant Price shall  forthwith be  proportionately  decreased in the
case of subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

     (d)  Adjustment  in Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment of the Warrant
Price  pursuant to the  provisions of this  Paragraph 7, the number of shares of
Common Stock (but not the number of Warrants, which are subject to adjustment as
set  forth  in  the  Warrant  Agreement)  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  the
Underwriter's  Option  shall be  adjusted to the  nearest  full whole  number by
multiplying a number equal to the Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of the  Underwriter's  Option  immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing
the product so obtained by the adjusted Warrant Price.

     (e)   Reclassification,   Consolidation,   Merger,  etc.  In  case  of  any
reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than
a change in par value to no par value,  or from no par value to par value, or as
a result of a subdivision or combination),  or in the case of any  consolidation


                                       27

<PAGE>


of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,  another  corporation (other
than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any  reclassification or
change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, except a change as a result of
a  subdivision  or  combination  of such  shares  or a change in par  value,  as
aforesaid), or in the case of a sale or conveyance to another corporation of the
property of the Company as an  entirety,  the Holder shall  thereafter  have the
right to  purchase  the kind and number of shares of stock and other  securities
and  property  receivable  upon such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,
merger,  sale or  conveyance  as if the  Holder  were the owner of the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Underwriter's  Option  immediately prior to any such
events  (but not the  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of any
Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option) at a price equal to the product of
(x) the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Option (but
not the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any Warrants underlying
the Underwriter's  Option) and (y) the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior
to the record date for such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,
sale or conveyance as if such Holder had exercised the Underwriter's Option.

     (f) No  Adjustment  of  Warrant  Price in  Certain  Cases.  Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  no  adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be
made:


                                       28

<PAGE>



                    (i) Upon the issuance or sale of the  Underwriter's  Option,
               the shares of Common Stock or Warrants issuable upon the exercise
               of  the  Underwriter's  Option  or the  shares  of  Common  Stock
               issuable   upon   exercise  of  the   Warrants   underlying   the
               Underwriter's Option; or

                    (ii) Upon the  issuance  or sale of (A) the shares of Common
               Stock or Warrants issued by the Company in the Public Offering or
               other  shares of Common  Stock or warrants  issued by the Company
               upon  consummation of the IPO, (B) the shares of Common Stock (or
               other securities) issuable upon exercise of Warrants; or

                    (iii)  Upon (i) the  issuance  of  options  pursuant  to the
               Company's employee stock option plan in effect on the date hereof
               or as hereafter  amended in accordance  with the terms thereof or
               any other  employee or executive  stock  option plan  approved by
               stockholders  of the  Company  or the sale by the  Company of any
               shares of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any such
               options,  or (ii) the sale by the Company of any shares of Common
               Stock pursuant to the exercise of any options or warrants  issued
               and  outstanding  on the date of  closing  of the sale of  Common
               Stock and Warrants  pursuant to the Public  Offering or (iii) the
             

                                       29

<PAGE>


               issuance  or sale by the  Company of any  shares of Common  Stock
               pursuant to the Company's  restricted stock plan in effect on the
               date hereof; or

                    (iv) If the amount of said adjustment shall be less than two
               cents (2(cent)) per share of Common Stock.

     (g) Adjustment of Warrants Underlying Underwriter's Option. With respect to
the Warrants  underlying the  Underwriter's  Option,  the exercise price of such
Warrants and the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  pursuant to such
Warrants  shall be  automatically  adjusted in  accordance  with the  applicable
provisions of the Warrant Agreement,  upon the occurrence, at any time after the
date hereof, of any of the events described in the Warrant  Agreement  requiring
such  adjustment,  with the same force and effect as if such  Warrants  had been
issued as of this date,  whether or not such Warrants  shall have been exercised
(or  exercisable) at the time of the occurrence of such event and whether or not
such Warrants  shall be issued and  outstanding at the time of the occurrence of
such event.  Thereafter,  such Warrants  shall be  exercisable  at such adjusted
Warrant's  exercise price for such adjusted  number of shares of Common Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

     (h) Redemption of  Underwriter's  Option.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary  contained in this  Agreement or  elsewhere,  the  Underwriters  Option
cannot be redeemed by the Company under any circumstances.



                                       30

<PAGE>



     (i) Omitted

     (j) Subscription Rights for Shares of Common Stock or Other Securities.  In
case the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall at any time after the date
hereof and prior to the exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option in full issue any
rights to subscribe  for shares of Common Stock or any other  securities  of the
Company or of such  affiliate to all the holders of Common Stock of the Company,
the  Holders of the  unexercised  Underwriter's  Option  shall be  entitled,  in
addition to the shares of Common Stock or other  securities  receivable upon the
exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option,  to receive such rights at the time such
rights are distributed to the other  stockholders of the Company but only to the
extent  of the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  if any,  for  which  the
Underwriter's Option remains exercisable.

     (k) Notice in Event of Dissolution. In case of the dissolution, liquidation
or winding-up of the Company,  all rights under the  Underwriter's  Option shall
terminate  on a date fixed by the  Company,  such date to be no earlier than ten
(10)  days  prior  to the  effectiveness  of such  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding-up and not later than five (5) days prior to such effectiveness.  Notice


                                       31

<PAGE>


of such  termination  of purchase  rights shall be given to the last  registered
Holder of the  Underwriter's  Option,  as the same shall appear on the books and
records of the Company,  by  registered  mail at least thirty (30) days prior to
such termination date.

     (l)  Computations.  The  Company  may retain a firm of  independent  public
accountants (who may be any such firm regularly employed by the Company) to make
any computation required under this Paragraph, and any certificate setting forth
such  computation  signed  by such  firm  shall be  conclusive  evidence  of the
correctness of any computation made under this Paragraph 7.

     8. Fractional Shares.

     (a) The  Company  shall not be  required  to issue  fractions  of shares of
Common  Stock or  fractional  Warrants  on the  exercise  of this  Underwriter's
Option, provided, however, that if the Holder exercises the Underwriter's Option
in full, any  fractional  shares of Common Stock shall be eliminated by rounding
any fraction up to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock.

     (b)  The  Holder  of  this  Underwriter's  Option,  by  acceptance  hereof,
expressly  waives his right to receive any  fractional  share of Common Stock or
fractional Warrant upon exercise of this Underwriter's Option.

     9. Redemption of Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option

     The Warrants  underlying  the  Underwriter's  Option are  redeemable by the
Company  at a  redemption  price  of $.01  per  Warrant,  in  whole  or in part,


                                       32

<PAGE>



commencing  12 months after the date hereof and prior to their  expiration  upon
not less than  thirty  (30) days'  prior  written  notice to the  holders of the
Warrants; provided that the average closing bid quotation of the Common Stock as
reported  on The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  if traded  thereon,  or if not  traded
thereon,  the  average  closing  sale price if listed on a  national  securities
exchange (or other reporting  system that provides last sales prices),  has been
at least 150% of the then current  Exercise Price for a period of 20 consecutive
trading  days  ending on the  third  day prior to the date on which the  Company
gives notice of redemption. Any redemption in part shall be made pro rata to all
Warrant  holders.  The  redemption  notice shall be mailed to the holders of the
Warrants  at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the  Warrant  register.
Holders of the Warrants will have exercise rights until the close of business on
the day immediately  preceding the date fixed for redemption (at which time this
Underwriter's Option shall no longer be exercisable for Warrants).

     9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) This  Underwriter's  Option shall be governed by and in accordance with
the  laws of the  State of New  York  without  regard  to the  conflicts  of law
principles thereof.

     (b) All  notices,  requests,  consents and other  communications  hereunder
shall be made in  writing  and  shall be  deemed  to have  been  duly  made when
delivered,  or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:


                                       33

<PAGE>


(i) if to a Holder,  to the  address of such Holder as shown on the books of the
Company, or (ii) if to the Company, 611 Broadway, New York, New York 10012.

                  (c) The  Company  and the  Underwriter  may from  time to time
supplement or amend this Underwriter's  Option without the approval of any other
Holders in order to cure any  ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision
contained  herein  which may be defective or  inconsistent  with any  provisions
herein,  or to make any  other  provisions  in regard to  matters  or  questions
arising  hereunder  which the Company and the  Underwriter may deem necessary or
desirable  and which the  Company  and the  Underwriter  deem not to  materially
adversely affect the interest of the Holders.

     (d) All the covenants and provisions of this Underwriter's Option by or for
the benefit of the  Company and the Holders  shall bind and inure to the benefit
of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

     (e) Nothing in this Underwriter's  Option shall be construed to give to any
person or corporation  other than the Company and the  Underwriter and any other
registered   Holder  or  Holders,   any  legal  or  equitable  right,  and  this
Underwriter's  Option shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company
and the Underwriter and any other Holder or Holders.

     (f) This Underwriter's Option may be executed in any number of counterparts
and  each  of such  counterparts  shall  for all  purposes  be  deemed  to be an
original,  and such counterparts shall together  constitute but one and the same
instrument.

                                       34

<PAGE>




     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Underwriter's Warrant to be
signed by its duly authorized officer and this Underwriter's  Option to be dated
, 1997.

                                       AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED,INC.

                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          John Wilson,
                                          Chief Executive Officer


                                       35

<PAGE>



                                  PURCHASE FORM
                                  -------------




(To be signed only upon exercise of the Underwriter's Option)


     The undersigned,  the Holder of the foregoing  Underwriter's Option, hereby
irrevocably   elects  to  exercise  the  purchase  rights  represented  by  such
Underwriter's Option for, and to purchase thereunder, of ______ shares of Common
Stock and Warrants of American  International  Consolidated,  Inc., and herewith
makes  payment of $________  therefor,  and requests that the  certificates  for
Common  Stock and  Warrants  be issued  in the  name(s)  of,  and  delivered  to
_______________________         whose         address(es)        is        (are)
___________________________________________________________   and  whose  social
security or taxpayer identification number is                      .
                  

Dated:
      -------------------
 
- -------------------------*

- -------------------------
Address






* Signature must conform in all respects to name of registered Holder.

                                       36

<PAGE>


                                  TRANSFER FORM
                                  -------------




(To be signed only upon transfer of the Underwriter's Option)



     For value received,  the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns,  and transfers
unto  _____________________ the right to purchase _______ shares of Common Stock
and Warrants of American  International  Consolidated,  Inc.  represented by the
foregoing  Underwriter's  Option to the extent of __________ Shares and Warrants
and appoints ________________,  attorney to transfer such rights on the books of
American  International  Consolidated,  Inc., with full power of substitution in
the premises.

Dated: 
      -------------------


- -------------------------
(name of holder)



- -------------------------
Address

- -------------------------

In the presence of:

- -------------------------


- -------------------------




                                       37


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                             a Delaware corporation


                     AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                  Warrant Agent

                                       and

                             I.A.R. SECURITIES CORP.

                                       and

                         WORTHINGTON CAPITAL GROUP, INC.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT







<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Section                                                                   Page
  -------                                                                   ----


     1.   Appointment of Warrant Agent......................................  1

     2.   Form of Warrant...................................................  1

     3.   Countersignature and Registration.................................  2

     4.   Transfers and Exchanges...........................................  3

     5.   Exercise of Warrants; Payment of Warrant
       Solicitation Fee.....................................................  3

     6.   Payment of Taxes..................................................  8

     7.   Mutilated or Missing Warrants.....................................  8

     8.   Reservation of Common Stock.......................................  9

     9.   Warrant Price; Adjustments........................................ 10

     10.  Fractional Interests.............................................. 19

     11.  Notices to Warrantholders......................................... 19

     12.  Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Warrants................... 21

     13.  Redemption of Warrants............................................ 21

     14.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of
          Warrant Agent..................................................... 22

     15.  Duties of Warrant Agent........................................... 23

     16.  Change of Warrant Agent........................................... 26

     17.  Identity of Transfer Agent........................................ 27

     18.  Notices........................................................... 28

     19.  Supplements and Amendments........................................ 29

     20.  New York Contract................................................. 29

     21.  Benefits of this Agreement........................................ 30

     22.  Successors........................................................ 30



                                        i

<PAGE>



     WARRANT  AGENT  AGREEMENT  dated  as  of ,  1997,  by  and  among  AMERICAN
INTERNATIONAL  CONSOLIDATED,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),
American  Securities  Transfer & Trust  Company,  as warrant agent  (hereinafter
called the "Warrant Agent"), and I.A.R. Securities Corp. and Worthington Capital
Group, Inc., the representatives ("Representatives") of the several underwriters
(the "Underwriters").

     WHEREAS,  the Company  proposes to issue and sell through a initial  public
offering by the  Underwriters,  an aggregate of 580,000  shares of common stock,
$.01 par value per share (the "Common  Stock") and 580,000 Common Stock Purchase
Warrants (the "Warrants");

     WHEREAS,  each  Warrant  will  entitle the holder to purchase  one share of
Common Stock;

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires  the  Warrant  Agent to act on behalf of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent is  willing to so act in  connection  with the
issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and exercise of the Warrants;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Appointment of Warrant Agent.  The Company hereby  appoints the
Warrant  Agent to act as Warrant  Agent for the Company in  accordance  with the
instructions  hereinafter  set forth in this  Agreement,  and the Warrant  Agent
hereby accepts such appointment.


<PAGE>



     Section 2. Form of  Warrant.  The text of the  Warrants  and of the form of
election to purchase  Common Stock to be printed on the reverse thereof shall be
substantially  as set forth in Exhibit A attached  hereto.  Each  Warrant  shall
entitle the registered holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at a
purchase price of five dollars ($5.00),  at any time commencing on the effective
date of the prospectus of the public offering until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on ,
2002.  The  warrant  exercise  price and the  number  of shares of Common  Stock
issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  are subject to  adjustment  upon the
occurrence of certain events, all as hereinafter provided. The Warrants shall be
executed on behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the
present or any future President or Vice President of the Company, attested to by
the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the present or any future  Secretary  or
Assistant Secretary of the Company.

     Warrants shall be dated as of the issuance by the Warrant Agent either upon
initial issuance or upon transfer or exchange.

     In the event  the  aforesaid  expiration  dates of the  Warrants  fall on a
Saturday or Sunday,  or on a legal holiday on which the New York Stock  Exchange
is closed,  then the Warrants shall expire at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on the next
succeeding business day.

     Section 3.  Countersignature  and  Registration.  The  Warrant  Agent shall
maintain  books for the  transfer and  registration  of the  Warrants.  Upon the


                                        2

<PAGE>



initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the
Warrants in the names of the respective  holders thereof.  The Warrants shall be
countersigned manually or by facsimile by the Warrant Agent (or by any successor
to the Warrant  Agent then acting as warrant  agent  under this  Agreement)  and
shall not be valid for any purpose  unless so  countersigned.  The Warrants may,
however,  be so  countersigned  by the  Warrant  Agent (or by its  successor  as
Warrant Agent) and be delivered by the Warrant Agent,  notwithstanding  that the
persons whose manual or facsimile  signatures  appear thereon as proper officers
of the  Company  shall  have  ceased  to be such  officers  at the  time of such
countersignature or delivery.

     Section 4. Transfers and Exchanges.  The Warrant Agent shall transfer, from
time to time,  any  outstanding  Warrants upon the books to be maintained by the
Warrant Agent for that purpose,  upon  surrender  thereof for transfer  properly
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate  instructions for transfer. Upon any such
transfer,  a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee  and the  surrendered
Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  Warrants so cancelled shall be
delivered by the Warrant  Agent to the Company  from time to time upon  request.
Warrants may be exchanged at the option of the holder thereof,  when surrendered
at the office of the Warrant Agent,  for another  Warrant,  or other Warrants of
different  denominations  of like tenor and  representing  in the  aggregate the
right to purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock.


                                        3

<PAGE>



     Section 5.  Exercise  of  Warrants;  Payment of Warrant  Solicitation  Fee.
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  each registered holder of Warrants
shall have the right,  which may be exercised  commencing  at the opening of the
business on , 1997,  to purchase  from the Company (and the Company  shall issue
and sell to such  registered  holder of  Warrants)  the number of fully paid and
non-assessable  shares of Common Stock specified in such Warrants upon surrender
of such  Warrants to the Company at the office of the  Warrant  Agent,  with the
form of election to purchase on the reverse  thereof  duly filled in and signed,
and upon payment to the Company of the warrant  price,  determined in accordance
with the  provisions of Sections 9 and 10 of this  Agreement,  for the number of
shares of Common  Stock in respect of which such  Warrants  are then  exercised.
Payment of such  warrant  price shall be made in cash or by  certified  check or
bank  draft to the  order of the  Company.  Subject  to  Section  6,  upon  such
surrender of Warrants and payment of the warrant price,  the Company shall issue
and cause to be delivered  with all  reasonable  dispatch to or upon the written
order of the  registered  holder of such  Warrants  and in such name or names as
such  registered  holder may designate,  a certificate or  certificates  for the
number of full shares of Common  Stock so  purchased  upon the  exercise of such
Warrants.  Such certificate or certificates  shall be deemed to have been issued


                                        4

<PAGE>


and any person so  designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become
a  holder  of  record  of such  shares  of  Common  Stock  as of the date of the
surrender of such Warrants and payment of the warrant  price as  aforesaid.  The
rights of purchase  represented  by the Warrants  shall be  exercisable,  at the
election of the registered  holders thereof,  either as an entirety or from time
to time for a portion of the shares specified therein and, in the event that any
Warrant is  exercised  in respect of less than all of the shares of Common Stock
specified therein at any time prior to the date of expiration of the Warrants, a
new  Warrant  or  Warrants  will be  issued  to the  registered  holder  for the
remaining  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  specified  in the  Warrant  so
surrendered,   and  the  Warrant  Agent  is  hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to
countersign and to deliver the required new Warrants  pursuant to the provisions
of this Section and of Section 3 of this  Agreement  and the  Company,  whenever
requested by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly
executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose. Anything in the foregoing to
the contrary notwithstanding,  no Warrant will be exercisable unless at the time
of exercise the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission a
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") covering the
shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrant  and  such
registration statement shall have been declared effective, such shares have been
so registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the  securities  laws of
the state of residence of the holder of such Warrant.  The Company shall use its
best efforts to have all shares so registered or qualified on or before the date
on which the Warrants become exercisable.
  

                                        5

<PAGE>



          (a) If at the time of exercise of any Warrant (i) the market  price of
the Company's  Common Stock is equal to or greater than the then exercise  price
of  the  Warrant,  (ii)  the  exercise  of  the  Warrant  is  solicited  by  the
Underwriters  at such  time as it is a member  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),  (iii)  the  Warrant  is  not  held  in  a
discretionary  account, (iv) disclosure of the compensation  arrangement is made
in documents  provided to the holders of the Warrants,  (v) the  Underwriter  is
designated in writing as the soliciting  broker and (vi) the solicitation of the
exercise of the Warrant is not in violation of Regulation M (as such rule or any
successor rule may be in effect as of such time of exercise)  promulgated  under
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  then the  Underwriter  soliciting  such
Warrant  shall be entitled to receive from the Company upon  exercise of each of
the Warrants so exercised a fee of five percent (5%) of the  aggregate  price of
the Warrants so exercised  (the "Exercise  Fee").  The procedures for payment of
the warrant solicitation fee are set forth in Section 5(b) below.

          (b) (1) Within five (5) days of the last day of each month  commencing
with , 1998, the Warrant Agent will notify the  Representatives  of each Warrant
Certificate  which has been  properly  completed  for  exercise  by  holders  of


                                        6

<PAGE>


Warrants during the last month.  The Company and Warrant Agent shall  determine,
in their sole and absolute  discretion,  whether a Warrant  Certificate has been
properly completed. The Warrant Agent will provide the Representatives with such
information,   in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  each  Warrant,   as  the
Representatives shall reasonably request.

               (2) The  Company  hereby  authorizes  and in- structs the Warrant
Agent to deliver to the soliciting  Underwriter  the Exercise Fee promptly after
receipt by the Warrant Agent from the Company of a check payable to the order of
the soliciting  Underwriter in the amount of the Exercise Fee. In the event that
an Exercise Fee is paid to the  Underwriter  with respect to a Warrant which the
Company or the Warrant Agent  determines is not properly  completed for exercise
or in respect of which the  Underwriter  is not entitled to an Exercise Fee, the
soliciting  Underwriter will return such Exercise Fee to the Warrant Agent which
shall forthwith return such fee to the Company.

     The  Representatives  and the  Company may at any time,  after , 1997,  and
during business hours,  examine the records of the Warrant Agent,  including its
ledger of original  Warrant  certificates  returned  to the  Warrant  Agent upon
exercise  of  Warrants.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary,  the
provisions  of paragraph  5(a) and 5(c) may not be modified,  amended or deleted
without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

                                        7

<PAGE>



     Section 6.  Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay any  documentary  stamp
taxes  attributable  to the initial  issuance of Common Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of Warrants;  provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the
issuance  or delivery of any  certificates  of shares of Common  Stock in a name
other than that of the  registered  holder of  Warrants in respect of which such
shares are issued,  and in such case  neither the Company nor the Warrant  Agent
shall be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of Common Stock
or any Warrant until the person  requesting the same has paid to the Company the
amount of such tax or has  established to the Company's  satisfaction  that such
tax has been paid.

     Section 7. Mutilated or Missing Warrants. In case any of the Warrants shall
be mutilated,  lost,  stolen or destroyed,  the Company may, in its  discretion,
issue and the Warrant  Agent  shall  countersign  and  deliver in  exchange  and
substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated  Warrant,  or in lieu of
and in substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed,  a new Warrant of
like tenor and  representing  an  equivalent  right or  interest,  but only upon
receipt of evidence  satisfactory  to the Company and the Warrant  Agent of such
loss, theft or destruction and, in case of a lost, stolen or destroyed  Warrant,
indemnity,  if  requested,  also  satisfactory  to  them.  Applicants  for  such


                                        8

<PAGE>


substitute Warrants shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and
pay such reasonable charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent may prescribe.

     Section 8. Reservation of Common Stock.  There have been reserved,  and the
Company shall at all times keep  reserved,  out of the  authorized  and unissued
shares of Common Stock, a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to provide
for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by the Warrants,  and the
transfer  agent for the  shares of Common  Stock and every  subsequent  transfer
agent for any shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
any of the rights of purchase aforesaid are irrevocably  authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized and unissued  shares of Common
Stock as shall be required for such purpose.  The Company agrees that all shares
of Common  Stock issued upon  exercise of the Warrants  shall be, at the time of
delivery of the  certificates  of such shares,  validly issued and  outstanding,
fully paid and  non-assessable  and listed on any national  securities  exchange
upon  which the other  shares of Common  Stock are then  listed.  So long as any
unexpired Warrants remain outstanding, the Company will file such post-effective
amendments to the registration  statement (Form S-1,  Registration No. 333-9583)
(the  "Registration  Statement")  filed  pursuant to the Act with respect to the
Warrants  (or  other  appropriate   registration  statements  or  post-effective
amendment  or  supplements)  as may be necessary to permit it to deliver to each
person  exercising a Warrant,  a prospectus  meeting the requirements of Section


                                        9

<PAGE>


10(a)(3) of the Act and  otherwise  complying  therewith,  and will deliver such
prospectus  to each such person.  To the extent that during any period it is not
reasonably  likely that the Warrants will be  exercised,  due to market price or
otherwise, the Company need not file such a post-effective amendment during such
period. The Company will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with the transfer
agent for the shares of Common Stock and with every  subsequent  transfer  agent
for any shares of the Company's  Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the
rights of purchase represented by the Warrants. The Warrant Agent is irrevocably
authorized  to  requisition  from time to time from such  transfer  agent  stock
certificates  required to honor  outstanding  Warrants.  The Company will supply
such transfer agent with duly executed stock certificates for that purpose.  All
Warrants  surrendered in the exercise of the rights thereby  evidenced  shall be
cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall thereafter be delivered to the Company,
and such cancelled Warrants shall constitute  sufficient  evidence of the number
of shares of Common  Stock  which have been  issued  upon the  exercise  of such
Warrants.  Promptly  after the date of expiration  of the Warrants,  the Warrant
Agent shall certify to the Company the total  aggregate  amount of Warrants then
outstanding,  and  thereafter  no shares of Common  Stock  shall be  subject  to
reservation in respect of such Warrants which shall have expired.

     Section 9. Warrant Price; Adjustments.

     (a) The warrant price at which Common Stock shall be  purchasable  upon the
exercise  of the  Warrants  shall be $5.00 at any time  from , 1997  until  4:00
Eastern time on , 2002 or after adjustment,  as provided in this Section,  shall
be such price as so adjusted (the "Warrant Price").


                                       10

<PAGE>




     (b) The Warrant Price shall be subject to adjust- ment from time to time as
follows:

          (i) In case the Company  shall at any time after the date hereof pay a
dividend in shares of Common  Stock or make a  distribution  in shares of Common
Stock,  then upon such  dividend or  distribution  the  Warrant  Price in effect
immediately prior to such dividend or distribution shall forthwith be reduced to
a price determined by dividing:

               (A) an amount equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution multiplied by the
Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, by

               (B) the total  number  of  shares  of Com- mon Stock  outstanding
immediately after such issuance or sale.

          For the purposes of any  computation to be made in accordance with the
provisions of this clause (i), the  following  provisions  shall be  applicable:
Common Stock issuable by way of dividend or other  distribution  on any stock of
the Company shall be deemed to have been issued immediately after the opening of
business  on the  date  following  the  date  fixed  for  the  determination  of
stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution.

                                       11

<PAGE>



          (ii) In case the Company  shall at any time  subdivide  or combine the
outstanding  Common Stock, the Warrant Price shall forthwith be  proportionately
decreased in the case of  subdivision or increased in the case of combination to
the nearest one cent.  Any such  adjustment  shall become  effective at the time
such subdivision or combination shall become effective.

          (iii)  Within a  reasonable  time  after the  close of each  quarterly
fiscal period of the Company during which the Warrant Price has been adjusted as
herein provided, the Company shall

               (A) file with the  Warrant  Agent a cer-  tificate  signed by the
President  or Vice  President  of the Company and by the  Treasurer or Assistant
Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company,  showing in
detail the facts requiring all such adjustments occurring during such period and
the Warrant Price after each such adjustment; and

               (B) the Warrant Agent shall have no duty with respect to any such
certificate  filed  with it  except to keep the same on file and  available  for
inspection by holders of Warrants  during  reasonable  business  hours,  and the
Warrant Agent may conclusively rely upon the latest certificate  furnished to it
hereunder.  The  Warrant  Agent  shall  not at any  time be  under  any  duty or
responsibility  to any holder of a Warrant to determine  whether any facts exist
which may require any  adjustment of the Warrant  Price,  or with respect to the
nature or extent of any  adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price when  made,  or with


                                       12

<PAGE>


respect to the method employed in making any such adjustment, or with respect to
the nature or extent of the property or securities deliverable hereunder. In the
absence  of  a  certificate  having  been  furnished,   the  Warrant  Agent  may
conclusively rely upon the provisions of the Warrants with respect to the Common
Stock deliver- able upon the exercise of the Warrants and the applicable Warrant
Price thereof.

               (C) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no
adjustment of the Warrant  Price shall be made if the amount of such  adjustment
shall be less than $.05, but in such case any adjustment that would otherwise be
required then to be made shall be carried  forward and shall be made at the time
and  together  with the next  subsequent  adjustment  which,  together  with any
adjustment so carried forward, shall amount to not less than $.05.

          (c) In the event that the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
is increased by a stock dividend  payable in Common Stock or by a subdivision of
the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  then,  from and  after  the time at which  the
adjusted  Warrant Price  becomes  effective  pursuant to Subsection  (b) of this
Section  by reason of such  dividend  or  subdivision,  the  number of shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of each Warrant  shall be increased in
proportion to such increase in outstanding  shares. In the event that the number
of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  is decreased  by a  combination  of the
outstanding  Common Stock,  then,  from and after the time at which the adjusted


                                       13

<PAGE>



Warrant Price becomes  effective  pursuant to Subsection  (b) of this Section by
reason of such  combination,  the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant  shall be decreased in  proportion to such decrease
in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

          (d) In  case  of  any  reorganization  or  reclassifi-  cation  of the
outstanding Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to
no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any
consolidation  of the  Company  with,  or merger of the  Company  into,  another
corporation  (other than a  consolidation  or merger in which the Company is the
continuing  corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of the
outstanding  Common  Stock),  or in case of any sale or  conveyance  to  another
corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety,  the holder of each Warrant then outstanding shall thereafter have the
right to  purchase  the kind and  amount of  shares  of  Common  Stock and other
securities and property receivable upon such  reorganization,  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of
Common  Stock  which the  holder  of such  Warrant  shall  then be  entitled  to
purchase;  such  adjustments  shall  apply  with  respect  to all  such  changes
occurring between the date of this Warrant Agreement and the date of exercise of
such Warrant.

          (e) Subject to the  provisions  of this Section 9, in case the Company
shall, at any time prior to the exercise of the Warrants,  make any distribution


                                       14

<PAGE>



of its  assets to  holders of its  Common  Stock as a  liquidating  or a partial
liquidating  dividend,  then the holder of Warrants who  exercises  his Warrants
after the record date for the  determination  of those  holders of Common  Stock
entitled to such distribution of assets as a liquidating or partial  liquidating
dividend  shall be entitled to receive for the  Warrant  Price per  Warrant,  in
addition to each share of Common Stock, the amount of such  distribution (or, at
the option of the  Company,  a sum equal to the value of any such  assets at the
time of such distribution as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
in good  faith),  which  would have been  payable to such holder had he been the
holder of record of the Common Stock  receivable upon exercise of his Warrant on
the record date for the determination of those entitled to such distribution.

          (f) In case  of the  dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding-up  of the
Company,  all rights under the Warrants  shall  terminate on a date fixed by the
Company,  such  date  to  be  no  earlier  than  ten  (10)  days  prior  to  the
effectiveness of such dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up and not later than
five (5)  days  prior  to such  effectiveness.  Notice  of such  termination  of
purchase rights shall be given to the last registered holder of the Warrants, as
the same shall  appear on the books of the  Company  maintained  by the  Warrant
Agent,  by registered  mail at least thirty (30) days prior to such  termination
date.

                                       15

<PAGE>



          (g) In case the Company shall,  at any time prior to the expiration of
the  Warrants  and prior to the  exercise  thereof,  offer to the holders of its
Common Stock any rights to subscribe for  additional  shares of any class of the
Company,  then  the  Company  shall  give  written  notice  thereof  to the last
registered  holder  thereof  not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on
which  the books of the  Company  are  closed or a record  date is fixed for the
determination of the stockholders  entitled to such  subscription  rights.  Such
notice  shall  specify  the date as to which the books shall be closed or record
date fixed  with  respect  to such  offer of  subscription  and the right of the
holder thereof to participate in such offer of  subscription  shall terminate if
the Warrant  shall not be exercised on or before the date of such closing of the
books or such record date.

          (h) Any  adjustment  pursuant to the  aforesaid  pro- visions shall be
made on the basis of the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  which the  holder
thereof  would have been  entitled  to acquire by the  exercise  of the  Warrant
immediately prior to the event giving rise to such adjustment.

          (i)  Irrespective  of any  adjustments  in the War- rant  Price or the
number or kind of shares  purchasable  upon exercise of the  Warrants,  Warrants
previously  or  thereafter  issued may  continue  to express  the same price and
number  and kind of  shares  as are  stated in the  similar  Warrants  initially
issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement.

                                       16

<PAGE>



          (j) The Company may retain a firm of  independent  public  accountants
(who  may be any  such  firm  regularly  employed  by the  Company)  to make any
computation  required under this Section, and any certificate setting forth such
computation signed by such firm shall be conclusive  evidence of the correctness
of any computation made under this Section.

          (k) If at any time,  as a result of an  adjustment  made  pursuant  to
paragraph (d) above,  the holders of a Warrant or Warrants shall become entitled
to purchase any  securities  other than shares of Common Stock,  thereafter  the
number of such  securities so purchasable  upon exercise of each Warrant and the
Warrant Price for such shares shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time
in a manner and on terms as nearly  equivalent as  practicable to the provisions
with respect to the Common Stock contained in paragraphs (b) and (c).

          (l) No  adjustment  to the  Purchase  Price of the  Warrants or to the
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of such Warrants
will be made, however under the following circumstances:

               (i) upon the grant or exercise  of any of the  options  presently
outstanding (or options which may hereafter be granted and/or  exercised)  under
the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan for officers,  directors and/or  employees,
consultants and similar situated parties of the Company; or

               (ii)  upon  the   exercise  of  any  of  the  options   presently
outstanding  granted  to  directors  and  counsel  to the  Company in 1995 or as
otherwise set forth in the Prospectus of the Company dated , 1997; or
 

                                       17

<PAGE>



               (iii) upon the sale or exercise of the Warrants; or

               (iv) upon  exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants as  otherwise
described in the Company's Prospectus dated [ ], 1997; or

               (vi) upon exercise or sale of the Warrants issuable upon exercise
of the Underwriters' Warrants; or

               (vii) upon any  amendment  to or change in the term of any rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase,  or options for the purchase of Common
Stock or convertible securities, including, but not limited to, any extension of
any  expiration  date of any such  right,  warrant or option,  any change in any
exercise or purchase  price  provided for in any such right,  warrant or option,
any  extension  of  any  date  through  which  any  convertible  securities  are
convertible  into or exchangeable  for Common Stock or any change in the rate at
which any convertible securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Stock (other than rights, warrants,  options or convertible securities issued or
sold after the close of business on the date of the original issue of the Common
Stock, (i) for presently outstanding securities, or (ii) for which an adjustment
in the  Purchase  Price then in effect was  theretofore  made or  required to be
made, upon issuance or sale thereof.

                                       18

<PAGE>



               (viii)  Upon  a  private  offering  of  securities   pursuant  to
exemptions  from  federal and state  securities  laws to parties  other than the
Company's officers,  directors,  five percent stockholders or Affiliates as that
term  is  defined  in the  Act,  Exchange  Act  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder of each of them.

     Section 10.  Fractional  Interests.  The  Warrants may only be exercised to
purchase  full shares of Common  Stock and the Company  shall not be required to
issue fractions of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Warrants.  However,
if a Warrant- holder exercises all Warrants then owned of record by him and such
exercise  would result in the issuance of a fractional  share,  the Company will
pay to such  Warrantholder,  in lieu of the  issuance  of any  fractional  share
otherwise  issuable,  an amount of cash based on the market  value of the Common
Stock of the Company on the last trading day prior to the exercise date.

     Section 11. Notices to Warrantholders.

          (a) Upon any  adjustment of the Warrant Price and the number of shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, then and in each such case,
the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice
shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or
decrease,  if any,  in the number of shares  purchasable  at such price upon the
exercise  of a  Warrant,  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail  the  method  of
calculation  and the facts upon which such  calculation  is based.  The  Company


                                       19

<PAGE>


shall also mail such notice to the holders of the  Warrants at their  respective
addresses  appearing  in the  Warrant  register.  Failure  to give or mail  such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the adjustments.

          (b) In case at any time:

               (i) the  Company  shall pay  dividends  payable in stock upon its
Common Stock or make any distribution (other than regular cash dividends) to the
holders of its Common Stock; or

               (ii) the Company shall offer for  subscription pro rata to all of
the holders of its Common Stock any  additional  shares of stock of any class or
other rights; or

               (iii)   there   shall   be   any   capital    reorganization   or
reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or consolidation or merger
of the  Company  with,  or sale of  substantially  all of its  assets to another
corporation; or

               (iv)  there  shall be a  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up of the Company; then in any one or more of such cases,
the Company  shall give written  notice in the manner set forth in Section 11(a)
of the date on which (A) a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution
or  subscription  rights,  or  (B)  such  reorganization,   reclassifica-  tion,
consolidation,  merger, sale, dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up shall take
place,  as the case may be. Such notice  shall also specify the date as of which
the  holders  of Common  Stock of record  shall  participate  in such  dividend,


                                       20

<PAGE>


distribution  or  subscription  rights,  or shall be entitled to exchange  their
Common  Stock  for   securities  or  other   property   deliverable   upon  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  as the case may be. Such  notice  shall be given at
least  thirty (30) days prior to the action in question and not less than thirty
(30) days prior to the  record  date in  respect  thereof.  Failure to give such
notice, or any defect therein,  shall not affect the legality or validity of any
of the matters set forth in this Section 11(b).

          (c) The Company shall cause copies of all finan- cial  statements  and
reports,  proxy statements and other documents that are sent to its stockholders
to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid,  on the date of mailing to such
stockholders,  to each registered holder of Warrants at his address appearing in
the  Warrant  register  as of the  record  date  for  the  determination  of the
stockholders entitled to such documents.

     Section 12. Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Warrants.

          (a) The Warrant Agent shall promptly forward to the Company all monies
received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through
the exercise of such Warrants.

          (b) The Warrant  Agent shall keep copies of this  Agreement  available
for inspection by holders of Warrants during normal business hours.

                                       21

<PAGE>



     Section 13.  Redemption  of Warrants.  The Warrants are  redeemable  by the
Company   commencing   on  ,  1997  (  or  earlier   with  the  consent  of  the
Representative) and prior to their expiration on , 2002, in whole or in part, on
not less than thirty (30) days' prior  written  notice at a redemption  price of
$.01 per Warrant at any time; provided that the average closing bid price of the
Common Stock for a period of twenty consecutive trading days ending on the fifth
day prior to the date of any  redemption  notice,  equals or exceeds 150% of the
then effective  Exercise Price of the Warrants.  Any redemption in part shall be
made pro rata to all Warrant holders.  The redemption  notice shall be mailed to
the  holders of the  Warrants at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the
Warrant  register.  Holders of the Warrants will have exercise  rights until the
close of business on the date fixed for redemption.

     Section 14. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent. Any
corporation or company which may succeed to the corporate  trust business of the
Warrant Agent by any merger or consolidation or otherwise shall be the successor
to the Warrant Agent  hereunder  without the execution or filing of any paper or
any  further act on the part of any of the parties  hereto,  provided  that such
corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under
the  provisions  of  Section  16 of this  Agreement.  In case at the  time  such
successor  to the  Warrant  Agent  shall  succeed to the agency  created by this


                                       22

<PAGE>


Agreement,  any of the Warrants shall have been countersigned but not delivered,
any such  successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the  countersignature  of the
original Warrant Agent and deliver such Warrants so countersigned.

     In case at any time the name of the  Warrant  Agent shall be changed and at
such time any of the Warrants shall have been  countersigned  but not delivered,
the  Warrant  Agent  may  adopt the  countersignature  under its prior  name and
deliver  Warrants so  countersigned.  In all such cases such Warrants shall have
the full force provided in the Warrants and in the Agreement.

     Section 15.  Duties of Warrant  Agent.  The Warrant  Agent  undertakes  the
duties and  obligations  imposed by this Agreement upon the following  terms and
conditions,  by all of which the Company and the holders of  Warrants,  by their
acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

          (a) The  statements of fact and recitals  contained  herein and in the
Warrants  shall be taken as  statements  of the Company,  and the Warrant  Agent
assumes no responsibility  for the correctness of any of the same except as such
describe  the  Warrant  Agent or action  taken or to be taken by it. The Warrant
Agent assumes no responsibility with respect to the distribution of the Warrants
except as herein expressly provided.

          (b) The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible  for any failure of the
Company to comply with any of the covenants in this Agreement or in the Warrants
to be complied with by the Company.

                                       23

<PAGE>



          (c)  The  Warrant   Agent  may  consult  at  any  time  with   counsel
satisfactory  to it (who may be counsel for the Company)  and the Warrant  Agent
shall incur no  liability or  responsibility  to the Company or to any holder of
any Warrant in respect of any action taken,  suffered or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the opinion or the advice of such counsel.

          (d) The Warrant  Agent shall incur no liability or  responsibility  to
the Company or to any holder of any Warrant for any action  taken in reliance on
any notice, resolution,  waiver, consent, order, certificate or other instrument
believed by it to be genuine and to have been  signed,  sent or presented by the
proper party or parties.

          (e)  The  Company  agrees  to  pay  to the  Warrant  Agent  reasonable
compensation for all services  rendered by the Warrant Agent in the execution of
this  Agreement,  to reimburse  the Warrant  Agent for all  expenses,  taxes and
governmental  charges and other  charges  incurred  by the Warrant  Agent in the
execution  of this  Agreement  and to  indemnify  the Warrant  Agent and save it
harmless  against  any and  all  liabilities,  including  judgments,  costs  and
reasonable  counsel  fees,  for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in
the  execution  of this  Agreement  except  as a result of the  Warrant  Agent's
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

          (f) The Warrant  Agent shall be  under no obligation  to institute any
action,  suit or legal  proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve


                                       24

<PAGE>



expenses unless the Company or one or more registered  holders of Warrants shall
furnish the Warrant Agent with  reasonable  security and indemnity for any costs
and  expenses  which may be incurred  (for which there is no  obligation  of the
Company to do so, except as provided herein) but this provision shall not affect
the power of the  Warrant  Agent to take such  action as the  Warrant  Agent may
consider  proper,  whether with or without any such security or  indemnity.  All
rights of action  under  this  Agreement  or under  any of the  Warrants  may be
enforced by the Warrant Agent  without the  possession of any of the Warrants or
the production  thereof at any trial or other  proceeding,  and any such action,
suit or proceeding  instituted by the Warrant Agent shall be brought in its name
as Warrant Agent,  and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit
of the  registered  holders  of the  Warrants,  as their  respective  rights and
interests may appear.

          (g) The  Warrant  Agent  and any  stockholder,  direc-  tor,  officer,
partner or  employee of the  Warrant  Agent may buy,  sell or deal in any of the
Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily  interested in
any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend
money to or otherwise  act as fully and freely as though it were not the Warrant
Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from
acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

                                       25

<PAGE>



          (h) The  Warrant  Agent  shall act  hereunder  solely as agent and its
duties shall be determined solely by the provisions hereof.

          (i) The Warrant  Agent may execute and  exercise  any of the rights or
powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder  either itself or by or
through its attorneys,  agents or employees,  and the Warrant Agent shall not be
answerable or accountable for any such attorneys, agents or employees or for any
loss  to the  Company,  provided  reasonable  care  had  been  exercised  in the
selection and continued employment thereof.

          (j) Any request,  direction,  election, order or demand of the Company
shall be  sufficiently  evidenced  by an  instrument  signed  in the name of the
Company by its  President or a Vice  President or its  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary or its Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer  (unless other evidence in
respect thereof be herein  specifically  prescribed);  and any resolution of the
Board of  Directors  may be  evidenced  to the Warrant  Agent by a copy  thereof
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

     Section 16.  Change of Warrant  Agent.  The Warrant Agent may resign and be
discharged  from its duties under this Agreement by giving to the Company notice
in writing,  and to the holders of the Warrants notice by mailing such notice to
the holders at their respective addresses appearing on the Warrant register,  of
such resignation, specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect. The


                                       26

<PAGE>


Warrant  Agent may be  removed  by like  notice to the  Warrant  Agent  from the
Company and the like  mailing of notice to the holders of the  Warrants.  If the
Warrant Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise  become incapable of
action,  the Company  shall  appoint a successor  to the Warrant  Agent.  If the
Company shall fail to make such appointment  within a period of thirty (30) days
after such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such  resignation
or  incapacity  by the  resigning or  incapacitated  Warrant  Agent or after the
Company has  received  such notice from a  registered  holder of a Warrant  (who
shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then
the  registered  holder  of any  Warrant  may  apply to any  court of  competent
jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of a  successor  to the Warrant  Agent.  Any
successor  Warrant Agent,  whether  appointed by the Company or by such a court,
shall be a bank or trust company, in good standing, incorporated under any state
or federal law. After  appointment,  the successor Warrant Agent shall be vested
with  the same  powers,  rights,  duties  and  responsibility  as if it had been
originally  named as Warrant  Agent  without  further act or deed and the former
Warrant  Agent shall  deliver and transfer to the  successor  Warrant  Agent all
cancelled Warrants,  records and property at the time held by it hereunder,  and
execute and  deliver  any further  assurance  or  conveyance  necessary  for the
purpose.  Failure  to file or mail  any  notice  provided  for in this  Section,
however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the resignation
or removal of the Warrant  Agent or the  appointment  of the  successor  Warrant
Agent, as the case may be.


                                       27

<PAGE>



     Section 17. Identity of Transfer  Agent.  Forthwith upon the appointment of
any transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock or of any subsequent  transfer
agent for the shares of Common  Stock or other  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase  represented  by the
Warrants, the Company will file with the Warrant Agent a statement setting forth
the name and address of such transfer agent.

     Section 18.  Notices.  Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by
the Warrant Agent,  or by the  registered  holder of any Warrant to the Company,
shall  be  sufficiently  given if sent by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,
addressed  (until  another is filed in writing by the  Company  with the Warrant
Agent) as follows:

                           American International Consolidated, Inc.
                           14603 Chrisman
                           Houston, Texas 77039

                           Attention: John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


                  and a copy thereof to:

                           Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus, P.C.
                           1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2600
                           Denver, Colorado 80202

                           Attention: Alan Talesnick, Esq.

     Any notice  pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Company or by the
registered  holder of any  Warrant to the Warrant  Agent  shall be  sufficiently


                                       28

<PAGE>



given if sent by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  addressed (until another
address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company) as follows:

                           American Securities
                             Transfer & Trust Company
                           1825 Lawrence Street, Suite 444
                           Denver, Colorado 80202

                           Attention:  Compliance Department


     Any notice  pursuant to this  Agreement to be given to the Warrant Agent or
by the Company to the  Representatives  shall be  sufficiently  given if sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid,  addressed (until another address if filed in
writing with the Warrant Agent) as follows:

                           I.A.R. Securities Corp.
                           99 Wall Street
                           New York, New York 10004

                           and

                           Worthington Capital Group, Inc.
                           71 Clinton Road
                           Garden City, New York 11562


                  and a copy thereof to:

                           Schneck Weltman & Hashmall LLP
                           1285 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10019

                           Attention:  Thomas A. Rose, Esq.


     Section 19. Supplements and Amendments.  The Company, the Warrant Agent and
the  Representative  may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement in
order to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision  contained


                                       29

<PAGE>


herein which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provision  herein,
or to make any other  provisions  in  regard to  matters  or  questions  arising
hereunder  which the Company and the Warrant  Agent and the  Representative  may
deem  necessary  or  desirable  and  which  shall not be  inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Warrants and which shall not adversely  affect the interest of
the holders of Warrants.

     Section 20. New York  Contract.  This  Agreement  and each  Warrant  issued
hereunder  shall be deemed to be a contract  made under the laws of the State of
New  York  and  shall  be  construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of New York
applicable to agreements to be performed wholly within New York.

     Section 21. Benefits of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed to give to any person or  corporation  other than the  Representative,
the Company and the Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrants any
legal or  equitable  right,  remedy  or claim  under  this  Agreement;  but this
Agreement  shall be for the sole  and  exclusive  benefit  of the  Company,  the
Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrants.

     Section 22. Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement
by or for the benefit of the Company,  the  Representative  or the Warrant Agent
shall bind and inure to the benefit of their  respective  successors and assigns
hereunder.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  entered into this  Agreement on the
date first above written.

                                       30

<PAGE>


                                  AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.


                                  By: 
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


                                  AMERICAN SECURITIES TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY


                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                  I.A.R. SECURITIES CORP.



                                  By: 
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                  WORTHINGTON CAPITAL GROUP, INC.



                                  By: 
                                     -------------------------------------------



                                       31


                    American International Construction Inc.
             A Division Of American International Consolidated Inc.
                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                       (281) 449-9000 * Fax (281) 442-6351




September 19, 1997


Mr. Ken Maddox
M.B.C.I.
14031 West Hardy
Houston, Texas 77238


Re: Loan Agreement - April 24, 1996

Dear Ken:

     During the process of refiling our Registration  Statement with the S.E.C.,
and the review by our accountants  Hein + Associates LLP, it has been noted that
we need to update your consent relative to the following  Negative  Covenants in
the  referenced  loan  agreement  with your company (the " Loan").  Accordingly,
please acknowledge or confirm the following:

     (A) - AICI has acquired a 37.5%  interest in a Limited  Liability  Company.
This Limited Liability Company is a general partner (45% ownership) in a Limited
Partnership  that owns a mini-storage  project (U.S.  Storage/Westheimer).  This
acquisition  of  ownership  was  acquired  in  order  for  AICI  to  secure  the
construction  contract for the related  mini-storage  project for  approximately
$1.4 million.

     I. - M.B.C.I.  hereby  acknowledges  and  consents to this  investment  and
waives any remedies  provided  pursuant to the Loan as a result of this covenant
violation.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)

     (B) - AICI has  acquired a 24.5%  interest in a Limited  Liability  Company
which is a general partner (45% ownership) in a Limited  Partnership that owns a
mini-storage project (U.S. Storage/Woodlands). This acquisition of ownership was
acquired in order for AICI to serve the  construction  contract  for the related
mini-storage project for approximately $1.5 million.

     II. - M.B.C.I.  hereby  acknowledges  and consents to this  investment  and
waives any remedies  provided  pursuant to the Loan as a result of this covenant
violation.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)







                            "Quality Brings Success"



<PAGE>

Mr. Ken Maddox
September 19, 1997
Page 2


     (C) - AICI has  acquired a 24.5%  interest in a Limited  Liability  Company
which is a general partner (45% ownership) in a Limited  Partnership that owns a
mini-storage  project (U.S.  Storage/Atascocita).  This acquisition of ownership
was  acquired  in order  for AICI to serve  the  construction  contract  for the
related mini-storage project for approximately $900,000.00.

III. M.B.C.I. hereby acknowledges and consents to this investment and waives any
remedies provided pursuant to the Loan as a result of this covenant violation.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)

     (D) - AICI is currently  delinquent  in the timely  payment of its accounts
payable with M.B.C.I. and it is estimated the amount past due (over 45 days old)
will range from $.5 to $1 million.

     IV. - M.B.C.I. hereby acknowledges notification of this past due amount and
waives any remedies  provided  pursuant to the Loan as a result of this covenant
violation through December 31, 1997.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)

     (E) - AICI did not reach its Earnings Before Interest Covenant requirements
of 1.5% of gross revenues as of April 30, 1997.

     V. -  M.B.C.I.  hereby  acknowledges  notification  of this  deficiency  in
required gross profit and waives any remedies provided pursuant to the Loan as a
result of this covenant violation through December 31, 1997.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)

     (F) - AICI did not provide M.B.C.I.  with additional  financial  statements
within 90 days of April 30, 1997.

     VI. - M.B.C.I.  hereby  acknowledges this covenant violation and waives any
remedies  provided  pursuant to the Loan as a result of this covenant  violation
through December 31, 1997.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)








<PAGE>



Mr. Ken Maddox
September 19, 1997
Page 3

     (G) - AICI  has  contacted  a  realtor  in order to  market  the  company's
principal   office  and  warehouse   facility  in  an  effort  to  consummate  a
sale/leaseback arrangement.

VII. - M.B.C.I. hereby acknowledges notification of AICI's intent.

                                      /s/ Kenneth W. Maddox
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                     (Acknowledgment)

     Your prompt  response to the items  addressed will be greatly  appreciated.
Please  feel free to contact  John  Wilson,  Bill  Betzler or me if you need any
further information.

Sincerely,

/s/ Jim Williams
- ------------------------------------
Jim Williams
VP- Finance

Enclosures
cc:      John Wilson
         Bill Betzler

JW/ad





<PAGE>


STATE OF TEXAS

COUNTY OF HARRIS

SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED by the said Kenneth W. Maddox before and undersigned,  a
Notary  Public  in and for the  County  and  State  aforesaid  this  16th day of
October, 1997. 

My Commission Expires
3-4-99                                    /s/ Cathy J. Noel
- ------                                    --------------------------------------
                                          Notary Public


Cathy J. Noel
Notary Public State of Texas
Commission Expires 3-4-99









                    American International Construction Inc.
             A DIVISION OF AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                       (281) 449-9000 o FAX (281) 442-6351



November 3, 1997



Mr. Kenneth W. Maddox
Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
MBCI
14031 West Hardy
Houston, TX 77060


Dear Ken:

As you are aware, we have reduced the amount of our initial public offering as a
result of the offering  changing form one of a "best  efforts" basis to one on a
"firm commitment" basis.  Accordingly,  we hereby request the MBCI confirm their
agreement  to certain  changes in the "Use of the  Proceeds"  from the  offering
which are specified on the attached schedule.

Please  sign the  statement  below  acknowledging  MBCI's  understanding  of the
changes  to the  use  of the  public  offering  proceeds.  Thank  you  for  your
cooperation.

Sincerely,



/s/  John T. Wilson
- -----------------------
John T. Wilson
Chief Executive Officer

JTW/ad




MBCI hereby  confirms that  $1,000,000 of the offering  proceeds will be used to
reduce American  International  Consolidated  Inc.'s accounts payable balance to
MBCI. Previously,  $1,200,000 of the offering proceeds were to be used to reduce
American International Consolidated Inc.'s not payable to MBCI.



/s/ Kenneth W. Maddox                       November 4, 1997
- ---------------------                       ----------------
Kenneth W. Maddox                           Date
Chief Financial Officer
MBCI





                            "Quality Brings Success"














              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the use of our reports dated July 23, 1997 and to the reference to
our firm under the heading  "Experts"  in the  Prospectus  and the  Registration
Statement on Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1.


/s/  Hein + Associate LLP
- --------------------------
HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Houston, Texas
November 12, 1997



<TABLE> <S> <C>



<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from American
International Consolidated, Inc. and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                               12-MOS                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          APR-30-1997             APR-30-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               APR-30-1997             JUL-31-1997
<CASH>                                             160                      63
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    5,686                   5,938
<ALLOWANCES>                                        41                      58
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 7,297                   7,351
<PP&E>                                           2,075                   2,075
<DEPRECIATION>                                     943                     980
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   8,692                   8,807
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           11,242                  11,207
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                             3                       3
<OTHER-SE>                                     (3,170)                 (2,943)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     8,692                   8,807
<SALES>                                         33,350                  10,096
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                33,350                  10,096
<CGS>                                           31,388                   8,867
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   31,388                     918
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 3,759                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   428                      18
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 308                      65
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (2,533)                     228
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (2,533)                     228
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (1,664)                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (4,197)                     228
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (1.45)                     .08
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (1.45)                     .08
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission